United States	Solid Waste and	EPA 540-R-98-031
Environmental	Emergency Response	OSWER 9200.1-23P
Protection Agency	PB98-963241
July 1999
Superfund
"EPA A GUIDE to preparing
SUPERFUND PROPOSED
PLANS, RECORDS OF
DECISION, AND OTHER
REMEDY SELECTION
DECISION DOCUMENTS

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
NOTICE
This document provides guidance to EPA and State staff. It also provides guidance to the public and to the
regulated community on how EPA intends to exercise its discretion in implementing its regulations. The guidance is
designed to implement national policy on these issues. The document does not, however, substitute for statutes
EPA administers nor their implementing regulations, nor is it a regulation itself. Thus, it does not impose legally-
binding requirements on EPA, States, or the regulated community, and may not apply to a particular situation based
upon the specific circumstances. EPA may change this guidance in the future, as appropriate.

-------
United States Environmental Protection Agency
ABSTRACT
This Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
(also commonly referred to as the "ROD Guidance") has been developed to accomplish the following:
•	Provide recommended formats and content for Superfund remedial action decision docu-
ments;
•	Clarify roles and responsibilities of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Federal
facilities, States, and Indian Tribes in developing and issuing decision documents;
•	Clarify roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in the remedy selection process; and
•	Explain how to address changes made to proposed and selected remedies.
The decision documents addressed by this guidance are the Proposed Plan, the Record of Decision (ROD),
the Explanation of Significant Differences (ESD), and the ROD Amendment. Section 117 of the Compre-
hensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), as amended by the
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA), requires the issuance of decision docu-
ments for remedial actions taken pursuant to Sections 104, 106, 120, and 122. Sections 300.430(f)(2),
300.430(f)(4) and 300.435(c)(2) of the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan
(NCP) establish the regulatory requirements for these decision documents. This guidance document pro-
vides additional guidelines and is based upon the Superfund statute and regulations.
ADDITIONAL COPIES
This document is available on the Internet at http://www.epa.gov/superfund/. No fee is required to
download the document.
EPA employees can obtain copies of this guidance, or copies of documents referenced in this guidance, by
calling the Superfund Document Center at 703-603-9232 or by sending an e-mail request to
superfund.documentcenter@epa.gov. No fee is required.
Non-EPA employees can obtain copies of this guidance, or copies of documents referenced in this guid-
ance, by contacting the National Technical Information Service (NTIS) at 703-605-6000, or by using their
Internet site at http:/superfund.fedworld.gov/. Fees for these documents are determined by NTIS.
Questions regarding this document should be directed to the Superfund Hotline at (800)
424-9346, (DC Area Local (703) 412-9810), or http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/hotline/.

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Preface
This guidance document is being issued to enhance the clarity and completeness of Records of Decision
(RODs) and related remedy selection decision documents. It has been revised to reflect the 1990 final National Oil
and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP) and current EPA policies.
This guidance supersedes the following EPA guidance documents:
•	Guidance on Preparing Superfund Decision Documents: The Proposed Plan, The Record of Decision, Explanation of
Significant Differences, The Record of Decision Amendment: Interim Tinal (EPA 540-G-89-007, July 1989 (pre-
publication and October 1989);
•	^4 Guide to Developing Superfund Records of Decision (OSWER 9335.3-02FS-1, May 1990);
•	^4 Guide to Developing Superfund Proposed Plans (OSWER 9335.3-02FS-2, May 1990);
•	Guide to Developing Superfund No Action, Interim Action, and Contingentj Remedy RODs (OSWER 9355.3-02FS-3,
April 1991); and
•	Guide to Addressing Pre-ROD and Post-ROD Changes (OSWER 9355.3-02FS-4, April 1991).
NOTE: This guidance does not cover the remedy selection process itself. This process is addressed in a separate
fact sheet entitled ^4 Guide to Selecting Superfund Remedial Actions (OSWER 9355.0-27FS, April 1990). Other remedy
selection policies are summarized in Rules of Thumb for Supetfund Remedy Selection (EPA 540-R-97-013, August 1997).
A CKNOWLEDGMENTS
The development of this guidance document was a team effort led by the Office of Emergency and
Remedial Response (OERR). Mike Goldstein served as project manager, technical editor and contributing
writer. Betsy Shaw and Bruce Means served as management/policy mentors. Janine Dinan, Kenneth Lovelace,
and Sheila Igoe provided significant contributions on technical and legal policy matters. Carolyn Kenmore
and Sharon Frey contributed to project management. Leslie McVickar assisted in the resolution of com-
ments received on the final review draft. John Weiss of Industrial Economics, Incorporated and Susan
Heise of ISSI, Incorporated provided superior editorial and document production support. Finally, numer-
ous Regional and OERR staff have provided careful review and thoughtful comments which have contrib-
uted to the overall quality of this document.

-------
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Table of Contents
Appendices	vii
Highlights	viii
Acronyms Used in This Document	x
1.0	INTRODUCTION 	1-1
1.1	PURPOSE OF THIS GUIDANCE	1-1
1.2	OVERVIEWOFSUPERFUND REMEDIAL RESPONSE PROCESS 	 1-1
12 1 The Pre-Remedial Response Process	1-3
1.2.2	Lead and Support Agencies in the Superfund Remedial Response Process	1-3
1.2.3	Potentially Responsible Parties	1-4
1.2.4	Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study	1-4
1.2.5	Proposed Plan 	1-5
1.2.6	Record of Decision	1-5
1.2.7	Remedial Design	1-6
1.2.8	Remedial Action	1-6
1.3	OUTLINE OF THIS GUIDANCE	1-6
2.0	PROCESS FOR DEVELOPING THE PROPOSED PLAN	2-1
2.1	OVERVIEW	2-1
2.2	ROLE OF LEAD AND SUPPORT AGENCIES	2-1
2.2.1	Designation of Roles and Responsibilities	2-1
2.2.2	Lead and Support Agency Responsibilities	2-3
2.2.3	Management Review of Proposed Plan	2-3
2.2.4	Support Agency Comment Period 	2-4
2.3	PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTES 	2-4
2.4	ROLE OF OTHER FEDERAL AGENCIES	2-5
2.5	ROLE OF POTENTIALLY RESPONSIBLE PARTIES	2-5
2.6	PUBLIC PARTICIPATION	2-5
2.6.1	Newspaper Notification	2-5
2.6.2	Public Comment Period	2-6
3.0	WRITING THE PROPOSED PLAN 	3-1
3.1	PURPOSE OF THE PROPOSED PLAN	3-1
3.2	REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONTENT OF THE PROPOSED PLAN	3-1
3.3	SECTION-BY-SECTION DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PLAN 	3-1
3.3.1	Introduction	3-1
3.3.2	Site Background	3-2
3.3.3	Site Characteristics	3-3
3.3.4	Scope and Role of Operable Unit or Response Action	3-3
3.3.5	Summary of Site Risks	3-3
3.3.6	Remedial Action Objectives	3-4
3.3.7	Summary of Remedial Alternatives	3-5
3.3.8	Evaluation of Alternatives	3-6
3.3.9	Preferred Alternative	3-7
3.3.10	Community Participation	3-10
3.4	FORMAT FOR THE PROPOSED PLAN	3-10
3.5	PROPOSED PLAN FACT SHEET	3-10
3.6	PROPOSED PLANS TO HEADQUARTERS	 3-11
iv

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
4.0	PRE-RECORD OF DECISION CHANGES	4-1
4.1	OVERVIEW	4-1
4.2	IDENTIFYING TYPES OF PRE-RECORD OF DECISION CHANGES	4-1
4.2.1	Minor Changes	4-1
4.2.2	Significant Changes	4-1
4.3	DOCUMENTING PRE-RECORD OF DECISION CHANGES	4-2
4.3.1	Documenting Minor Changes	4-2
4.3.2	Documenting Significant Changes	4-2
5.0	PROCESS FOR DEVELOPING THE RECORD OF DECISION 	5-1
5.1	OVERVIEW	5-1
5.1.1 State Preparation of ROD	5-1
5.2	ROLE OF LEAD AND SUPPORT AGENCIES	5-1
5.2.1	Lead Agency	5-2
5.2.2	Support Agency	5-2
5.3	DISPUTE RESOLUTION	5-2
5.4	ROLE OF OTHER EPAAND STATE PROGRAM OFFICES	5-4
5.5	ROLE OF OTHER FEDERAL AGENCIES	5-4
5.6	ROLE OF POTENTIALLY RESPONSIBLE PARTIES	5-4
5.7	ISSUING NOTICE OF ROD AVAILABILITY	5-4
6.0	WRITING THE RECORD OF DECISION	6-1
6.1	INTRODUCTION	6-1
6.1.1	Purpose of the Record of Decision	6-1
6.1.2	Regulatory Requirements for the Content of the Record of Decision	6-1
6.1.3	Major Components of the Record of Decision	6-2
6.2	SECTION-BY-SECTION DESCRIPTION OF THE DECLARATION	6-3
6.2.1	Site Name and Location 	6-3
6.2.2	Statement of Basis and Purpose	6-3
6.2.3	Assessment of the Site	6-3
6.2.4	Description of the Selected Remedy	6-3
6.2.5	Statutory Determinations	6-4
6.2.6	ROD Data Certification Checklist	6-4
6.2.7	Authorizing Signatures and Support Agency Acceptance of Remedy	6-5
6.3	SECTION-BY-SECTION DESCRIPTION OF THE DECISION SUMMARY	6-7
6.3.1	Site Name. Location, and Description	6-7
6.3.2	Site History and Enforcement Activities	6-7
6.3.3	Community Participation	6-7
6.3.4	Scope and Role of Operable Unit or Response Action	6-8
6.3.5	Site Characteristics	6-10
6.3.6	Current and Potential Future Land and Resource Uses	6-12
6.3.7	Summary of Site Risks	6-12
6.3.7.1	Summary of Human Health Risk Assessment	6-13
6.3.7.2	Summary of Ecological Risk Assessment	6-16
6.3.8	Remedial Action Objectives	6-26
6.3.9	Description of Alternatives	6-26
6.3.10	Summary of Comparative Analysis of Alternatives	6-29
6.3.11	Principal Threat Wastes	6-40
6.3.12	Selected Remedy	6-40
6.3.13	Statutory Determinations	6-48
6.3.14	Documentation of Significant Changes	6-53
6.4	KEY ELEMENTS OF THE RESPONSIVENESS SUMMARY	6-57
6.5	RECORDS OF DECISION TO EPA HEADQUARTERS	6-57
v

-------
United States Environmental Protection Agency
7.0	DOCUMENTING POST-ROD CHANGES: MINOR CHANGES,
EXPLANATIONS OF SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES, AND ROD AMENDMENTS	7-1
7.1	EVALUATING POST-RECORD OF DECISION INFORMATION	7-1
7.2	TYPES OF POST-RECORD OF DECISION CHANGES	7-1
7.3	DOCUMENTING POST-RECORD OF DECISION CHANGES	7-2
7.3.1	Documenting Non-Significant (or Minor) Post-ROD Changes: Memo to the Site File	7-2
7.3.2	Documenting Significant Post-ROD Changes: Explanation of Significant Differences	7-2
7.3.3	Documenting Fundamental Post-ROD Changes: ROD Amendment	7-5
7.4	HEADQUARTERS REVIEW AND FILING OF DECISION CHANGES	7-6
8.0	DOCUMENTING NO ACTION, INTERIM ACTION, AND CONTINGENCY REMEDY DECISIONS	8-1
8.1	DOCUMENTING NO ACTION DECISIONS	8-1
8.2	DOCUMENTING INTERIM ACTION DECISIONS	8-2
8.2.1	Interim Actions Versus Early Actions	8-2
8.2.2	Interim Action Record of Decision Format4 	8-3
8.3	DOCUMENTING CONTINGENCY REMEDY DECISIONS	8-3
9.0	DOCUMENTING SPECIFIC REMEDY SELECTION SITUATIONS 	9-1
9.1	INTRODUCTION	9-1
9.2	DOCUMENTING PRESUMPTIVE REMEDY DECISIONS	9-1
9.2.1	Modifications to Remedy Selection Decision Documents	9-1
9.2.2	Special Considerations for the Administrative Record File	9-2
9.2.3	Additional Guidance	9-2
9.3	DOCUMENTING RESPONSE ACTIONS THAT ADDRESS LEAD (Pb) IN SOIL	9-3
9.3.1	Modifications to Remedy Selection Decision Documents	9-3
9.3.2	Additional Guidance	9-5
9.4	DOCUMENTING GROUND-WATER REMEDY DECISIONS	9-5
9.4.1	Modifications to the Remedy Selection Decision Documents	9-5
9.4.2	Additional Guidance	9-7
9.5	DOCUMENTINGTECHNICAL IMPRACTICABILITY (Tl) WAIVERS	9-8
9.5.1	Discussion of a Tl Waiver in a Proposed Plan	9-8
9.5.2	Discussion of a Tl Waiver in a ROD or ROD Amendment	9-8
9.5.3	Discussion of a Tl Waiver in an Explanation of Significant Differences	9-9
9.5.4	Additional Guidance	9-9
vi

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Appendices
A SAMPLE PROPOSED PLAN	A-1
B DOCUMENTING SPECIAL GROUND-WATER REMEDY DECISIONS	B-1
B.1 PHASED APPROACH 	B-1
B.2 NONAQUEOUS PHASE LIQUIDS (NAPLS)	B-3
B.3 DEFERRAL TO THE DESIGN PHASE - SELECTION OF EX-SITU TREATMENT METHODS	B-3
B.4 DOCUMENTING REMEDIES USING MONITORED NATURAL ATTENUATION 	B-4
B.5 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR SPECIAL GROUND-WATER REMEDIES	B-6
C CONSULTATION PROCEDURES FOR SUPERFUND RESPONSE DECISIONS
(transmittal memo and fact sheet)	C-1
D RECORDS OF DECISION AND OTHER DECISION DOCUMENTS TO EPA HEADQUARTERS	D-1
E SOURCES OF INFORMATION 	E-1
vii

-------
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Highlights
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1-1:	Superfund Remedial Response Process	1-2
2.0 PROCESS FOR DEVELOPING THE PROPOSED PLAN
2-1:	Preparation of The Proposed Plan by the Lead Agency	2-2
2-2: Tips for Writing an Effective Public Notice	2-7
2-3:	Sample Newspaper Notification of Availability of Proposed Plan and Public Meeting	2-8
3.0 WRITING THE PROPOSED PLAN
3-1:	Major Sections of the Proposed Plan	3-3
3-2:	Standard Language Explaining Basis for Taking Action	3-5
3-3:	Tips on Writing Summary of Site Risks	3-5
3-4:	Tips on Writing Summary of Remedial Alternatives	3-7
3-5:	Nine Criteria for Remedial Alternatives Evaluation	3-8
3-6:	Tips For Preparing Nine Criteria Analysis 	3-9
3-7:	Tips on Writing Preferred Alternative	3-11
4.0 PRE-RECORD OF DECISION CHANGES
4-1:	Pre-Record of Decision Changes	4-3
4-2:	Examples of Pre-Record of Decision Changes 	4-5
5.0 PROCESS FOR DEVELOPING THE RECORD OF DECISION
5-1:	Lead Agency Responsibility in ROD Development Process	5-3
5-2:	Sample Newspaper Notification of Availability of the Record of Decision	5-6
6.0 WRITING THE RECORD OF DECISION
6-1:	Recommended Outline for Standard Recordof Decision 	6-3
6-2: Standard Language for Statement of Basis and Purpose	6-3
6-3: Standard Language for Assessment of the Site	6-3
6-4: Standard Language for Statutory Determinations	6-5
6-5: Standard Language for ROD Data Certification Checklist	6-6
6-6: Notes on ROD Authorizing Signatures	6-6
6-7: Example Language for Community Participation Activities	6-8
6-8: Tips for Documenting Scope and Role Section for Sites with More than One Operable Unit	6-9
6-9: Example Language for Scope and Role of Operable Unit Section	6-9
6-10: Example Conceptual Site Model for Contaminated Soil	6-11
6-11: Tips on Writing the "Site Characteristics" Section	6-11
6-12: Standard Language - Basis for Action	6-13
6-13: Example Language for the Introduction to the HumanHealth Risks Summary 	6-14
6-14: Tips on Writing the "Summary of Site Risks" Section	6-14
6-15: Example Table Format - Summary of Chemicals of Concern
and Medium-Specific Exposure Point Concentrations	6-18
6-16A: Example Table Format - Sample Cancer Toxicity Data Summary	6-19
6-16B: Example Table Format - Sample Non-Cancer Toxicity Data Summary	6-20
6-17: Example Language for Risk Characterization Summary	6-21
6-18A: Example Table Format - Risk Characterization Summary - Carcinogens	6-22
6-18B: Example Table Format - Risk Characterization Summary - Non-Carcinogens	6-23
6-19: Example Table Format - Occurrence, Distribution, and Selection of Chemicals of Concern (COC)	6-24
6-20: Example Table Format - Ecological Exposure Pathways of Concern	6-24
6-21: Example Table Format - COC Concentrations Expected
to Provide Adequate Protection of Ecological Receptors	6-25
6-22: Examples of Remedy Components for Each Alternative	6-28
viii

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
6-23:	Tips on Presenting the Comparative Analysis of Alternatives	6-29
6-24:	Example Text Summary for the Comparative Analysis of Alternatives	6-30
6-25:	Example Comparative Analysis of Alternatives	6-33
6-26:	Key Definitions for Identifying Source Materials Constituting Principal Threats	6-41
6-27:	Tips on Writing the "Selected Remedy" Section	6-42
6-28:	Standard Cost Estimate Disclaimer Language	6-42
6-29:	Example Table Format - Cost Estimate Summary for the Selected Remedy	6-43
6-30:	Tips for Presenting Summary of Cost Estimate for Selected Remedy	6-45
6-31:	Example Expected Outcomes for Selected Remedy	6-46
6-32:	Example Table Format - Cleanup Levels for Chemicals of Concern	6-47
6-33:	Relationship of the Nine Criteria to the Statutory Findings	6-49
6-34:	Example Table Format - Description of ARARs for Selected Remedy	6-50
6-35:	Example Matrix of Cost and Effectiveness of Data for Hypothetical Site: Ground Water Control Options	6-52
6-36:	Determinations for Five-Year Reviews	6-54
6-37:	Example Language - Statutory Determinations Section	6-55
6-38:	Examples of Changes and Documentation Requirements	6-58
6-39:	Management Review Checklist: Twelve Questions to be Addressed by a ROD	6-59
7.0 DOCUMENTING POST-ROD CHANGES: MINOR CHANGES,
EXPLANATIONS OF SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES, AND ROD AMENDMENTS
7-1:	Examples of Post-Record of Decision Changes	7-3
7-2:	Sample Outline and Checklist for ESDs and ROD Amendments	7-7
8.0 DOCUMENTING NO ACTION, INTERIM ACTION, AND CONTINGENCY REMEDY DECISIONS
8-1:	Recommended Outline for Standard Recordof Decision* 	8-1
8-2:	Examples of Situations Where No Action Decisions May Be Appropriate	8-3
8-3:	Examples of Possible Interim and Early Actions	8-3
8-4:	Documenting a No Action Decision: Action Not Necessary for Protection	8-5
8-5:	Documenting a No Action Decision: No CERCLA Authority to Take Action	8-6
8-6:	Documenting a No Action Decision: No Further Action Necessary	8-7
8-7:	Documenting an Interim Action Decision	8-8
8-8:	Documenting a Contingency Remedy Decision	8-10
9.0 DOCUMENTING SPECIFIC REMEDY SELECTION SITUATIONS
9-1:	Sample Language for Describing a Presumptive Remedy Approach	9-3
9-2: Sample Language for Evaluation of Human Health Risks at Sites with Lead (Pb) Contamination	9-5
9-3: Tips for Documenting Use of a Technical Impracticability Waiver	9-9
APPENDIX B DOCUMENTINGSPECIAL GROUND-WATER REMEDY DECISIONS
B-1: Example Language for Documenting Use of Phased Implementation
for the Extraction Component of a Remedy at a DNAPL Site in the Selected Remedy Section of a ROD	B-2
B-2: Example Language for Selected Remedy Section of a ROD Deferring Selection of Treatment Component	B-5
B-3: Example Language for Documenting Use of Monitored Natural Attenuation
in the Selected Remedy Section of the ROD	B-7
ix

-------
United States Environmental Protection Agency

Acronyms Used
in This
Document
AA
Assistant Administrator
NPL
National Priorities List
ACH
Automated Clearing House
OERR
Office of Emergency and Remedial
ARAR
Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate

Response

Requirement
O&M
Operations and Maintenance
ATSDR
Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease
ORC
Office of Regional Counsel

Registry
OSC
On-Scene Coordinator
BDAT
Best Demonstrated Available Technology
OSRE
Office of Site Remediation and
CA
Cooperative Agreement

Enforcement
CAA
Clean Air Act
OSWER
Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
CAG
Community Advisory Group

Response
CDI
Chronic Daily Intake
OU
Operable Unit
CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response,
PA
Preliminary Assessment

Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980
PCOR
Preliminary Site Closeout Report
CERCLIS CERCLA Information System
PRG
Preliminary Remediation Goal
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations
POTW
Publicly Owned Treatment Works
COC
Contaminant of Concern
PRP
Potentially Responsible Party
CWA
Clean Water Act
RA
Regional Administrator or Remedial
DNAPL
Dense Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid

Action
DOD
Department of Defense
RAO
Remedial Action Objective
DOE
Department of Energy
RCRA
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
EJ
Environmental J us tice
RD
Remedial Design
EPA
Environmental Protection Agency
RfD
Reference Dose
ESD
Explanation of Significant Differences
RI
Remedial Investigation
FFA
Federal Facility Agreement
RI/FS
Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study
FR
Federal Register
RME
Reasonable Maximum Exposure
FS
Feasibility Study
ROD
Record of Decision
FWQC
Federal Water Quality Criteria
RPM
Remedial Project Manager
HI
Hazard Index
SACM
Superfund Accelerated Cleanup Model
HQ
Hazard Quotient
SARA
Superfund Amendments and
HRS
Hazard Ranking System

Reauthorization Act of 1986
IAG
Interagency Agreement
SDWA
Safe Drinking Water Act
IRIS
Integrated Risk Information System
SF
Slope Factor
LDR
Land Disposal Restriction
SI
Site Investigation
MACT
Maximum Achievable Control
SMOA
Superfund Memorandum of Agreement

Technology
SSC
Superfund State Contract
MEP
Maximum Extent Practicable
SWDA
Solid Waste Disposal Act
MCL
Maximum Contaminant Level
TAG
Technical Assistance Grant
MCLG
Maximum Contaminant Level Goal
TBC
To Be Considered
MOU
Memorandum of Understanding
TI
Technical Impracticability
NAAQS
National Ambient Air Quality Standard
TSCA
Toxic Substances Control Act
NAPL
Nonaqueous Phase Liquid
UCL
Upper Confidence Limit
NCP
National Oil and Hazardous Substances
VOC
Volatile Organic Compound

Pollution Contingency Plan


NPDES
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination



System


x

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE OF THIS GUIDANCE
This Guide to PreparingSuperfund Proposed Plans, Records
of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
(also commonly referred to as the "ROD Guidance")
has been developed to accomplish the following:
•	Provide recommended formats and content
for Superfund remedial action decision docu-
ments.
•	Clarify roles and responsibilities of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Fed-
eral facilities, States, and Indian Tribes in devel-
oping and issuing decision documents.
•	Clarify roles and responsibilities of stakehold-
ers in the remedy selection process.
•	Explain how to address changes made to pro-
posed and selected remedies.
The decision documents addressed by this guid-
ance are the Proposed Plan, the Record of Decision
(ROD), the Explanation of Significant Differences
(ESD), and the ROD Amendment. Section 117 of the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensa-
tion, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), as amended
by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
of 1986 (SARA), requires the issuance of decision docu-
ments for remedial actions taken pursuant to §§104,106,
120, and 122. Sections 300.430(f)(2), 300.430(f)(4) and
300.435(c)(2) of the National Oil and Hazardous Sub-
stances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP) establish the
regulatory requirements for these decision documents.
This guidance document provides additional guidelines
and is based upon the Superfund statute and regula-
tions.1
A primary purpose of the ROD guidance is
to establish a recommended format for Proposed Plans,
RODs, ESDs, and ROD Amendments. Because of
1 References made to CERCLA, or "the Superfund statute,"
throughout this document should be interpreted as meaning
CERCLA, as amended by SARA. The NCP, or the "Superfund
regulations," can be found at Chapter 40, Part 300 in the Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR).
the critical role of public participation in the remedy
selection process, and the public's reliance on decision
documents to understand what the lead government
agency proposes and ultimately decides to do, clarity
within and consistency across these documents are both
important. Specifically, the use of these recommended
formats should accomplish the following:
•	Encourage consistency among EPA Regional
Offices, States, and other Federal agencies imple-
menting the Superfund program with respect
to the organization, basic content, and level of
detail of decision documents;
•	Help ensure that all statutory and regulatory
documentation requirements are met; and
•	Promote clear and logical presentations of the
rationales for remedy selection decisions based
on site-specific information and supporting
analysis.
In addition to the emphasis on providing a recom-
mended format to document remedial action decisions,
this guidance specifies the roles and responsibilities of
government entities in developing and issuing Superfund
decision documents, and the role of the public and
potentially responsible parties in the remedy selection
process. Finally, this guidance addresses the statutory
requirement in CERCLA §§117 (c) and (d) to docu-
ment significant changes made during and after the rem-
edy selection process, as further detailed in NCP
§§300.430(f) (3) (ii) and 300.435.
1.2 OVERVIEW OF SUPERFUND
REMEDIAL RESPONSE PROCESS
This section describes the relationship between the
decision documents addressed in this guidance and the
overall Superfund remedial response process. The
Superfund remedial response process is shown in High-
light 1-1.
1-1

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
Highlight 1-1: Superfund Remedial Response Process
Process
Activities
J
Pre-Remedial Process

•	Preliminary Assessment
•	Site Investigation
•	HRS Evaluation
•	NPL Listing

Preliminary identification ofsite hazards and
evaluation of the need for action under Superfund
remedial program



Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study
Scoping the RI/FS •
Site Characterization
Baseline Risk
Assessment
Treatability
Studies
Development
and Screening
of Alternatives
Detailed
Analysis of
Alternatives
I
Remedy Selection Process
Identification of
Preferred Alternative
I
Proposed Plan
~T~
Public Comment
I
Remedy Selection
I
Record of Decision (ROD)
4
Remedy Implementation
Remedial Design
Remedial Action
Gather information sufficient to support an
informed risk management decision regarding
which remedy appears to be the most
appropriate for a given site
Make initial identification of Preferred Alternative
based upon preliminary balancing of tradeoffs
among alternatives using the nine criteria
Present Preferred Alternative
Minimum 30-day public comment period he Id on
the Proposed Plan, RI/FS, and other contents of
the Administrative Record file
Make final determination on remedy
Certify that the remedy complies with CERCLA,
outline the technical goals of the remedy, provide
background information on the site, summarize
the analysis of alternatives, and explain the
rationale for the remedy selected
Design and construct remedy utilizing information
contained in the ROD and other relevant
documents. Write Explanation of Significant
Differences (ESDs) or ROD Amendments (if
appropriate)	
o
o
3
3
<
o
<
CD
3
CD
m
o
CD
3
CD
73
CD
3
o
<
Si.
>
o
CD

Long-Term Remedy Maintenance


•	Operation and Maintenance
•	5-Year Reviews
<	
Operate and maintain the remedy and ensure
protectiveness through 5-year reviews
1-2

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
1.2.1	The Pre-Remedial Response Process
Historically, the pre-remedial response process has
encompassed the identification, initial investigation, and
listing of a site on the National Priorities List (NPL).
This process is initiated with the Preliminary Assessment
(PA). If the results of the PA indicate that further in-
vestigation is warranted, a Site Investigation (SI) is per-
formed. If the SI concludes that further response is
warranted, more information is gathered to "score"
the site using the Hazard Ranking System (HRS). Those
sites that score at or above the HRS cut-off score of
28.50 are eligible for the NPL. Generally, a full Reme-
dial Investigation/Feasibility Study (RI/FS) is com-
menced shortly after a site is placed on the NPL.
However, with the fully implemented Superfund
Accelerated Cleanup Model (SACM), all site assessment
and initial investigative activities can take place in a con-
tinuous process combining appropriate elements of Sis,
RI/FSs, removal assessments, and risk assessments. In
this case, a final listing of a site on the NPL may occur
after the RI/FS has been started or completed. In ad-
dition, response actions can be initiated throughout the
site assessment and remedial response process through
the use of "removal response authorities" or State-lead
voluntary cleanup and Brownfields programs.2 In some
circumstances, threats posed by sites can be fully ad-
dressed without ever being placed on the NPL. For
more information on SACM, see Guidance on Implemen-
tation of the Superfund Accelerated Cleanup Model (SACM)
Under CERCLA and the NCP (OSWER 9203.1-03, July
7,1992), and five additional SACM fact sheets (OSWER
9203.1-051, Volume 1, Numbers 1-5, December 1992).
1.2.2	Lead and Support Agencies in the
Superfund Remedial Response
Process
At or before the time a site is placed on the NPL,
interagency negotiations are initiated to determine which
government agency should act as the lead agency and
which as support agency in the remedial process. These
negotiations may include EPA, States, other Federal
agencies (e.g., Department of Defense (DOD), Depart-
2 For a more complete discussion of removal response au-
thorities, see NCP §300.415.
ment of Energy (DOE)), and Indian Nations or Tribes.3
The State role in the remedial process is discussed in
CERCLA § 121 (f) (1), which provides "for substantial
and meaningful involvement of each State in the initia-
tion, development, and selection of remedial response
actions to be undertaken in that State." (See the NCP
Part 300 Subpart F for regulatory provisions concern-
ing state involvement. See also Guidance on Lead Deter-
minations for CERCLA Vund-financed Reponses, OSWER
9355.2-02, April 1992.)
The lead agency, which is represented by a Reme-
dial Project Manager (RPM), has the primary responsi-
bility for coordinating a response action. Either EPA, a
State environmental agency, or another Federal agency
can serve as the lead agency.4 However, EPA retains
final remedy selection authority for all "Fund-financed"
actions, and for Federal facility-lead actions taken at NPL
sites.5 EPA also generally has the authority to concur
on all enforcement actions taken under CERCLA §§106
and 122. Generally, the lead agency RPM is responsible
for overseeing all technical, enforcement, and financial
aspects of a remedial response.
The support agency, or agencies, play a review and
concurrence role in the remedial process. When EPA
acts as the lead agency, the State in which the site is lo-
cated usually serves as the support agency. When a State
is the lead agency, EPA usually serves as the support
agency.6
3	For the purpose of this guidance document, the term "State"
shall include the governing body of an Indian Nation or Tribe (see
NCP §300.515(b), CERCLA §126 and Executive Order 13084,
dated May 14, 1998), unless otherwise noted.
4	At some sites, Federal agencies other than EPA act as lead
agencies under CERCLA, pursuant to Executive Order 12580 (52
FR 2923, January 29, 1987).
5	The following terms will be used throughout this guidance
to designate which government entity serves as the lead agency in
the Superfund remedial response process: "EPA-lead," "State-lead,"
and "Federal facility-lead." In addition, the following terms will be
used throughout this guidance to refer to the source of cleanup
monies: "Fund-financed" (i.e., cleanup money from the Superfund
trust fund), and "enforcement site" or "PRP-lead" (i.e., cleanup
money from enforcement action taken by lead agency).
6	Because a State or Indian Tribe may be either the lead agency
or the support agency for most remedial activities, this guidance
often makes general reference to "lead" and "support" agency re-
sponsibilities, rather than "EPA," "State," or "Tribal" responsibili-
ties. Specific responsibilities of these entities are noted where
appropriate.
1-3

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
When EPA and/or a State are involved in remedial
action, the lead and support agencies are identified in
either a Superfund State Contract (SSC) or a Coopera-
tive Agreement (CA). SSCs and CAs are site-specific
agreements that establish Federal and State responsibili-
ties for a CERCLA remedial action. When EPA leads
the remedial action, the SSC is used to identify the roles
and responsibilities of EPA and the State, and to docu-
ment assurances by the State that are required under
CERCLA. When the State leads the remedial action,
the CA is used to identify the roles and responsibilities
of the State and EPA, and to document assurances by
the State that are required under CERCLA. The CA
also provides the mechanism to transfer trust fund {i.e.,
Superfund) monies to the State for the response activi-
ties.7 In addition, the State and EPA may enter into a
Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA),
which is a general, non-site-specific agreement that de-
fines the roles of, and interaction between, EPA and the
State for conducting response actions.
A Federal agency other than EPA can also assume
the roles and responsibilities of the lead agency. These
responsibilities include coordinating and communicat-
ing with EPA and the State in their shared role as sup-
port agencies. At NPL sites, the division of authority
and responsibility between the Federal agency as lead
and the support agencies, particularly in preparing the
Proposed Plan and the ROD, should be specified in an
Interagency Agreement (TAG). I AGs must follow the
requirements of CERCLA §120(e). This agreement
should be reached by considering the process and ac-
tivities outlined in this guidance, the CERCLA require-
ments, and the NCP At NPL and non-NPL sites, Fed-
eral agency response actions are expected to be consis-
tent with this and other EPA guidance, as specified in
CERCLA §120(a).8
7All funds committed and obligated to a State in a Cooperative
Agreement are tracked with an account number. After the funds
have been obligated, payments to the State are made through the
Automated Clearing House (ACH) process.
8 Generally, this guidance applies to other Federal agencies in
the same manner and extent that it applies to EPA. If questions
arise regarding the application of this guidance to remedial response
actions at Federal facility sites, the Federal agency staff should con-
sult their legal counsel as well as EPA. CERCLA requires that EPA
concur with remedy selection decisions at Federal facility sites on
the NPL. If EPA does not concur, EPA has the authority to select
the remedy in lieu of the Federal facility.
1.2.3	Potentially Responsible Parties
Under CERCLA §104, a person or entity poten-
tially responsible for a release of hazardous substances,
pollutants, or contaminants into the environment (i.e., a
Potentially Responsible Party (PRP)), may also be al-
lowed to conduct certain response actions in accordance
with CERCLA §122, if the lead agency determines that
party is qualified and otherwise capable. For a PRP-
lead RI/FS response action, either EPA or the State is
the lead agency for overseeing the PRP's work and for
developing the Proposed Plan and the ROD.9 The lead
agency determines whether the PRP, or the PRP's con-
tractor, is qualified and capable of doing the work. PRPs
may participate in the remedy selection process by sub-
mitting comments on the Proposed Plan or other in-
formation contained in the Administrative Record file
during the formal public comment period held before
the final selection of a remedy for a site. However,
PRPs generally should not be permitted to write Pro-
posed Plans, RODs or any amendments to those docu-
ments.
1.2.4	Remedial Investigation/Feasibility
Study
At or before the time a site is listed on the NPL, the
lead agency or PRP begins an RI/FS.10 During an RI/
FS, the lead agency gathers or oversees the gathering of
information to support an informed decision regard-
ing which remedy (if any) is most appropriate for a
given site or an operable unit within a site. Interim or
early actions can be taken throughout the RI/FS pro-
cess to initiate risk reduction activities. It is recom-
mended that all parties involved in the development of
9	For detailed information pertaining to PRP oversight, refer
to Guidance on Oversight of Potentially Responsible Party Remedial Inves-
tigations and Feasibility Studies, Volumes 1 and 2 (EPA 540-G-91-
010a and b, July 1991).
10	An RI/FS can be performed on the site as a whole, or for
a particular portion of the site. The NCP defines an operable unit
(OU) as a "discrete action that comprises an incremental step to-
ward comprehensively addressing site problems. This discrete por-
tion of a remedial response manages migration, or eliminates or
mitigates a release, threat of a release, or pathway of exposure"
(NCP §300.5). Hence, an operable unit can be a certain geographic
portion of a site or can address an environmental medium at the site
(e.g., ground water, soil). Operable units may also be comprehensive
but temporary remedies (e.g., temporary caps across a site) that
provide interim protection of human health and the environment
before final remediation. The cleanup of a site can be divided into
a number of operable units, depending on the complexity of the
problems associated with the site.
1-4

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
the RI/FS engage in a joint scoping meeting prior to
finalization of the RI/FS Work Plan. Increased effi-
ciency and cost savings can be gained through coordi-
nation and mutual understanding of project expecta-
tions.
Usually, the RI and FS are conducted concurrently
in an interactive, iterative manner. The data collected
during the RI are used to develop remedial alternatives
in the FS, and the alternatives identified in the FS deter-
mine the necessity of treatability studies or the collec-
tion of additional data in the RI. In general, the RI
consists of the following actions:
•	Determining the nature and extent of the con-
tamination at the site or operable unit.
•	Assessing risks to human health and the envi-
ronment from this contamination.
•	Conducting treatability tests to evaluate the
potential performance and cost of the treat-
ment technologies being considered for ad-
dressing these risks.
In characterizing the site, the lead agency or PRP
identifies the source of contamination, potential routes
of migration, and current and potential human and en-
vironmental receptors. A baseline risk assessment con-
ducted during the RI estimates what risks the site poses
now and would pose in the future if no cleanup action
were taken. Thus, it provides the basis for taking action
and identifies contaminants and the exposure pathways
that need to be addressed by the remedial action. Treat-
ability studies are bench, pilot, or full-scale tests of par-
ticular technologies on samples of actual site wastes.
Such studies may be conducted to identify which tech-
nologies are suitable for addressing the waste to be
treated.
A component of this investigation and planning
process should be early and continuing consultation with
the community. This consultation can elicit useful knowl-
edge about the site (e.g., current and reasonably antici-
pated future land uses and current and potential benefi-
cial ground-water uses) as well as major public con-
cerns that should be considered.
The FS involves the identification and detailed
evaluation of potential remedial alternatives. This pro-
cess begins with the formulation of viable alternatives,
which involves defining remedial action objectives, gen-
eral response actions, volumes or area of media to be
addressed, and potentially applicable technologies. Fol-
lowing a preliminary screening of alternatives, a rea-
sonable number of appropriate alternatives undergoes
a detailed analysis using the nine evaluation criteria in the
NCP (For a discussion of this analysis, see Chapters 3
and 6.) The detailed analysis profiles individual alterna-
tives against the criteria and compares them with each
other to gauge their relative performance. Each alter-
native that makes it to this stage of the analysis, with the
exception of the required "No Action" alternative, is
expected to be protective of human health and the en-
vironment and compliant with Applicable or Relevant
and Appropriate Requirements (ARARs) (unless a waiver
is justified), both threshold requirements under
CERCLA.11
1.2.5	Proposed Plan
The Preferred Alternative for a site is presented to
the public in a Proposed Plan. The Proposed Plan briefly
summarizes the alternatives studied in the detailed analysis
phase of the RI/FS, highlighting the key factors that led
to identifying the Preferred Alternative. The Proposed
Plan, as well as the RI/FS and the other information
that forms the basis for the lead agency's response se-
lection, is made available for public comment in the
Administrative Record file. The opportunity for a public
meeting must also be provided at this stage.
1.2.6	Record of Decision
Following receipt of public comments and any fi-
nal comments from the support agency, the lead agency
selects and documents the remedy selection decision in
a ROD. The ROD documents the remedial action plan
for a site or operable unit and serves the following three
basic functions:
• It certifies that the remedy selection process was
carried out in accordance with CERCLA and,
to the extent practicable, with the NCP.12
11	ARARs include any Federal or State standards, require-
ments, criteria, or limitations that are determined to be legally ap-
plicable or relevant and appropriate to a CERCLA site or action.
12	Section 121(a) of CERCLA provides that remedial actions
should be carried out in accordance with §121 "and, to the extent
practicable, the National Contingency Plan."
1-5

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
•	It describes the technical parameters of the
remedy, specifying the methods selected to pro-
tect human health and the environment includ-
ing treatment, engineering, and institutional con-
trol components, as well as cleanup levels.
•	It provides the public with a consolidated sum-
mary of information about the site and the
chosen remedy, including the rationale behind
the selection.
While the ROD should provide a comprehensive
description of site conditions, the scope of the action,
the Selected Remedy, cleanup levels, and the reason for
selecting the remedy, it is only one part of the Adminis-
trative Record file, which contains the full details of site
characterization, alternatives evaluation, and remedy se-
lection.
1.2.7	Remedial Design
The ROD provides the framework for the transi-
tion into the next phase of the remedial process. Re-
medial Design (RD) is an engineering phase duringwhich
additional technical information and data identified are
incorporated into technical drawings and specifications
developed for the subsequent remedial action. These
specifications are based upon the detailed description
of the Selected Remedy and the cleanup criteria pro-
vided in the ROD.
1.2.8	Remedial A ction
After completion of the RD, the Remedial Action
(RA) begins. During RA, the implementation phase of
site cleanup occurs. Upon completion of the remedial
action for an operable unit, a remedial action report is
prepared. Upon completion of remedial construction
activities for the final operable unit at the site, a Prelimi-
nary Site Closeout Report (PCOR) is prepared which
documents NPL site construction completion (pursu-
ant to Close Out Procedures for National Priority List Sites
(EPA 540-R-95-062, August 1995, update anticipated
in FY99).
When all phases of remedial activity at a site have
been completed and no further response is appropri-
ate, the site may be eligible for deletion from, or
recategorization on, the NPL. Completed cleanup re-
sults documented in a Remedial Action Report or Final
Closeout Report (as detailed in the above referenced
guidance) should be compared with the terms in the
ROD to determine whether remedial action objectives
and cleanup levels have been attained so that the site
may be further evaluated for deletion from the NPL,
pursuant to the requirements of NCP §300.425(e).
CERCLA requires a review to be conducted at least
every five years at sites where an action has been se-
lected that results in hazardous substances, pollutants,
or contaminants remaining at the site above levels that
allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure (see
Highlight 6-36 for more information on five year re-
views). Changes to the remedy selected in the ROD
that occur during the RD/RA process must be described
in an Explanation of Significant Differences (ESD) or
ROD Amendment pursuant to NCP §§300.435(c) (2)
and 300.825(a).
1.3 OUTLINE OF THIS GUIDANCE
This guidance is organized as follows.
•	Chapter 2 summarizes the roles and responsi-
bilities of lead and support agencies in devel-
oping the Proposed Plan. It also highlights the
requirements for the newspaper notification that
announces the availability of the Proposed Plan
and discusses the public comment process.
•	Chapter 3 presents the purpose and regulatory
requirements of the Proposed Plan. This chap-
ter also contains a detailed checklist outlining
the components of a Proposed Plan. This
checklist may be used as a worksheet when
writing or reviewing a Proposed Plan.
•	Chapter 4 describes the general framework for
categorizing minor and significant changes
made to the Preferred Alternative before issu-
ance of the ROD and discusses documenta-
tion and public information activities that may
be necessary as a result of these changes.
•	Chapter 5 summarizes the roles and responsi-
bilities of lead and support agencies in devel-
oping the ROD. It also outlines how to issue
the notice of ROD availability.
1-6

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
•	Chapter 6 presents the purposed and regula-
tory requirements for the ROD, as well as a
recommended format which discusses key el-
ements and summary tables for each section.
This chapter also contains a detailed checklist
outlining the components of a ROD. This
checklist may be used as a worksheet when
writing or reviewing a ROD.
•	Chapter 7 discusses the procedures to follow
when changes occur to the Selected Remedy
after a ROD is signed. A sample outline and
checklist is presented for Explanations of Sig-
nificant Differences (ESDs) and ROD Amend-
ments.
•	Chapter 8 presents the recommended ROD
formats for three specific types of remedial
action decisions: no action, interim action, and
contingency remedy decisions.
•	Chapter 9 presents information on document-
ing the following remedy selection situations:
lead (Pb), presumptive remedies, and ground
water.
•	Appendix A provides an example Proposed
Plan that satisfies the requirements and sugges-
tions described in this guidance.
•	Appendix B provides additional information
on addressing the following ground-water is-
sues: phased approach, non-aqueous phase liq-
uids (NAPLs), deferral of design, and moni-
tored natural attenuation.
•	Appendix C contains a fact sheet and a trans-
mittal memorandum which discuss consulta-
tion procedures for Superfund response deci-
sions.
•	Appendix D outlines the procedures for sub-
mitting final remedy selection decision docu-
ments to the Superfund Document Center at
EPA Headquarters.
• Appendix E lists additional sources of infor-
mation on the remedy selection process and
other stages of the remedial process that might
be helpful to a remedy selection decision docu-
ment writer.
1-7

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
2.0 PROCESS FOR DEVELOPING THE PROPOSED PLAN
2.1 OVERVIEW
This chapter summarizes the roles and responsibili-
ties of the lead and support agencies in developing the
Proposed Plan. Personnel in the lead and support agen-
cies should begin discussions on the alternatives ana-
lyzed in the FS as early as possible and attempt to reach
an agreement on identifying a Preferred Alternative.
These early discussions should help prevent delays in
the later stages of the remedy selection process. PRPs
conducting the RI/FS should identify to the lead agency
which alternatives have been considered and screened
from further consideration before the detailed analysis.
The remaining alternatives should be analyzed in detail.
The results of this analysis provide the basis for the
lead agency to identify a Preferred Alternative. Through-
out the RI/FS process the lead agency should keep the
community and others well-informed of site activities
through meetings, information bulletins, and by regu-
larly updating the Administrative Record file. The lead
agency should also actively seek input from the com-
munity on the remedial alternatives being considered.
The general steps in preparing the Proposed Plan
for public comment are summarized in Highlight 2-1.
The sequence in which these steps are taken may vary
somewhat among EPA Regional Offices and States.
The lead agency should begin drafting the Proposed
Plan upon completion of the RI/FS Report (in some
circumstances, a draft can be developed as the RI/FS is
being finalized). If a PRP prepares the RI/FS, then the
Proposed Plan should be drafted by the lead agency
after the lead agency approves the RI/FS. The RI/FS
Report should be sent to the support agency as soon as
it is available, but no later than when the draft Pro-
posed Plan is transmitted to the support agency for re-
view and comment.
A Preferred Alternative is identified tentatively on
the basis of the RI/FS Report and ongoing discussions
between the lead and support agencies and the affected
community and PRPs.1 A formal briefing on the
RI/FS and the Preferred Alternative should be made
1 The Preferred Alternative must be identified by the lead
agency itself A technical support contractor hired to assist a gov-
ernment entity in performing its duties or a PRP can recommend,
but can not identify, the Preferred Alternative.
to lead agency management. After this meeting, a draft
Proposed Plan is written and submitted to the support
agency and lead agency management for review and
comment.
The lead agency should prepare the final Proposed
Plan taking into consideration the comments from the
support agency and based on the results of the internal
program and management review process. This final
version should include either a summary of the sup-
port agency's agreement with the Plan or its dissenting
comments.2 Finally, the notice announcing the avail-
ability of the Proposed Plan, along with a brief ab-
stract of its content, must be published in a major local
newspaper. The Proposed Plan and any supporting
analysis and information (including the RI/FS) must be
made available in the Administrative Record file.
2.2 ROLE OF LEAD AND SUPPORT
AGENCIES
For the remedy selection process to succeed, lead
and support agencies should interact throughout the
entire RI/FS and Proposed Plan process. The goal of
this continued interaction is to reach agreement on the
Proposed Plan and the RI/FS Report before the public
comment period starts.
2.2.1 Designation of Roles and
Responsibilities
EPA and the State play specific roles throughout
the remedial process. These roles should be defined in
the SSC, SMOA, or CA.3 State participation specifi-
2	If the State is the lead agency and EPA does not approve the
Proposed Plan, then the State may not issue the Plan unless the
proposed action is a non-Fund financed State-lead enforcement
action. (See NCP §300.515(e)(l) and Section 2.3 of this chapter
for more detailed information.) If a Federal facility is the lead
agency and EPA does not approve the Proposed Plan, then the
Federal facility may not issue the Plan unless the proposed action is
for a non-NPL site at the Federal facility.
3	The SMOA is a non-binding agreement that outlines coop-
erative efforts between States and EPA Regions and defines the
roles and responsibilities of each party in the conduct of a Superfund
program in a State. For more information, see NCP §300.505 and
Interim Final Guidance on Preparing a Superfund Memorandum of Agree-
ment (SMOA.) (OSWER 9375.0-01, May 1989, or its revised edi-
tion). The CA is a legal instrument between EPA and the State in
which EPA may transfer money to the State to conduct response
activities.
2-1

-------
Chapter 2: Process for Developing the Proposed Plan
Highlight 2-1: Preparation of The Proposed Plan by the Lead Agency
Submits Draft RI/FS to Support
Agency for Review and Comment
Completes
RI/FS Report and Sends Final Revision
to Support Agency
Briefs Management on RI/FS and
Proposed Preferred Alternative
Prepares Draft Proposed Plan
Provide Support Agency
Opportunity to Comment
Submits Draft Proposed Plan to
Appropriate HQ Regional Coordinator
Briefs Decision Maker on
Proposed Plan
Publishes Newspaper
Notice of Availability of
Proposed Plan and RI/FS
Makes Proposed Plan and RI/FS
Report Available to Public
Initiates Public Comment Period and
Holds Public Meeting, if Requested
Finalizes Proposed Plan and Updates
Administrative Record File
2-2

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
cally during the RI/FS and Proposed Plan process is
important to the successful selection of the remedy and
completion of the remedial process. First, the State
must be given the opportunity to concur on the ROD;
second, for Fund-financed remedial actions, certain State
assurances including those for cost share and Opera-
tions and Maintenance (O&M) are required to conduct
the RA. The SSC or CA should designate the lead and
support agency for conducting the RI/FS, developing
the Proposed Plan, and drafting the ROD. The SMOA,
if applicable, should describe the general procedures
for oversight and interaction between EPA and the State.
At Federal facility sites on the NPL, designation and
coordination of roles and responsibilities among EPA,
the State, and the lead Federal agency are also very im-
portant for the successful completion of the remedial
process. At such sites, these roles are defined in an IAG.
Where EPA may be involved at Federal facility sites not
on the NPL, these roles may be established by way of
memoranda of understanding (MOUs), letter agree-
ments, etc. Generally, at Federal facility sites, the EPA
and the State are co-regulators and the Federal agency
which owns and/or operates the site is the lead agency.
2.2.2 Lead and Support Agency
Responsibilities
NCP §300.430(f) (3) (i) requires the lead agency to
do the following after preparation of the Proposed
Plan and review by the support agency:
•	Publish a notice of availability and brief analy-
sis of the Proposed Plan in a major local news-
paper.
•	Make the Proposed Plan and supporting analy-
sis and information available in the Adminis-
trative Record file.
•	Provide a reasonable opportunity, not less than
30 calendar days, for submission of written and
oral comments on the Proposed Plan and the
material contained in the Administrative Record
file.
•	Provide the opportunity for a public meeting
to be held during the public comment period.
•	Keep a transcript of the public meeting held
during the public comment period and make
such transcript available to the public.
•	Prepare a written summary of significant com-
ments, criticisms, and new relevant informa-
tion submitted during the public comment pe-
riod and the lead agency response to each is-
sue. This Responsiveness Summary must be
made available with the ROD.
NCP §300.515 discusses the requirements for State in-
volvement in the preparation and publication of the
Proposed Plan.
The role of other program offices within EPA and
State agencies is to provide specific comments on the
alternatives analyzed in the RI/FS Report. EPA and the
State should establish the appropriate procedures and
time frames for these reviews. Other program offices
should review the RI/FS Report at appropriate times
during the process to ensure that alternatives in the de-
tailed analysis phase of the RI/FS Report comply with
substantive requirements of other laws that qualify as
ARARs. For EPA, this may involve review by program
offices with responsibility for implementing the Clean
Water Act (CWA), Resource Conservation and Recov-
ery Act (RCRA), Clean Air Act (CAA) and Toxic Sub-
stances Control Act (TSCA) programs. If a draft Pro-
posed Plan is available when the RI/FS Report is ready
to be circulated, it should be circulated at the same time.
2.2.3 Management Review of Proposed
Plan
The lead and support agencies should determine
the appropriate level of managerial review for the draft
Proposed Plan and, as appropriate, include this in the
SMOA, SSC, or CA. The Regional Administrator and
State Director (or their appropriate designees) should
be briefed on the contents of both the RI/FS Report
and Proposed Plan, as well as on any unresolved or
potentially controversial issues, by their respective staffs
before these documents are released to the public.
All draft Proposed Plans should be sent to the ap-
propriate EPA headquarters regional coordinator for
review pursuant to Focus Areas for Headquarters OERR
Support for Regional Decision Making (OSWER 9200.1-17,
2-3

-------
Chapter 2: Process for Developing the Proposed Plan
May 1996). Some remedy selection decisions will also
be eligible for consultation with the National Remedy
Review Board or another Cross-Regional review group.
See Appendix C for a more complete discussion of
Proposed Plan consultation procedures. For more in-
formation on the National Remedy Review Board, see
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/ programs/nrrb/
index.htm.
2.2.4 Support Agency Comment Period
The support agency's comment period presents an
important opportunity for the lead and support agen-
cies to reach agreement on the Preferred Alternative.4
The comment period begins when the support agency
receives the Proposed Plan from the lead agency and
lasts 5 to 10 working days. If a different review period
is established in the SMOA, it should be followed. In
the absence of a SMOA, the support agency has a mini-
mum of 5 working days and a maximum of 10 work-
ing days to comment on the Proposed Plan (NCP
§300.515(h)(3)).5
During the review period, the support agency
should provide written comments on the Preferred
Alternative and other components of the Proposed Plan.
These comments should indicate one of the following:
•	Agreement, with or without comments.
•	Disagreement, with or without comments.
•	No comment on the Proposed Plan at this time.
When the State is the support agency, it has the option
of submitting its comments at the end of the public
comment period.
4	For Fund-financed projects, EPA must approve the Pro-
posed Plan even if the State is the lead agency (NCP §300.515(e)(1)).
For State-lead, non-Fund financed enforcement sites where the
State is using their own authorities rather than CERCLA, no EPA
concurrence is required.
5	The draft RI/FS Report could be given to the support
agency before the Proposed Plan is ready for review. The review
period for the draft RI/FS Report should last at least 15 working
days, unless a different time period is established in the SMOA or
CA or between the lead and support agencies. In the absence of a
SMOA, the support agency has a minimum of 10 working days and
a maximum of 15 working days to comment on the RI/FS (NCP
§300.515(h)(3)).
EPA must respond to State comments on waivers
from or disagreements about State ARARs, as well as
on the Preferred Alternative, when making the RI/FS
report and Proposed Plan available for public com-
ment (NCP §300.515(d)(4)). The Proposed Plan must
include a statement that the lead and support agencies
have reached agreement, or where this is not the case, a
statement explaining the concerns of the support agency
with the lead agency's Proposed Plan (NCP
§300.515(e)(l)). These comments and the lead agency's
formal response to these comments must be included,
in their entirety, in the Administrative Record file.
2.3 PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING
DISPUTES
If a dispute occurs between the lead and support
agencies during any phase of the remedial process, the
staffs of the agencies should attempt a timely resolu-
tion of the disputed issue. If staff resolution is not
possible, the issue should be brought promptly to
management's attention for resolution.6
The lead and support agencies should use the dis-
pute resolution process specified in the SMOA or CA
when appropriate. If other Federal agencies besides
EPA are involved, the dispute resolution process speci-
fied in the IAG should be followed. Alternatively, the
lead and support agencies could consider using the dis-
pute resolution process recommended in the NCP Pre-
amble to subpart F (55 FR 8781). The section entitled
"State Involvement in Hazardous Substance Response"
outlines a process that EPA Regional Offices and States
should use to resolve disputes that arise during the RI/
FS and remedy selection process. This approach en-
courages the lead and support agencies' RPMs to re-
solve any disputes promptly. If this cannot be accom-
plished, the dispute could be referred to their supervi-
sors for further EPA/State consultation. This supervi-
sory referral and resolution process should continue, if
necessary, to the level of Director of the State agency
and the Regional Administrator, respectively. If agree-
ment still cannot be reached, the dispute should be re-
ferred to the Assistant Administrator of OSWER, who
serves as final arbiter on remedy selection issues.
6 Potential EPA Regional and Headquarters resources to
access neutral mediators should be explored, as appropriate.
2-4

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Regardless of the process used, the result should
be an equitable resolution of outstanding issues. There
may be instances, however, in which a final resolution
cannot be achieved. If this should occur, two alterna-
tives exist for continuing effective action. First, if EPA
is the lead agency (pursuant to CERCLA §§104,106, or
122), the Region should use its discretion as to whether
to proceed with publication of the Proposed Plan.
Second, if the State is the lead agency (pursuant to §104),
EPA must approve the Proposed Plan before it may
be issued (NCP §300.515(e)(1)). In some cases, EPA
could elect to become the lead agency for the Proposed
Plan, public participation activities, and the ROD. (This
applies only to Fund-financed, State-lead projects.)
However, mutual acceptance of the Preferred Alterna-
tive (and, ultimately, of the selected remedy) by both
EPA and the State is an important goal in order to ef-
fect timely cleanup at the site. In addition, State in-
volvement during the RI/FS and Proposed Plan pro-
cess is important to the successful selection of the rem-
edy and completion of the remedial action.
2.4	ROLE OF OTHER FEDERAL
AGENCIES
Executive Order 12580 (52 FR 2923 January 29,
1987) delegates the authority for carrying out the re-
quirements of CERCLA §§ 117(a) and (c) to Federal
agencies for those Federal facilities under their jurisdic-
tion, custody, or control. A Federal agency, therefore,
has the responsibility to issue the Proposed Plan. At a
Federal facility on the NPL, the IAGs between a Fed-
eral agency, EPA, and, in many cases, the State, should
establish the responsibilities for each party in preparing
the Proposed Plan for Federal facility sites. Where the
Federal agency is the lead agency, the responsibilities for
preparing the Proposed Plan include those lead agency
responsibilities specified in Chapters 2 and 3 of this
guidance.
2.5	ROLE OF POTENTIALLY
RESPONSIBLE PARTIES
In accordance with CERCLA §§104 and 122, EPA
can provide PRPs with the opportunity to conduct the
required response actions (i.e., the RI/FS, remedial de-
sign, and remedial action). If the PRPs conduct the
RI/FS (including the risk assessment), either EPA or the
State will become the lead governmental agency for
general oversight of the RI/FS. EPA or the State should
prepare the Proposed Plan and the ROD, even if the
PRP conducts the RI/FS (i.e., the lead agency identifies
the Preferred Alternative (see footnote #1 in this chap-
ter)). At those sites for which the PRP conducts the
RI/FS, the alternative preferred by the PRP should not
be indicated in the RI/FS Report.7
PRPs may also participate in the remedy selection
process by commenting on the Proposed Plan and on
other publicly available information in the Administra-
tive Record file during the formal public comment pe-
riod. If comments are submitted by PRPs and mem-
bers of the public prior to the formal public comment
period, the lead agency should advise those parties that
their concerns may not be addressed until the end of
the formal comment period.
2.6 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
The regulatory requirements for public participa-
tion in association with the Proposed Plan are listed in
Section 2.2.2. Additional information concerning news-
paper notification and the public comment period is
provided below.
2.6.1 Newspaper Notification
The announcement of the availability of the Pro-
posed Plan and Administrative Record file should be
made at least two weeks prior to the beginning of the
public comment period so that the public has sufficient
time to obtain and read the Proposed Plan. The lead
agency's newspaper notification must include a brief
abstract of the Proposed Plan, which describes the al-
ternatives analyzed and identifies the Preferred Alterna-
tive (NCP §300.430(f)(3)(i)(A)). The notice should be
published in a widely read section of the newspaper.
The notification should be designed to attract attention
and engage the reader and should be written in simple,
non-technical language. Key elements of the notifica-
tion are summarized below. Highlight 2-3 provides a
sample newspaper notification.
The newspaper notification should consist of the
following elements:
7 For more information, see Guidance on Oversight of Potentially
Responsible Party Remedial Investigations and Feasibility Studies, Volumes
1 and 2 (EPA 540-G-91-010a and b, July 1991).
2-5

-------
Chapter 2: Process for Developing the Proposed Plan
•	Site name and location. Gives proper site name
and location.
•	Date and location of a public meeting. If a public
meeting is scheduled, it should be held at a rea-
sonable time at or near the site. If one has not
been scheduled, the notice should inform the
public of the opportunity for a public meet-
ing.
•	Identification of lead and support agencies. Identifies
which entities (i.e., EPA, State agency, or other
Federal agency) are serving as lead and sup-
port agencies.
•	Alternatives evaluated in the detailed analysis. Lists
remedial alternatives evaluated in the detailed
analysis phase of the FS.
•	Identification of Preferred Alternative. States briefly
the major components of the Preferred Alter-
native.
•	Request for public comments. The notice should
emphasize that the lead agency is soliciting public
comment on all alternatives evaluated in the
detailed analysis phase of the FS, as well as on
the Preferred Alternative. The request should
include a clear statement that the Preferred Al-
ternative is only a preliminary determination and
that the Preferred Alternative could be modi-
fied since any of the other options presented
could be selected as the remedy based upon
public comment, new information, or a re-
evaluation of existing information. The read-
ers should be referred to the RI/FS Report
and other contents of the Administrative
Record file for further information on all re-
medial alternatives considered.
•	Public participation opportunities. The notice in-
forms the public of its role in the remedy se-
lection process and provides the following:
Location of information repositories and
Administrative Record file.
Methods by which the public may submit
oral and written comments, including a
contact person.
Dates of the public comment period.
Contact person for a Community Advi-
sory Group (CAG), or Technical Advisory
Grant (TAG) recipient, if applicable.
For further information on writing newspaper no-
tification, please see EPA's Quick Reference Fact Sheet,
PublishingEffective PubliclSlotices (OSWER 9378.OFS, April
1997).
	
Highlight 2-2: Tips for Writing an
Effective Public Notice
Publish the notice about 10 days
before the event. If budgets permit,
publish the notice again 5 days before
and 1 day before the event.
Choose a location in the paper that is
well-read (sports, TV, or local news
section).
Be specific about what the reader
should do and how to do it.
Keep the notice as short as possible
and use simple, non-technical words.
Remember, the appearance of the
notice, as well as the message, is
important. Make it visually appealing.
2.6.2 Public Comment Period
This section provides guidance on the procedures
the lead agency should follow to satisfy the public par-
ticipation requirements in NCP §300.430(f) (3).
The lead agency is charged with making the rel-
evant documents, such as the Proposed Plan and the
RI/FS Report, available to the public at the time the
newspaper notification is made.8 In addition, the lead
agency must ensure that any information that forms the
8 In addition to being published in the newspaper, the notice
of the Proposed Plan should be sent direcdy to the citizens and
PRPs via the community relations or enforcement mailing list for
the site. (Although not a statutory or regulatory requirement, this
may allow timely participation from citizens and PRPs outside the
circulation area of the local newspaper.)
2-6

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
basis for selecting the response action is included as part
of the Administrative Record file and is available to the
public during the public comment period.
CERCLA § 117(a) (2) also requires the lead agency
to provide the public with a reasonable opportunity to
submit written and oral comments on the Proposed
Plan. NCP §300.430(f) (3) (i) requires the lead agency to
allow the public a minimum of 30 days to comment
on the information contained in the RI/FS Report and
Proposed Plan (including any proposed waivers relat-
ing to ARARs). In addition, the lead agency must ex-
tend the comment period by a minimum of 30 addi-
tional days, upon timely request.
The lead agency must provide an opportunity for a
public meeting to be held at or near the site during the
comment period. A transcript of the meeting con-
ducted during the public comment period must be
made available to the public and should be included as
part of the Administrative Record file (pursuant to NCP
§300.430(f)(3)(i)(E)). The lead agency should also place
the transcript in the information repository. Although
the lead agency may respond to oral or written com-
ments received during the RI/FS process and before
the public comment period, it has no legal obligation to
do so. To ensure that their comments are addressed,
commenters may wish to resubmit their comments
during the formal public comment period as well.
Further guidance on the public comment period
and the lead agency's responsibilities can be found in
Incorporating Citizen Concerns into Superfund Decision-Mak-
ing (OSWER 9230.0-18, January 1991). For more in-
formation specific to procedures at Federal facility sites,
refer to the Restoration Advisory Board Implementation Guide-
lines (U.S. EPA and DOD, September 27, 1994) and
Site-Specific Advisory Board Guidance (Office of Environ-
mental Management, DOE, October 1995).
2-7

-------
Chapter 2: Process for Developing the Proposed Plan
Highlight 2-3: Sample Newspaper Notification of Availability
of Proposed Plan and Public Meeting

EPA Proposes Cleanup Plan
for the EIO Industrial Site
Proposed Plan
Nameless, TN

March 1,
1999
The U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Ten-
nessee Department of Environment and Conservation (TDEC)
will hold a Public Meeting to discuss the Remedial Investiga-
tion/Feasibility Study (RI/FS) Report and Proposed Plan for
the cleanup of the EIO Industrial Site, Nameless, TN. The RI/
FS Report discusses the risks posed by the site and presents an
evaluation of cleanup options. The Proposed Plan identifies a
preferred cleanup alternative for the public to comment on along
with the other options considered.
Copies of the RI/FS and
Proposed Plan along with the
rest of the Administrative Record file
are available at:

EPA and TDEC evaluated the following options for addressing
the contaminated soil and ground water at the site:
Soil
•	No action
•	In-situ soil vapor extraction and solidification, and cap-
ping
•	Excavation, on-site thermal destruction, solidification, and
capping
Ground Water
•	No action
•	Pump and treat by carbon adsorption and discharge to
XYZ River
•	Pump and treat by carbon adsorption followed by reinjec-
tion
Nameless Public Library
619 South 20th Street
Nameless, TN 00000
(101)999-1099
Hours: 9 a.m. to 9 p.m.
Monday through Saturday

U. S. EPA Records Center, Region 4
61 Forsyth Street, S.W.
Atlanta, GA 30303-3104
(555)555-5555
Hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5:00p.m.
Monday through Friday

Based on available information, the preferred option proposed
for public comment at this time is to treat the contaminated soil
at the site through in-situ vapor extraction, to solidify the soils,
disposing them on site, and to pump and treat the ground water
by carbon adsorption and discharge it to the XYZ River. Al-
though this is the Preferred Alternative at the present time,
EPA and TDEC welcome the public's comments on all of the
alternatives listed above. The formal comment period ends on
March 30. EPA and TDEC will choose the final remedy after
the comment period ends and may select any one of the options
after taking public comments into account.
Public Meeting
March 13,1999 at 7:30 p.m.
Community Hall
237 Appleton Street, Nameless, TN.

For further information or to submit written comments, please contact:

Joshua Doe
Community Relations Coordinator
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
61 Forsyth Street, S.W.
Atlanta, GA 30303-3104
(555) 555-5555

2-8

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
3.0 WRITING THE PROPOSED PLAN
This chapter presents a recommended structure for
the Proposed Plan and is accompanied by an outline
and checklist, which can be found at the end of the
chapter. Appendix A contains a sample Proposed Plan
which is meant to illustrate the appropriate level of de-
tail for the recommended format presented in this chap-
ter.
3.1	PURPOSE OF THE PROPOSED
PLAN
The Proposed Plan is a document used to facilitate
public involvement in the remedy selection process. The
document presents the lead agency's preliminary rec-
ommendation concerning how best to address contami-
nation at the site, presents alternatives that were evalu-
ated, and explains the reasons the lead agency recom-
mends the Preferred Alternative.
The lead agency solicits public comment on the
Proposed Plan including all of the alternatives consid-
ered in the detailed analysis phase of the RI/FS, be-
cause the lead and support agencies may select a rem-
edy other than the Preferred Alternative based on pub-
lic comment. The final decision regarding the selected
remedy is documented in the ROD after the lead agency
has considered all comments from both the support
agency and the public.
3.2	REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
FOR THE CONTENT OF THE
PROPOSED PLAN
In the first step of the remedy selection process,
the NCP directs the lead agency to identify a Preferred
Alternative and present that alternative to the public in a
Proposed Plan. The Proposed Plan must briefly de-
scribe the remedial alternatives analyzed, propose a pre-
ferred remedial action alternative, and summarize the
information relied upon to select the Preferred Alter-
native (NCP §300.430(f) (2)). This section of the NCP
also states that, at a minimum, the Proposed Plan must:
• Provide a brief summary description of the
remedial alternatives evaluated in the detailed
analysis;
•	Identify and provide a discussion of the ratio-
nale that supports the Preferred Alternative;
•	Provide a summary of any formal comments
received from the support agency; and
•	Provide a summary explanation of any pro-
posed ARAR waiver.
In addition, the NCP requires that EPA must respond
to State comments on waivers from, or disagreements
about, State ARARs, as well as the Preferred Alterna-
tive, when making the Proposed Plan available for public
comment (NCP §300.515(d)(4)).
3.3 SECTION-BY-SECTION
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED
PLAN
Highlight 3-1 shows the major sections of the Pro-
posed Plan. Each section is described in a more com-
plete manner below.
3.3.1 Introduction
The introduction should state that the Proposed Plan
is a document that the lead agency is required to issue to
fulfill public participation requirements under CERCLA
and the NCP. The primary purpose of the introduc-
tion is to inform and solicit the views of citizens on the
Preferred Alternative.
This section should include the site name and loca-
tion and identify the lead and support agencies for the
remedial action. It should also state that the Proposed
Plan is a document that the lead agency is required to
issue to fulfill the requirements of CERCLA § 117(a)
and NCP §300.430(f)(2).
The public should be informed of the function of
the Proposed Plan in the remedy selection process; spe-
cifically, its purposes are the following:
•	Provide basic background information.
•	Identify the Preferred Alternative for remedial
action at a site or operable unit and explain the
reasons for the preference.
3-1

-------
Chapter 3: Writing the Proposed Plan
•	Describe the other remedial options consid-
ered.
•	Solicit public review of and comment on all
alternatives described.
•	Provide information on how the public can be
involved in the remedy selection process.
Other items that should be covered in the intro-
duction include the following:
Highlight 3-1: Major Sections of
the Proposed Plan
A.	Introduction - Identifies site and describes
the public participation process
B.	Site Background - Provides facts about the
site which provide the context for the
subsequent sections of the Proposed Plan
C.	Site Characteristics - Describes nature
and extent of site contamination.
D.	Scope and Role - Describes how the
operable unit or response action fits into
the overall site strategy
E.	Summary of Site Risks - Summarizes the
results of the baseline risk assessment,
and the land use and ground-water use
assumptions used in the analysis
F.	Remedial Action Objectives - Describes
what the proposed site cleanup is expected
to accomplish
G Summary of Alternatives - Describes the
options for attaining the identified remedial
action objectives
H.	Evaluation of Alternatives - Explains the
rationale for selecting the Preferred
Alternative
I.	Preferred Alternative - Describes the
Preferred Alternative, summarizes support
agency comments, and affirms that it is
expected to fulfill statutory and regulatory
requirements
J. Community Participation - Provides
information on how the public can provide
input to the remedy selection process
•	Relationship of RI/FS to the Proposed Plan.
A clear statement should be made that the Pro-
posed Plan highlights key information from the
RI/FS Report. The Plan should refer the reader
to the RI/FS Report and Administrative Record
file for more information regarding the reme-
dial action.1
•	Importance to the remedy selection process of
public input on all alternatives and on the ratio-
nale for the Preferred Alternative. New infor-
mation or arguments the lead agency learns
during the public comment period could re-
sult in the selection of a final remedial action
that differs from the Preferred Alternative.
3.3.2 Site Background
This section provides the foundation for the subse-
quent sections of the Proposed Plan. Answers to the
following questions should help provide a complete
background description:
•	What media are contaminated at the site? Describe
the media contaminated (e.g., soil, air, ground
or surface water).
•	What caused the current contamination at the site?
Provide a brief history of waste generation or
disposal that led to current contamination prob-
lems.
•	Who has investigated site contamination, and with what
results? Describe history of Federal, State, and
local site investigations.
•	What has been done to remediate the contamination?
Describe any previous response actions at the
site (e.g., removal, voluntary cleanup).
•	Are the parties responsible for site contamination in-
volved in the cleanup? Detail enforcement activi-
ties, such as the results of PRP searches or no-
tices sent to PRPs, and whether they have con-
ducted any of the studies upon which the Pro-
posed Plan is based.
1 Subpart I of the revised National Contingency Plan (40 CFR
300.800, i'i seq.) and the Final Guidance on Administrative Records for
Selection of CERCLA Response Actions (OSWER 9833.3A-1, De-
cember 1990) provide detailed information on developing, main-
taining, and providing access to the Administrative Record file for
the selection of the CERCLA response action.
3-2

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
•	Whatprevious efforts have been made by the lead ageny
to involve the public in matters related to site cleanup ?
Describe major public participation activities,
prior to the issuance of the Proposed Plan (e.g.,
special community outreach related to environ-
mental justice concerns, or identification of rea-
sonably anticipated future land and ground-
water uses).
3.3.3	Site Characteristics
•	What are the physical characteristics of the site? Pro-
vide a brief description of site characteristics
to help the public understand why the alterna-
tives proposed are appropriate.
•	What roads, buildings, and land uses are present on the
site? Provide a site map containing this infor-
mation.
•	What geographical or topographical factors had a ma-
jor impact on remedy selection? Examples include:
current or potential drinking water sources af-
fected or threatened by site contamination,
wetlands on the site, or areas of major histori-
cal importance.
•	How much and what type of contamination is present?
Describe the nature and extent of contamina-
tion.
•	What are the source materials on the site that consti-
tute principal threats? Identify the location, vol-
ume and nature of mobile/high-toxicity/high-
concentration source material (see Section
6.3.11)
3.3.4	Scope and Role of Operable Unit or
Response Action
This section of the Proposed Plan should summa-
rize the lead agency's overall strategy for remediating
the site and describe how the action being considered
in the Proposed Plan fits into that overall strategy.
If the response is being carried out in operable units,
the purpose of each operable unit and their planned
sequence should be described. Any prior or planned
removal actions and interim or early remedial actions
should also be discussed. Finally, how the operable unit
or response action addresses source materials constitut-
ing principal threats should be identified as well. An
example of this discussion follows:
'This is the second of three planned operable units for
the site. Thefirst operable unitprovided the community
with an alternate water supply to prevent ingestion of
contaminated ground water. This second operable unit
addresses remediation of the source materials, which
include contaminated soil and sludges from former la-
goon areas. These source materials constitute principal
threat wastes at the site. The third and final operable
unit will address the contaminated ground water."
3.3.5 Summary of Site Risks
The human health and ecological risks posed by
the site determine whether or not a remedial action is
warranted. This section of the Proposed Plan should
briefly summarize information in the baseline risk as-
sessment to describe the nature and extent of the risks
posed to human health and the environment by the
contamination at the site. This discussion should be
broken into the following two subsections: (1) human
health risks, and (2) ecological risks.
Technical terms or concepts used in the baseline
risk assessment that are likely to be unfamiliar to the
public should be explained or defined if used in the
Proposed Plan (e.g., any numeric risk representations,
such as cancer risks and hazard quotients, need to be
accompanied by a "plain-English" explanation). Basic
explanations of these concepts are provided in the ex-
amples contained in Section 6.3.7.
Generally, the risk summary in the Proposed Plan
should be a narrative description rather than a tabular
presentation. Risk tables are more appropriate for the
level of detail needed in a ROD than for the Proposed
Plan. The length of most risk descriptions in the Pro-
posed Plan should be limited to no more than two or
three paragraphs. For sites that are complex or for sites
where there is heightened public interest, more risk as-
sessment information may be needed in the Proposed
Plan. A risk assessor should be consulted if a stream-
lined risk summary table is presented in the Proposed
Plan to ensure that it is consistent with the summary
tables in the risk assessment. See Section 6.3.7 for ex-
amples of site risk summary tables, recommended for
a ROD, that could be used in an expanded risk section
in the Proposed Plan.
3-3

-------
Chapter 3: Writing the Proposed Plan
Key information from the baseline risk assessment
that should be covered in the Proposed Plan includes
the following:
•	Major chemical(s) of concern (COCs) in each me-
dium. For an explanation of the term COC,
see Chapter 6, footnote #7.
•	Land and ground-water use assumptions (i.e., the cur-
rent and reasonably anticipated future land uses
and the current and potential beneficial ground-
water uses, and the basis for these assumptions
(e.g., community input)).
•	Votentially exposed populations in current and future
risk scenarios (e.g., worker currently on-site, adults
or children living on-site in the future).
•	Exposure pathways affecting each population group,
assuming reasonably anticipated future land and
water uses (e.g., volatilization of contaminants
from soils, direct ingestion of potable ground
water or surface water). Information about
land and water use assumptions should help
the public understand why certain exposure
pathways were examined.
•	Summary of the human health risk characterisation,
which should include the estimated carcinogenic
and non-carcinogenic risks associated with ex-
posure pathways for chemicals of concern that
are driving the need to implement the Preferred
Alternative.
•	Summary of the ecohgical risk characterisation, in-
cluding: 1) the basis of environmental risks as-
sociated with specific media; 2) how these risks
were determined (e.g., based on the outcome
of the ecological risk assessment and aquatic
field studies, the polycyclic aromatic hydrocar-
bons in the sediments pose unacceptable risks
to aquatic receptors); and 3) the potential risks
to endangered species.
The Proposed Plan should clearly link the site risks
to the basis for action (e.g., the need to address con-
taminated soil which is: (1) a threat to residents who
come into contact with it, and (2) a continuing source
of ground-water contamination). For an explanation
of the term "basis for action," see Chapter 6, footnote
#11.
The risk section of the Proposed Plan should con-
clude with the standard statement in Highlight 3-2 (un-
less a "No Action" alternative is being proposed).
3.3.6 Remedial A ction Objectives
The remedial action objectives (RAOs) describe
what the proposed site cleanup is expected to accom-
plish. A brief description of the RAOs proposed for
the site should follow the "Summary of Site Risks" sec-
tion. RAOs may vary for different portions of the site
(e.g., returning ground water to drinking water use, and
reducing contaminant concentrations in soil to below X
ppm so that it is safe for the reasonably anticipated fu-
ture land use at the site). Preliminary remediation goals
(PRCs) (i.e., proposed cleanup levels), and their basis
	
Highlight 3-2: Standard Language
Explaining Basis for Taking Action
It is the lead agency's current judgment that the
Preferred Alternative identified in this Proposed
Plan, or one of the other active measures con-
sidered in the Proposed Plan, is necessary to
protect public health or welfare or the environ-
ment from actual or threatened releases of
hazardous substances into the environment.
If the site is contaminated with pollutants or con-
taminants (in accordance with the definitions
contained in NCP §300.5), then the following
standard language should be used:
It is the lead agency's current judgment that the
Preferred Alternative identified in this Proposed
Plan, or one of the other active measures con-
sidered in the Proposed Plan, is necessary to
protect public health or welfare or the environ-
ment from actual or threatened releases of
pollutants or contaminants from this site which
may present an imminent and substantial en-
dangerment to public health or welfare."
If the response action will address both haz-
ardous substances and pollutants or contami-
nants, a combination of the two examples of
standard language may be necessary.
3-4

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
	
Highlight 3-3: Tips on Writing
Summary of Site Risks
Define terms and concepts used in the risk
discussion that are not likely to be
understood by the public.
Present the risk discussion in a narrative
format. If tables are used, consult a risk
assessor. Save complex risk tables for
the ROD.
Discuss only the major contaminants of
concern that are driving the need for action
at the site (unless necessary to justify a
No Action decision).
Link the site risks described in the baseline
risk assessment to the need for taking
action at the site (i.e., use standard
language in Highlight 3-2).
could also be discussed in this section if appropriate.2
For an explanation of the term "RAO," see Section 6.3.8.
3.3.7 Summary of Remedial Alternatives
This section communicates to the public the lead
agency's options for attaining the proposed remedial
action objectives for the site. The Summary of Remedial
Alternatives section should briefly describe the alterna-
tives studied in the detailed analysis phase of the FS
Report. The alternative that is recommended as the
Preferred Alternative should be identified as such at the
beginning of this section. Common elements of each
alternative should be described at the beginning of the
section, and the remainder should focus on those dis-
tinctions that make each alternative unique. This descrip-
tion should contain enough information about remedy
components and distinguishing features so that the public
can understand the conclusions drawn from the evalu-
2 PRGs are developed during the RI/FS and are based on
ARARs and other readily available information, such as concentra-
tions associated with 10"6 cancer risk or a hazard quotient equal to
one for non-carcinogens calculated from EPA toxicity information.
Initial PRGs may also be modified based on exposure, uncertainty,
and technical feasibility factors. As data are gathered during the RI/
FS, PRGs are refined into final contaminant-specific cleanup levels.
Based on consideration of factors during the nine criteria analysis
and using the PRG as a point of departure, the final cleanup level
may reflect a different risk level within the acceptable risk range
(10 4 to 10"6 for carcinogens) than the originally identified PRG.
ation of alternatives. For example, if an alternative in-
volves an ARAR waiver or will restrict potential land
uses available following cleanup, these points should be
stated in the alternative description, not mentioned for
the first time in the evaluation of alternatives that fol-
lows.
Examples of remedy components include the fol-
lowing:
•	Any treatment technohgies employed and how they
will reduce the intrinsic threats posed by the
contamination (e.g., toxicity, mobility)
•	"Engineering controb employed including tempo-
rary storage and permanent on-site waste con-
tainment.
•	Institutional controb employed which will supple-
ment any long-term engineering controls by
providing notice of remaining contamination
and/or restricting future activities that could
result in exposure to residual contamination.
Technology terms used to describe remedy com-
ponents that are likely to be unfamiliar to the public,
such as "soil vapor extraction" or "treatment trains,"
should be explained in the remedial alternative descrip-
tion or in a glossary. Where possible, use general terms
to describe cleanup technologies (e.g., "biological treat-
ment," "chemical extraction").
Distinguishing features will vary based on site-spe-
cific conditions and remedy specifications. These fea-
tures may include:
•	Remedial action objectives to be achieved (e.g., one al-
ternative might be aimed at treating highly con-
taminated soil while another is aimed at remov-
ing highly contaminated soil from the site).
•	Estimated quantities of material to be addressed (e.g.,
an alternative which will remediate discrete con-
centrated pockets of contaminants in soil will
address fewer cubic yards of soil than an alter-
native which calls for remediation of all of the
site's contaminated soil).
•	Implementation requirements (e.g., the need for an
off-site disposal facility).
3-5

-------
Chapter 3: Writing the Proposed Plan
•	Key ARARs (generally action- or location-spe-
cific ARARs) that differ from those that must
be attained by other alternatives. For example,
source control remedies at industrial facilities
which involve placement of RCRA hazardous
waste or site closure should discuss RCRA Land
Disposal Restrictions (LDRs) and RCRA Sub-
title C or D closure standards, respectively. Any
proposed ARAR waivers must be discussed
pursuant to NCP §300.430(f)(2) (iv). RCRA
treatability and no migration variances should
also be discussed.
•	Reasonably anticipatedfuture land use. Note which
alternatives facilitate the reasonably anticipated
future land uses. Time frames and the amount
of the site available for the reasonably antici-
pated future land use may vary across alterna-
tives and should be noted as well.
•	Expected outcomes. Describe the expected out-
comes of each alternative in terms of its com-
patibility with reasonably anticipated future land
uses, potential future ground-water uses, and
other benefits or impacts associated with alter-
native remediation approaches.
•	Use of presumptive remedies or innovative technologies.
	
Highlight 3-4: Tips on Writing
Summary of Remedial Alternatives
Identify the Preferred Alternative at the
beginning of its description.
Include enough information in the
description of alternatives about remedy
components and distinguishing features
of each alternative so that the public will
understand the comparative analysis.
Describe components common to a
number of alternatives only once {e.g., all
alternatives, with the exception of the no
action alternative, will attain PRGs).
Include all three components of estimated
cleanup costs — capital, annual O&M, and
total present worth.
•	Estimated time to construct and implement the remedy
until the Remedial Action Objectives are met.
•	Estimated costs. Cost must be separated into
capital (construction), annual operations and
maintenance (O&M), and total present worth.
Long-term O&M costs can be a significant
factor in determining which cleanup options
are more or less expensive than others. A total
present worth cost estimate for each alterna-
tive allows the public to compare different al-
ternatives that have varying amounts of O&M
costs. Use the same discount rate for all alter-
natives evaluated (current OSWER policy is
7%).
3.3.8 Evaluation of Alternatives
The Evaluation of Alternatives explains the lead
agency's rationale for selecting the Preferred Alterna-
tive. The nine criteria used to evaluate the alternatives
and compare them to one another in the detailed analy-
sis in the FS should also be presented in the Proposed
Plan. The rationale for selecting the Preferred Alterna-
tive should be presented in terms of its ability to ap-
propriately balance the trade-offs with respect to the
nine criteria. A glossary that defines each criterion may
be used. A comprehensive analysis of each alternative
in relation to each of the nine criteria need not be pre-
sented. The reader of the Proposed Plan should be
directed to the comparative analysis contained in the
RI/FS Report for a more detailed explanation. A table
may be helpful in summarizing key information from
the evaluation of alternatives, but should not substitute
for a narrative discussion. If a table is used, the Pro-
posed Plan should provide a narrative analysis of the
information in the table.
The nine criteria fall into three groups: threshold
criteria, primary balancing criteria, and modifying crite-
ria. A description of the purposes of the three groups
follows:
•	Threshold criteria, which are requirements that
each alternative must meet in order to be eli-
gible for selection.
•	Primary balancing criteria, which are used to weigh
major trade-offs among alternatives.
3-6

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
• Modifying criteria, which may be considered to
the extent that information is available during
the FS, but can be fully considered only after
public comment is received on the Proposed
Plan. In the final balancing of trade-offs be-
tween alternatives upon which the final rem-
edy selection is based, modifying criteria are
of equal importance to the balancing criteria.
Highlights 3-5 and 3-6 present information on the
organization of the criteria and the major points that
should be addressed under each criterion. Additional
information on the nine criteria and detailed analysis of
alternatives are provided in the NCP and the Guidance
for Conducting Remedial Investigations and feasibility Studies
under CERCLA, Interim Final (EPA 540-G-89-004,
October 1988).
3.3.9 Preferred A Iternative
This section of the Proposed Plan describes the
Preferred Alternative, and notes what key RAOs it will
achieve as well as how it addresses source materials
constituting principal threats (this provides a basis for
satisfying the statutory preference for treatment as a
principal element of the remedy). This section should
also note that the Preferred Alternative can change in
response to public comment or new information. A
statement explaining the rationale for recommending
the Preferred Alternative over other alternatives based
on the nine criteria analysis must be included. Where
appropriate, include figure (s) illustrating the proposed
treatment technologies.
The Preferred Alternative summary should be similar
to the following:
Alternative 2B, In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction, So-
lidification, and Capping is the Preferred Alternative.
This alternative is recommended because it will achieve
substantial risk reduction by both treating the source
materials constituting principal threats at the site and
providing safe management of remaining material. This
combination reduces risk sooner and costs less than the
other alternatives.
A statement summarizing the support agency's con-
currence or nonconcurrence with the recommended
alternative, if known, must be included in the Pro-
posed Plan, preferably in this section. Conclude with a
summary statement similar to the following:
Based on information currently available, the lead ageny
believes the Preferred Alternative meets the threshold
criteria andprovides the best balance of tradeoffs among
the other alternatives with repect to the balancing and
modifying criteria. The (name of lead ageny) expects
the Preferred Alternative to satisfy the following statu-
tory requirements of CERCLA §121(b): (1) be
protective of human health and the environment; (2)
comply withARARs (or justify a waiver); (3) be cost-
effective; (4) utilise permanent solutions and alternative
treatment technologies or resource recovery technologies
to the maximum extent practicable; and (5) satisfy the
preference for treatment as a principal element, or ex-
plain why the preference for treatment will not be met.
3-7

-------
Chapter 3: Writing the Proposed Plan
Highlight 3-5: Nine Criteria for Remedial Alternatives Evaluation
THRESHOLD CRITERIA
©
©
asfiyfe

1 Howthe Alternative Provides
Human Health and
Environmental Protection
•	Compliance with Chemical-Specific ARARs
•	Compliance with Location-Specific ARARs
•	Compliance with Action-Specific ARARs
¦ Compliance with Other Criteria, Advisories, and Guidance
©
h?£\#f%P?n
©
•	Magnitude of Residual
Risk
•	Adequacy and Reliability
of Controls
TfM&y.lMti®y06
PRIMARY BALANCING CRITERIA
©	, ®—

•	Treatment Process Used
and Materials Treated
•	Amountof Hazarcious
Materials Destroyed or
Treated
•	Degree of Expected
Reductbns in Toxicity,
Mobility, or Volume
•	Degree to Whbh
Treatment is Irreversible
•	Type a nd Qua nt ity of
Residuals Remainrg
After T reatme nt
•	ProtectionofCommunity
During Remedial Actions
•	Protection of Workers
During Remedial Actions
•	Environmental Impacts
•	Tirre Until Remedial
Action Objectives are
Achieved
©
•	Ability to Constructand
Operatethe Technology
•	Reliability of the Technology
•	Ease of Undertaking
Additional Remedial Actbns,
if Necessary
•	Ability to Monitor
Effectiveness of Remedy
•	Ability to Obtain Approvals
from Other Agencies
•	Coordination with Other
Ag encies
•	Availability of Off-Site
T reatrre nt, Sto rag e, a nd
Disposal Services and
Capacity
•	Availability of Necessary
Equipment and Specialists
•	Availability of Prospective
Tech nologies
1 Estimated Capital Costs
1 Estimated Annual Operation
and Maintenance Costs
1 Estimated Present Worth
Costs
MODIFYING CRITERIA1
•	Features of the Alternativethe
State Supports
•	Features of the Alternative
AboutWhich the State has
Rese rvations
•	Elements of the Alternate the
State Strongly Opposes
•	Features of the Alternativethe
Commun ity Su pports
•	Features of the Alternative About
Which the Community has
Reservations
•	Elements of the Alternate the
Community Strongly Opposes
^ese criteria are fully assessed fdlowing comment cn the Rl^FS Rspcrt and the Proposed Plan, and are fully addressed in the ROD.
3-8

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 3-6: Tips For Preparing Nine Criteria Analysis
Overall Protection of Human Health and the Environment
In every FS, a "no action" alternative is developed as a baseline for comparative analysis purposes. In cases where the no action
alternative is found not to meet this criterion, it can be ruled out for further consideration and, therefore, need not be discussed
further in the nine criteria analysis.
Compliance with ARARs
For an alternative to pass into the detailed analysis stage of the RI/FS and thus become eligible for selection, it must comply with its
ARARs or a waiver should be identified and the justification provided for invoking it. An alternative that cannot comply with ARARs,
or for which a waiver cannot be justified, should be eliminated from consideration for further discussion as a potential alternative in
the Proposed Plan or ROD.
Long-Term Effectiveness and Permanence
Long-term effectiveness and permanence of an alternative should be viewed along a continuum (i.e., an alternative can offer a
greater or lesser degree of long-term effectiveness and permanence). Alternatives that are more effective in the long-term are
more permanent.
Reduction of Toxicity, Mobility, or Volume Through Treatment
Each characteristic (i.e., toxicity reduction through treatment, mobility reduction through treatment, and volume reduction through
treatment) should be analyzed independently and collectively to determine how effectively treatment is being employed by the
remedial alternative. In addition, other elements should be considered such as the risks posed by residuals. A containment remedy
does not reduce the toxicity, mobility, or volume of contaminants through treatment.
Short-Term Effectiveness
Short-term effectiveness considers the amount of time until the remedy effectively protects human health and the environment atthe
site. It also includes an evaluation of the adverse effects the remedy may pose to the community, workers, and the environment
during implementation. Possible adverse effects should be evaluated in advance to determine mitigative steps to adequately
minimize the impacton the community, workers, or environment and to minimize any risks that would remain atthe site. Institutional
controls and other active measures (e.g., interim remedies and removal actions) can often mitigate short-term effects and, there-
fore, should be considered when analyzing the remedial alternative.
Implementability
This criterion considers the ease of implementing the remedy in terms of construction and operation, and the availability of services
and materials required to implementthe alternative. Technical considerations also include the reliability of the technology, the effect
on future remedial action options, and monitoring atthe site. It is important to consider and include variables such as the site's
topography, location, and available space. Implementability is significant when evaluating treatment technologies that are dependent
on resources such as facilities, equipment, professionals or experts, and especially technologies that have not been proven
effective. In addition, administrative feasibility, which includes activities that need to be coordinated with other offices and agencies
(e.g., obtaining permits for off-site activities or rights-of-way for construction), should be addressed when analyzing this criterion.
Cost
The costs of remedies always should be qualified as estimates with an expected accuracy of +50% to -30%
State/Support Agency Acceptance
Where there are major support agency comments, they must be summarized under this criterion (see NCP §300.430(f)(2)). The lead
agency's response to those comments also should be summarized here.
Community Acceptance
Because information available on the community acceptance criterion may be limited before the public comment period forthe
Proposed Plan and the RI/FS Report, the Proposed Plan should indicate thatthisfactorwill be fully evaluated in the ROD. However,
the Proposed Plan should also provide a preliminary summary of communities' views, with special emphasisfrom those in the
community directly impacted or affected. Proposed Plans should not speculate on community acceptance of the alternatives.
3-9

-------
Chapter 3: Writing the Proposed Plan
	
Highlight 3-7: Tips on Writing
Preferred Alternative
Clearly describe the decisive factors that
form the basis of why the Preferred
Alternative is recommended over the other
alternatives.
Mention any uncertainties or contingencies
related to the Preferred Alternative.
Emphasize that the Preferred Alternative
is based on current information and that it
could change in response to public
comment or new information.
3.3.10 Community Participation
Information on how the public can be involved in
the remedy selection process should be presented in
the Proposed Plan to fulfill the public participation re-
quirements under NCP §300.430(f)(3). Depending on
the format of the Proposed Plan, community partici-
pation information can be placed on the front page or
in a separate section at the end of the Proposed Plan.
The sample Proposed Plan in Appendix A illustrates
the placement of community participation information
on both the front page and at the end of the Plan. The
following public participation information should be
included in the Proposed Plan:
•	Dates of the public comment period (e.g.,
March 1 through March 30);
•	Date, time, and location of the public meeting
on the Proposed Plan (or an offer to hold a
meeting upon request if one has not been
scheduled);
•	Locations of the Administrative Record file;
•	Names, phone numbers, and addresses of the
lead and support agency personnel (including
an Internet address) who will receive comments
on the Proposed Plan or who can supply addi-
tional information; and
•	Name and contact number of local Commu-
nity Advisory Group (CAG), if applicable.
In addition to the above information, a sheet on
which the public can submit written comments can be
provided in the Proposed Plan (see the last page of
Appendix A for an example).
3.4	FORMAT FOR THE PROPOSED
PLAN
The Proposed Plan should be written clearly and
concisely, since it will likely be read by a broad public
audience. The Plan should tell the story of the site so
that those unfamiliar with the site will understand the
contamination problems and the risks they pose.3 The
Plan should clearly describe why the lead agency is rec-
ommending the Preferred Alternative.
It is very important that the level of detail and con-
tent of the Proposed Plan be tailored to the needs and
concerns of the individual community that lives around
a Superfund site and the stakeholders involved in the
Superfund remedy selection process (e.g., PRPs). The
lead agency should identify its intended audience prior
to preparation of the Proposed Plan in order to opti-
mize its effectiveness. Additional fact sheets may be
necessary depending on site circumstances (see Section
3.5).
Appendix A contains an example of a Proposed
Plan that follows the format and content recommended
by this guidance document. This format is recom-
mended for most sites as it affords the public and in-
volved stakeholders the most complete and explicit ra-
tionale for the Preferred Alternative.
3.5	PROPOSED PLAN FACT SHEET
A shorter summary of the remedy selection pro-
cess, with less technical information, may help to ensure
that the widest possible audience is reached. Therefore,
this guidance recommends the development of a Pro-
posed Plan fact sheet whenever a more detailed Pro-
posed Plan is prepared.
The front page of a fact sheet should be designed
to attract the attention of lay readers. It should high-
light the proposed remedy and encourage the reader to
3 Illustrations of the site and technological processes being
proposed, as well as tables and/or charts, should be utilized to
maximize the public's understanding of site conditions, potential
risks, alternatives being considered, and the Preferred Alternative.
3-10

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
submit comments. The fact sheet should then describe
the risks posed by the site and the alternatives consid-
ered. The back page should reiterate how the public
can obtain copies of the Proposed Plan and submit
comments, and should note points of contact for ques-
tions and further information. An example of a Pro-
posed Plan fact sheet is provided on the next page. This
is an example of a fact sheet that could accompany the
sample Proposed Plan found in Appendix A.
3.6 PROPOSED PLANS TO
HEADQUARTERS
All draft Proposed Plans should be sent to the ap-
propriate EPA headquarters regional coordinator for
review pursuant to Focus Areas for Headquarters OERR
Support for Regional Decision Making (OSWER 9200.1-17,
May 1996). Some remedy selection decisions will also
be eligible for consultation with the National Remedy
Review Board or another Cross-Regional review group.
See the Remedy Review Board web site (http://
www.epa.gov/ superfund/programs/nrrb/index.htm)
and Appendix C for a more information on Proposed
Plan consultation procedures. Final Proposed Plans
should be sent to EPA Headquarters consistent with
the procedures described in Appendix D (Records of
Decision and Other Decision Documents to EPA Head-
quarters).
3-11

-------
United States	Region 4	Proposed Plan
Environmental Protection	61 Forsyth Street, SW	Fact Sheet
Agency	Atlanta, Georgia 30303-3104
Invitation to Comment on the Proposed
Cleanup of EIO Industrial Site, Nameless, TN
You have the chance to comment on the Proposed Plan for cleaning up the EIO Industrial Superfund site at a public
meeting on March 13, 1999. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Tennessee Department of
Environment and Conservation (TDEC) want to hear your views about the plans for this toxic waste cleanup project. We
have carefully studied the site and now believe that the following actions are the best way to protect your health and the
environment.
•	Dig up 7,500 cubic yards of contaminated soil. Heat the soil through a process called thermal desorption, which will
separate out and collect dangerous toxins. These toxic materials will be sent to a licensed hazardous waste disposal facility.
The cleaned soil will be returned to the area it came from and covered with soil and grass. This will cost $6.2 million and
take 2 years to complete.
•	Pump the more highly contaminated ground water to the surface. Run it through a special treatment system (involving air-
strippers and carbon adsorption) to remove the dangerous chemicals. Discharge the clean water to the XYZ River. Keep
watch on the remaining ground water to make certain it presents no further danger. This will cost $3.7 million and take 18
years to complete.
You may make comments at the public meeting. You also have until March 30, 1999, to supply written comments on the
Proposed Plan or other material in the Administrative Record file. At the end of the comment period, EPA and TDEC will
review the suggestions and make a final decision about the site cleanup. Your input on the Proposed Plan is an important part
of the decision- making process. We want to hear from you and will pay serious attention to what you have to say.
Tell Us What You Think
Submit
Written
Comments
Public Comment Period:
March 1 - March 30,1999
EPA will accept written comments on the
Proposed Plan during the public comment
period. You may submit your comments
to:
Ms. RPM
U.S. EPA (Mail Code 4XXX)
61 Forsyth Street, S.W.
Atlanta, GA 30303-3104
Attend the Public
Meeting
Public Meeting:
You are invited to a meeting
sponsored by EPA to hear about the
Proposed Plan for cleaning up the EIO
Industrial site. At the meeting you will be
able to state your views about the
cleanup.
The meeting will be held:
March 13,1999
7:30 p.m.
at
Nameless Community Hall
237 Appleton Street
Nameless, TN
Locations of
Administrative
Record
Public Library
619 South 20th Street
Nameless, TN 00000
(101)999-1099
Hours: Mon-Sat, 9 a.m. to 9 p.m.
U.S. EPA Records Center
Region 4
61 Forsyth Street, S.W.
Atlanta. GA 30303-3104
(555)555-5555
Hours: Mon-Fri, 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
3-12

-------
SITE RISKS
YOUR COMMENTS
During the 1980s, the EIO Industrial Company dis-
posed of liquid industrial wastes at its factoiy located at 81
North Delaware Avenue in Nameless, Tennessee. EPA
and TDEC have spent the last two years studying the prop-
erty to determine what risks it poses to the health and wel-
fare of the people who live or work near it. We found that
there is some risk to people who come into contact with
contaminated soil or ground water. While the chance of
becoming sick as a result of exposure to the contaminants
is small, it is serious enough to require that actions be taken
to reduce the levels of chemicals present in the soil and
ground water to safe levels. To provide more protection
while the cleanup is being done, we have already put a
fence around the site and connected 50 homes to the pub-
lic water supply system.
CLEANUP GOALS
•	Reduce further contamination of surface and ground
waters.
•	Restore the ground water to standards established un-
der the Safe Drinking Water Act.
•	Reduce the ri sk posed by direct contact with contami-
nated soils.
We looked at a number of ways to meet the cleanup
goals, which are described more completely in the Pro-
posed Plan and Administrative Record file. EPA and
TDEC believe that the Preferred Alternative identified on
the previous page will protect your health and the environ-
ment and can be done without maj or nuisance to your com-
munity. However, before making a final decision, we want
to hear what you think. We encourage you to find out
more about the cleanup plan and make your views and
concerns known on all the options that were considered.
The cleanup plan that is finally chosen will be described in
a Record of Deci si on. That document will include a sum-
maty of the comments received along with how those com-
ments changed the decision that was reached.
FOR MORE INFORMATION ...
You can see a copy of the Proposed Plan, which describes
the cleanup alternatives we studied, and also get more infor-
mation about the site by visiting the Administrative Record
file which can be found at:
Public Library
619 South 20th Street
Nameless, TN 00000
Tel: 101-999-1099
Hours: Mon-Sat 9 a.m. to 9 p.m.
You can also stop by the EPA office that is on the site to
see a copy of the Plan. That office is open to the public
Mondays and Thursday s from 3 p.m. to 8 p.m. Finally, you can
ask for a copy of the Proposed Plan to be sent to you by
calling 1 -800-333-3333.
Contaminant Location and Movement
EIO Industrial Site
Foro*r Laswn
Fcnritr Lagovn
Co
-------
Chapter 3: Writing the Proposed Plan
RECOMMENDED OUTLINE AND CHECKLIST
FOR A PROPOSED PLAN
See Chapter 3 of ROD Guidance for more infor-
mation
A.	Introduction
~	Site name and location.
~	Lead and support agencies (e.g., EPA, State, Fed-
eral facility).
~	Purpose of document (i.e., satisfy statutory and
regulatory requirements for public participation). At
a minimum, the Proposed Plan must:
Provide a brief summary description of the re-
medial alternatives evaluated in the detailed
analysis;
Identify and provide a discussion of the ratio-
nale that supports the Preferred Alternative;
Provide a summary of any formal comments
received from the support agency; and
Provide a summary explanation of any pro-
posed ARAR waiver.
~	Referthe publicto the RI/FS Report and Adminis-
trative Record file for more information.
B.	Site Background
~	Contaminated media at the site (e.g., soil, air,
ground water, and surface water).
~	History of waste generation or disposal that led to
current problems.
~	History of Federal State, and local site investiga-
tions.
~	Description of removal or previous remedial actions
conducted under CERCLA or other authorities.
~	History of CERCLA enforcement activities at the
site (e.g., brief description of PRP searches orspe-
cial notices issued, and whether PRPs have con-
ducted any of the studies upon which the Proposed
Plan is based).
~	Description of major public participation activities
initiated priorto the issuance of the Proposed Plan.
C.	Site Characteristics
~	Geographical or topographical factors that had a
major impact on remedy selection (e.g., resources
affected orthreatened by site contamination such
as current or potential drinking water sources or
wetlands).
~	Nature and extent of contamination (i.e., vertical
and lateral extent of contaminated areas).
~	A site map that shows location of roads, buildings,
drinking water wells and other characteristics that
are important to understanding why the remedial
objectives and Preferred Alternative are appropri-
ate for the site.
~	Materials constituting principal threats (e.g., loca-
tion, volume and nature of mobiIe/high-toxicity/high-
concentration source material).
D.	Scope and Role of Operable Unit (OU) or Re-
sponse Action
~	Overall cleanup strategy forthe site.
~	Scope of problems addressed by the operable unit.
~	Relationship of proposed action to removal or other
operable units at the site (include purpose of each
operable unit and sequence of the action in rela-
tion to other operable units or removals).
~	How action addresses source materials constitut-
ing principal threats (e.g., treatment technology will
be used to permanently reduce the toxicity, mobil-
ity, and volume of these source materials).
[Note: Remedies which involve treatment of source
materials constituting principal threat wastes likely will
satisfy the statutory preference fortreatment as a prin-
cipal element, although this will not necessarily be true
in all cases.]
3-14

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
E.	Summary of Site Risks
~	Key findings of the baseline risk assessmentby
describing the:
Major chemicals of concern (COCs) in each
medium;
Land and ground-water use assumptions;
Potentially exposed populations in current and
future risk scenarios (e.g., worker currently on
site, adult or children living on site in future);
Exposure pathways (routes of exposure) and
how they relate to current or reasonably
anticipated future land and ground-water use;
and
Estimated cancer and non-cancer risks
associated with exposure pathways for
chemicals of concern that are driving the need
for action.
~	Conclusions of the ecological risk assessment
(e.g., the basis of environmental risks associated
with specific media and how these risks were de-
termined).
~	Standard concluding statement that supports the
need for taking action (unless it is a "no action"
situation):
"It is the lead agency's current judgment that the
Preferred Alternative identified in this Proposed
Plan, or one of the other active measures consid-
ered in the Proposed Plan, is necessary to protect
public health or welfare or the environment from
actual or threatened releases of hazardous sub-
stances into the environment."
F.	Remedial Action Objectives
~	Proposed Remedial Action Objectives (RAOs) and
how they address site risks (e.g., prevent con-
tamination from reaching the ground water by treat-
ing the contaminated soils).
~	Present and describe the basis for preliminary
cleanup levels (which will become final remediation
goals in the ROD) for major contaminants of con-
cern (e.g., preliminary remediation goal of 5 ppm
for TCE is based on Federal MCL for drinking wa-
ter).
G. Summary of Remedial Alternatives
~	Narrative description of alternatives evaluated in-
cluding remedy components and distinguishing fea-
tures unique to each alternative.
~	Remedy components should include:
Treatment technologies employed and a how
they will reduce the intrinsic threat posed by
the contamination;
Engineering controls including temporary
storage and permanent on-site containment;
Institutional controls that will restrict future
activities that might result in exposure to
contamination (e.g., easements and
covenants); and
Monitoring requirements.
~	Distinguishing features could include:
Remedial action objectives (RAOs) to be
achieved by the alternative (e.g., return surface
water to recreational use);
Estimated quantities of material to be
addressed by major components;
Implementation requirements (e.g., the need
for an off-site disposal facility);
Key ARARs, proposed ARAR waivers, and
RCRA treatability and no migration variances;
Reasonably anticipated future land use and
whether or not it will be achieved by the
alternative;
Expected outcomes (e.g., in terms of
compatibility with reasonably anticipated future
land uses);
Use of presumptive remedies or innovative
technologies;
Estimated time to construct and implement the
remedy until RAOs are met; and
Estimated costs, separated into capital
(construction), annual operations and
maintenance (O&M), and total present worth
costs.
3-15

-------
Chapter 3: Writing the Proposed Plan
H.	Evaluation of Alternatives
~	Explanation ofthe nine evaluation criteria and how
they are used to analyze the alternatives. A glos-
sary that defines the criteria may be used.
I.	Preferred Alternative
~	Identification ofthe Preferred Alternative, the RAOs
that it would achieve, and how it will address source
materials constituting principal threats at the site.
~	Statement that the Preferred Alternative can change
in response to public comment or new information.
~	A brief statement that describes the most decisive
considerations from the nine criteria analysis that
affected the selection ofthe Preferred Alternative
(e.g., completion of remedy sooner and at less cost
than other alternatives).
~	Any uncertainties or contingency measures.
~	Expected outcomes ofthe Preferred Alternative,
including risk reduction (how risk identified in
baseline risk assessment will be addressed).
~	The support agency's concurrence or non-concur-
rence with the Preferred Alternative, if known.
~	Concluding summary statement by the lead agency
at the end of this section similar to:
"Based on information currently available, the lead
agency believes the Preferred Alternative meets
the threshold criteria and provides the best bal-
ance of tradeoffs among the other alternatives with
respect to the balancing and modifying criteria. The
(name of lead agency) expects the Preferred Alter-
native to satisfy the following statutory requirements
of CERCLA §121 (b): 1) be protective of human
health and the environment; 2) comply with ARARs
(or justify a waiver); 3) be cost-effective; 4) utilize
permanent solutions and alternative treatment tech-
nologies or resource recovery technologies to the
maximum extent practicable; and 5) satisfy the
preference for treatment as a principal element (or
justify not meeting the preference)."
J. Community Participation
~	Dates of public comment period for the Proposed
Plan (written to encourage public comments).
~	Time and place for a public meeting(s) (already
scheduled) or offer opportunity for meeting if one
has not been scheduled.
~	Locations ofthe Administrative Record file.
~	Names, phone numbers and addresses of lead and
support agency personnel who will receive com-
ments orcan supply additional information.
~	Name and contact number of local Community
Advisory Group (CAG), if applicable.
3-16

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
4.0 PRE-RECORD OF DECISION CHANGES
4.1	OVERVIEW
After the public comment period ends, a remedial
alternative is selected as the remedy that will be docu-
mented in the ROD. The selection of the remedy is
based on the analysis presented in the Proposed Plan
and RI/FS Report, giving consideration to the com-
ments received from the support agency and the pub-
lic, as well as any other new and significant information
received or generated during the public comment pe-
riod. The lead agency may re-evaluate its Preferred
Alternative in light of this information and may change
a component of the preferred remedy or choose to
select a remedy other than the Preferred Alternative in
making the final remedy selection decision.
The NCP requires that certain steps be taken after
publication of the Proposed Plan and before remedy
selection in the ROD if new information is made avail-
able that significantly changes the basic features of the
Preferred Alternative identified in the Proposed Plan.
The lead agency must determine the following: 1) are
the changes significant, and 2) could the changes have
been reasonably anticipated based on the information
presented to the public (NCP §300.430(f)(3)(ii)).
This chapter presents a general framework for de-
termining if changes to the Preferred Alternative are
"significant" or "minor." It also specifies documenta-
tion and communication activities that may be neces-
sary to inform the public of these changes. The chapter
discusses changes made before the ROD is signed; post-
ROD changes are discussed in Chapter 7.
4.2	IDENTIFYING TYPES OF PRE-
RECORD OF DECISION CHANGES
The lead agency has the discretion to make changes
to the Preferred Alternative identified in the Proposed
Plan based either on new information received from
the public or support agency or on information gener-
ated by the lead agency itself during the remedial pro-
cess. A site-specific determination of what constitutes a
significant (as opposed to minor) change, and therefore
the extent of documentation required, is made after
taking into consideration the impact that the change may
have on the Preferred Alternative's scope, performance,
or cost.
4.2.1	Minor Changes
Minor changes are those that have little or no im-
pact on the overall scope, performance, or cost of the
alternative originally presented in the Proposed Plan as
the Preferred Alternative for the site or operable unit.
Such changes typically will be clarifications, administra-
tive changes, and minor technical or engineering changes
that do not significantly alter the overall scope, perfor-
mance, or cost of the alternative.
4.2.2	Significant Changes
In contrast to minor changes, significant changes
have a significant or fundamental effect on the scope,
performance, and/or cost of the Preferred Alterna-
tive. Examples of these three factors include:
•	Scope: Changes that substantially alter the type
of treatment or containment technology, physi-
cal area of response, remediation goals, or type
and volume of waste to be addressed.
•	Performance. Changes in treatment technologies
or processes that significantly alter the long-
term effectiveness of the Preferred Alternative
or that have significantly different short-term
effects.
•	Cost. Changes to any aspect of the Preferred
Alternative that substantially alter the capital or
O&M cost estimates for the alternative. Feasi-
bility Study cost estimates are expected to pro-
vide an accuracy of +50 percent to -30 per-
cent.
Significant changes generally involve either of the
following:
•	Selecting an RI/FS alternative other than the
Preferred Alternative identified in the Proposed
Plan as the remedy.
•	Substantially modifying a component of the
previously identified Preferred Alternative.
"Significant change" is not specifically defined in
this guidance because what constitutes a significant change
4-1

-------
Chapter 4: Pre-Record Decision Changes
will vary depending upon site circumstances and the
manner in which the information was presented in the
RI/FS Report and Proposed Plan. Highlight 4-1 sum-
marizes the process for analyzing and documenting pre-
ROD changes.
4.3 DOCUMENTING PRE-RECORD OF
DECISION CHANGES
CERCLA §117(b) and NCP §300.430(f)(3)(ii) re-
quire that if significant pre-ROD changes that could be
reasonably anticipated are made to the recommended
remedy, these changes and the reason for the changes
must be discussed in the ROD.
4.3.1	Documenting Minor Changes
Although the NCP does not require documenta-
tion of minor changes, such changes to the Proposed
Plan should be discussed in the Description of Alternatives
section of the ROD's Decision Summary and should be
documented in the Administrative Record file. Minor
changes should not be discussed in the Documentation of
Significant Changes section of the ROD's Decision Sum-
mary.
4.3.2	Documenting Significant Changes
NCP §300.430(f)(3)(ii) states that after publication
of the Proposed Plan and prior to the adoption of the
Selected Remedy in the ROD, if new information is
made available that significantly changes the basic fea-
tures of the remedy with respect to scope, performance,
or cost, such that the remedy significantly differs from
the original proposal in the Proposed Plan and the sup-
porting analysis and information, the lead agency must:
•	Include a discussion in the ROD of the signifi-
cant changes and reasons for such changes, if
the lead agency determines such changes could
be reasonably anticipated by the public based
on the alternatives and other information avail-
able in the Proposed Plan or the supporting
analysis and information in the Administrative
Record file; or
•	Seek additional public comment on a revised
Proposed Plan, when the lead agency deter-
mines the change could not have been reason-
ably anticipated by the public based on the in-
formation available in the Proposed Plan or
the supporting analysis and information in the
Administrative Record file. The lead agency
must, prior to adoption of the Selected Rem-
edy in the ROD, issue a revised Proposed Plan,
which must include a discussion of the signifi-
cant changes and the reasons for such changes.
Scenario 1: Significant Changes That Could Have
Been Reasonably Anticipated Based on the Infor-
mation Available to the Public
A significant change that could be reasonably an-
ticipated based on information available to the public
in the Proposed Plan or the supporting analysis and in-
formation in the Administrative Record file must be
discussed in the ROD {i.e., documented at the end of
the ROD's Decision Summary in the Documentation of Sig-
nificant Changes section). Additional public notice or com-
ment on this type of change is not required, but may be
advisable on a site-by-site basis. Examples of signifi-
cant changes that may be considered "reasonably an-
ticipated" include the following:
•	Changing a Component of the Preferred
Alternative
In response to comments, the lead agency makes a
significant change to a component of the Preferred
Alternative that could have been reasonably anticipated
by the public based on information in the RI/FS and
Proposed Plan (e.g., a change in the Preferred Alternative's
cost, timing, level of performance, or ARARs).
•	Selecting a Different Alternative
More than one acceptable alternative is identified in
the Proposed Plan, and the lead agency subsequently
determines that an alternative other than the Preferred
Alternative provides the most appropriate balance of
trade-offs among the alternatives with respect to the
nine evaluation criteria. Because the public had been
apprised previously that the alternative (or any other
alternative in the detailed analysis) might be selected as
the remedy, the public had adequate opportunity to re-
view and comment on it, and thus the change can be
documented in the ROD without additional public com-
ment.
4-2

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 4-1: Pre-Record of Decision Changes
Public Comment Qq:
PudJic CommentOn:
•	Proposed Plan
• .RroposedPiarr ....
•	Admmisiratiye Record file
•r^pBiWLSif9Iive Record fn<
Performance
Cost

fcument
locumen

-------
Chapter 4: Pre-Record Decision Changes
•	Combining Components of Alternatives
In response to comments received during the
public comment period and consistent with options
presented in the Proposed Plan, the final remedial
alternative combines one component of the Pre-
ferred Alternative (e.g., a ground-water component)
with a component of another alternative that was
evaluated in the FS (e.g., additional source control
measures).
Scenario 2: Significant Changes That Could Not
Have Been Reasonably Anticipated Based on the
Information Available to the Public
In those limited situations in which the significant
change could not have been reasonably anticipated by
the public based on information in the Proposed Plan
and Administrative Record file, a revised Proposed Plan
that presents the new Preferred Alternative must be is-
sued for public comment (NCP §300.430(f) (3) (ii)(B)).
The revised Proposed Plan must be prepared in accor-
dance with both CERCLA §117 and the NCP. Ap-
propriate supporting material that provides the neces-
sary engineering, cost, and risk information for the new
alternative, and that discusses how the new alternative
compares to the other alternatives with respect to the
nine evaluation criteria should be provided in the re-
vised Proposed Plan. It may be appropriate to pro-
vide this information as a supplement to the RI/FS
Report, but it should be summarized for the public in
the Proposed Plan.
In addition, the significant changes to the initial Pro-
posed Plan should be documented at the end of the
ROD's Decision Summary in the Documentation of Signifi-
cant Changes section. This description should identify
the changes to the Preferred Alternative and the reason
for the changes. Examples of significant changes that
could not be considered "reasonably anticipated" in-
clude the following:
•	Identification of a New Preferred Alterna-
tive Not Previously Considered
The lead agency determines that an alternative not
presented in the Proposed Plan or detailed analysis phase
of the RI/FS Report should be selected as the remedy.
The new Preferred Alternative is not a combination of
different components of the alternatives considered.
The lead agency must issue a revised Proposed Plan
that presents the new Preferred Alternative and pro-
vides appropriate supporting information for public
comment.
• Significant Change to a Component of the
Preferred Alternative
Part of the remedy must be altered, resulting in
fundamental changes to the remedy. Such changes re-
quire additional public comment if they will significantly
change the basic features of the remedy (e.g., a change
in the remedy that results in a significant increase in the
volume of waste managed, the physical scope of the
action, the institutional controls required to maintain the
integrity of the remedy, or the estimated cost of the
action).
Use of an ARAR waiver may require a revised Pro-
posed Plan if not discussed in the original Proposed
Plan. The NCP specifies that ARAR waivers must be
discussed in a Proposed Plan so that the public will have
an opportunity to comment on the use of the waiver
and the alternative cleanup levels proposed (NCP
§300.430© (2) (iv)).
Highlight 4-2 presents examples of minor changes,
as well as significant changes that could and could not
have been reasonably anticipated by the public. Guid-
ance on how to document significant pre-ROD changes
in the ROD is presented in Section 6.3.14.
4-4

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 4-2: Examples of Pre-Record of Decision Changes
(NOTE: Examples are not meant to present strict thresholds for changes in cost, volume, or time.)
Minor Changes
It was determined that a remedy will require an estimated 10 ground water extraction wells,
ratherthan six wells, as estimated originally in the Proposed Plan, to achieve remedial action
objectives within the estimated time period.
The volume of material to be excavated and treated is actually 120,000 cubic yards, ratherthan
the 110,000 cubic yards, as estimated originally in the Proposed Plan.
Based on information received during the public comment period, the lead agency determined
that the capital cost estimate in the Proposed Plan was about 10 percent too low; the revised
estimated capital cost of the remedy is $5,100,000. The lead agency also identified factors
that would extend the implementation time frame from 15 to 20 months. These changes do not
significantly alter the scope, performance, or cost of the remedy.
Significant Changes That Could Be Reasonably Anticipated
The Proposed Plan for a site recommends one alternative to address contaminated soils and
another to remediate the ground water from among several sets of alternatives. The lead
agency chooses to retain the Preferred Alternative forthe ground-water component of the rem-
edy, but selects a different soil remediation alternative from among those presented as accept-
able options in the Proposed Plan.
Significant Changes That Could Not Be Reasonably Anticipated
Low temperature thermal desorption, which was NOT presented in the Proposed Plan or the
detailed analysis section of the FS, is the preferred remedy forthe site, because new informa-
tion was received indicating that low temperature thermal desorption could be used effectively
at the site. This new remedy, however, is quite different in scope and performance from any
other alternative considered in detail in eitherthe Proposed Plan orRI/FS Report. Because the
public has not had an adequate opportunity to comment on the technical, environmental, and
human health aspects ofthe remedy orto evaluate and compare its performance in terms ofthe
nine evaluation criteria, a revised Proposed Plan must be prepared and a new public comment
period should be held on the new recommended remedy before a remedy is selected in the
ROD.
4-5

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
5.0 PROCESS FOR DEVELOPING THE RECORD OF DECISION
This chapter describes the roles and responsibilities
of the lead and support agencies in developing the ROD.
Procedures to facilitate timely preparation, review, and
final approval of the ROD are presented in this chap-
ter, as well as dispute resolution procedures and the
role of other Federal agencies in cleanup activities at
Federal facilities.
5.1 OVERVIEW
As with the Proposed Plan, the lead agency has the
responsibility for preparing the ROD and coordinating
with the support agency and other lead agency pro-
gram offices to seek or attain (as appropriate) concur-
rence on the Selected Remedy. Typically, the lead agency
that prepares the RI/FS Report and the Proposed Plan
will prepare the ROD, although this may vary from site
to site. In many cases, EPA is the lead agency and pre-
pares the ROD; however, the State can prepare the ROD
for concurrence and adoption by EPA when the State
is designated the lead agency in the CA. States may sign
the ROD without EPA concurrence for a non-Fund-
financed State-lead enforcement response action (i.e.,
actions taken under State law). Federal agencies must
prepare RODs for Federal facility sites on the NPL,
consistent with the terms of their IAGs and CERCLA
§120. At NPL sites, RODs are generally signed jointly
by EPA and the other Federal agency. At a Federal
facility NPL site where the lead federal agency and EPA
are not able to agree on the remedial approach, EPA
selects the remedial action for that Federal facility site
(i.e., EPA concurrence is required for RODs at NPL
sites on Federal facilities).
Although the roles of EPA and the State vary from
site to site, EPA retains the final authority for remedy
selection for all responses which are Federally funded
or are to be carried out by a PRP pursuant to a
CERCLA enforcement action.
5.1.1 State Preparation of ROD
For cases where the State is the lead agency or is
using CERCLA enforcement authority, and it is a Fund-
financed remedial action, the State must recommend a
remedy for EPA concurrence and adoption. Through
the annual planning process, EPA and the State should
designate those sites for which the State should prepare
the ROD (NCP §300.515(h)(l)).
EPA intends to implement judiciously the process
of State preparation of RODs, generally giving the State
the lead only when both of the following conditions
are met:
•	The circumstances at a particular site warrant
less EPA involvement and more State involve-
ment.
•	The State has demonstrated its ability to con-
duct remedial actions in an effective and re-
sponsible manner.
When the State is the lead agency for developing
the RI/FS at a Fund-financed site, the State should pre-
pare the Proposed Plan, and if EPA concurs, the State
should publish the notice of availability, prepare the Re-
sponsiveness Summary, and develop the ROD. When
the State prepares the ROD, the State must obtain EPA
concurrence to receive Superfund monies or to use
CERCLA authority for remedial action. If EPA con-
curs, then the ROD can be signed jointly by both agen-
cies and EPA funding can be provided. In such cases,
EPA retains final authority over remedy selection even
though the State prepared the ROD.1
5.2 ROLE OF LEAD AND SUPPORT
AGENCIES
The responsibilities outlined below for the lead
and support agency apply to EPA, a State, an Indian
tribe, or another Federal agency, except where specifi-
cally noted.
1 Not every remedial activity taken at sites is conducted under
CERCLA §§104, 106, or 122. NCP §430.515(e)(2)(ii) notes that
EPA concurrence is not required when a State selects a remedy at a
non-Fund-financed State-lead enforcement site. Further guidance
on State-lead enforcement actions is available in Questions and An-
swers About the State Role in Remedy Selection at Non-Fund- Financed
Enforcement Sites (OSWER 9831.9, April 1991).
5-1

-------
Chapter 5: Process for Developing the Record of Decision
5.2.1 Lead Agency
The NCP states that the lead agency must reassess
its initial determination that the Preferred Alternative
provides the best balance of trade-offs, now factoring
in any new information or points of view expressed by
the State (or support agency) and community during
the public comment period. The lead agency must con-
sider State (or support agency) and community com-
ments regarding the lead agency's evaluation of alterna-
tives with respect to the other criteria. These comments
may prompt the lead agency to modify aspects of the
Preferred Alternative or decide that another alternative
provides a more appropriate balance. The lead agency
must make the final remedy selection decision and docu-
ment that decision in the ROD (NCP §300.430(f) (4) (i)).
In addition, the lead agency must publish a notice of
availability of the ROD in a major local newspaper of
general circulation and must make the ROD available
for public inspection and copying at or near the facility
at issue prior to commencement of any remedial ac-
tion (NCP §300.430(f)(6)).2
Generally the lead agency performs the following
steps during the ROD development process (see High-
light 5-1):
•	Preparing the draft ROD;3
•	Briefing lead agency upper management on the
ROD;
•	Submitting the draft ROD to other lead agency
program offices and to the support agency for
review and comment (see Consultation Proce-
dures outlined in Appendix C);
2	It is highly recommended that more active public involve-
ment and State involvement activities be performed over and above
the mandatory process specified in the NCP. These activities should
be tailored to the specific needs of community. Active community
and State agency involvement in the remedy selection process will
help achieve I P Ys general policy of implementing remedies that
will achieve the reasonably anticipated future land uses and the
potential beneficial ground-water uses where possible.
3	The remedy must be selected by the lead agency itself. A
technical support contractor hired to assist a government entity in
performing its duties or a PRP can not select the remedy. More-
over, any party other than the lead agency generally should not draft
those sections of the ROD that relate to the remedy selection
rationale (e.g., the Statutory Determinations section).
•	Reviewing and responding to comments and
revising the ROD, if necessary;
•	Briefing the Regional Administrator or del-
egated decision-maker (and, if necessary, the
appropriate Headquarters manager or the As-
sistant Administrator of OSWER) as well as
the designated personnel in the support agency;
•	Submitting the ROD to the Regional Adminis-
trator or the Assistant Administrator of
OSWER, if necessary, for signature (if a State
or a Federal agency is the lead agency, both the
lead agency and EPA should generally sign the
ROD, except when it is a non-Fund-financed
State-lead enforcement site); and
•	Publishing the notice of ROD availability.
5.2.2 Support Agency
The lead agency must provide the support agency
with an opportunity to review and comment on the
ROD (NCP §300.515(h) (3)). The support agency should
have an adequate opportunity to review the draft ROD
before it is adopted. Unless otherwise specified in the
SMOA or CA, 10 to 15 working days must be estab-
lished in the support agency's schedule for review of
the draft ROD pursuant to NCP §300.515(h) (3).
When a State is the support agency, its concurrence
on a ROD is not a prerequisite to EPA's selecting a rem-
edy, (i.e., signing a ROD), nor is EPA's concurrence a
prerequisite to a State's selecting a remedy at a non-
Fund-financed State-lead site under State law (NCP
§300.515(e)(2)(n)).
5.3 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Continuous interaction between the lead and sup-
port agencies throughout the remedy selection process
should ensure final agreement on the Selected Remedy
in a timely manner. In some instances, however, out-
standing issues may arise between the lead and support
agencies. The preamble to Subpart F of the NCP (55
FR 8781), "State Involvement in Hazardous Substance
Response," recommends/suggests a dispute resolution
process that EPA and the State could use. Chapter 2
of this guidance discusses the dispute resolution pro-
5-2

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 5-1: Lead Agency Responsibility in ROD Development Process
•epare L,
pare I
IVj^nagemen
flan
PAQgraiTLpm^ei^naj
||£
address Comments
Aagrass Comments
ana Revise RDJD-
and Revise kQD
I
aional,
Ass^'lan?
Ass i stan
or Ar	
•Supi enc
inistrv,.
minisfr
rooria
rministrator
drmnistrato.
ate Designee
riate Designee
»r
or
J
ro
Dpri
ropi
iig natures
Signatures
riate
ii^h.Notice and I
3uorish Notice anc
a liable to
Avafiame to tM ^ubfic
iMSb
ipf
5-3

-------
Chapter 5: Process for Developing the Record of Decision
cess presented in Subpart F of the NCP. Those resolu-
tion procedures may be used if none are specified in
the SMOA or IAG.
5.4	ROLE OF OTHER EPA AND STATE
PROGRAM OFFICES
Each agency should establish appropriate proce-
dures and time frames for intra-agency review of RODs.
An agency may need to coordinate with a number of
program offices to ensure that technical and legal as-
pects of the ROD are defensible. When EPA is the
lead agency, State agency participation during the RI/
FS and Proposed Plan process is important to the suc-
cessful selection of the remedy and its completion. In
addition, concurrence from EPA's Office of Regional
Counsel, and, as appropriate, EPA Headquarters, should
be sought before the ROD is presented to the Regional
Administrator (or Assistant Administrator, if the ROD
has not been delegated to the Regional Administrator)
for signature. Regional and State legal counsel should
be involved early in the remedy selection process to
help identify ARARs, ensure that all enforcement-sensi-
tive issues are presented properly, and to ensure that the
ROD is legally defensible.
5.5	ROLE OF OTHER FEDERAL
AGENCIES
Executive Order 12580 delegates the authority for
carrying out CERCLA §§117 (a) and (c) to Federal agen-
cies with Federal facilities under their jurisdiction, cus-
tody or control. A Federal agency, therefore, must is-
sue the Proposed Plan. The IAG among the lead Fed-
eral agency, EPA and, in many cases, the State estab-
lishes the responsibilities of each party for ROD prepa-
ration and review.
For sites under its jurisdiction, custody or control, a
Federal agency has the lead responsibility for preparing
the draft ROD in accordance with Chapter 6 and, when
appropriate, Chapter 8 of this guidance, and for carry-
ing out the lead agency responsibilities specified in this
chapter. At NPL sites the Federal agency should pre-
pare the draft ROD, taking into consideration new in-
formation and comments received during the public
comment period, and Federal facilities should submit
the draft ROD to EPA (and, where designated in the
IAG, the State) for EPA's written approval. The Re-
gional or OSWER Assistant Administrator's signature
(or the signature of the person to whom this authority
has been delegated) constitutes final EPA "adoption"
of the ROD.
The Federal agency should publish a notice of avail-
ability pursuant to CERCLA § 117(d) and make the
ROD available to the public before beginning the re-
sponse action. At a limited number of NPL sites, the
Federal agency and EPA will not be able to agree on
the remedial approach for a site. If the parties are un-
able to agree on the draft, even after a dispute resolu-
tion process, EPA should select the remedial action for
the Federal or State facility.
5.6	ROLE OF POTENTIALLY
RESPONSIBLE PARTIES
Even when the PRP conducts the RI/FS, the lead
agency, as designated by the SSC or CA, should write
the ROD (see footnote #3). If the PRPs are not con-
ducting the RI/FS, they should be kept informed of
response activities through the community relations pro-
cess and the Administrative Record file, and, where
appropriate, through general or special notice letters.
The lead agency could negotiate with the PRPs con-
cerning RD/RA while the ROD is being written. These
negotiations should be separate from the remedy selec-
tion process. Generally, documents that result from these
negotiations are part of the Administrative Record file
where they relate to, and will be considered in, the lead
agency's selection of the remedy.
5.7	ISSUING NOTICE OF ROD
AVAILABILITY
The ROD should be added to the Administrative
Record file after it is signed. In addition, the lead agency
must publish a notice of the availability of the ROD in
a local newspaper. NCP §300.430(f) (6) states:
'Mfter the ROD is signed, the lead agency shall: (i)
Vublish a notice of the availability of the ROD in a
major local newspaper of general circulation; and (it)
Make the ROD available for public inspection and
copying at or near the facility at issue prior to the com-
mencement of any remedial action."
The public notice of availability of the ROD should
be brief and factual. It need not be as extensive as the
newspaper notification of availability of the RI/FS and
5-4

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Proposed Plan, as described in Chapter 2. The notice
should use a display advertisement format and should
be published in a widely read section of the newspaper.
The ROD newspaper notification should include
the following:
•	Site name and notice of availability of the ROD.
•	The date on which the ROD was signed.
•	A brief summary of the major elements of
the Selected Remedy.
•	Details on the location and hours of availabil-
ity of the Administrative Record file and/or
the information repository.
•	The name and telephone number of the
individual (s) to contact for further information
about the site and the remedy selected.
The lead agency may find it appropriate to provide
information in the newspaper notification about sup-
port agency concurrence or nonconcurrence on the
ROD. A ROD notice for a Federal facility, should
specify that the ROD has been prepared by the relevant
Federal agency and approved by EPA. Highlight 5-2 is
an example of a newspaper notification, announcing
the availability of the ROD.
5-5

-------
Chapter 5: Process for Developing the Record of Decision
C
O
'o
©
Q
4—
o
-<3
o
o
a>
OH
©
D
5*
«
"re
>
<
c
o
re
o
©
a
re
Q.
0
is
©
2
ffl
a
E
re
(/>
01
10
O)
S
G)
I
Q O «—
^ (fi
O
"55
¦
o
0)
Q
0
o
-Q
(0
C0
"D
° J s.
P < 3
O
O
0
02
*2
o O
Z LU
c
o
w
o
©
Q
4—
o
"O
L_
o
o
©
c
co
©
o
,0
o rs
c
=3
0
	1	
CD
"O
C
CD
O
co
TJ
CD
-I—»
CD
C
E
CD
-I—»
C
o
o
©
O)
<
c
o
©
—	°
I-	-Q	re
¦	'o	ca
©	_	—
o co
©
-i—»
o
CD
«
o
Q.
W
'tj
tj
TJ
c
3- t
C =5 CD
(D CO
go §
E
c —
O LU
5 ©
>
c
LU
CO
b
©
CD
©
O O)
g
Q =§
C -g
Of M
.O
m
'«5
>
S3
 o
oS«
»«S
"E © co
o © o
O - CO
H- CO m
^ o I
co LJ- ro
3 5 <
CO
n ®
~ ©
!/)	jC
£0	-t±
®	o
£	w
CD
2	CD
CD
>,
CD
TJ
a> .
3 E
Q- -K
—• o
LO >. o
LO CD ¦_¦
IX) T3 10
LO c o
o
LO
LO
LO
LO"
LO
LO
c«
E
CD
3 o
O CO
x do
o
o
o
o co §
S £
^ o
CL CM
>,
CD
TJ
CD
CO
JO
o>
=3
o
,
CD CD
O T*.
CO
10
©
©
E
CD
CD
CD
CD
C CL
a cd
2* o
-I—»
CO
t- ~ E
o o 03
C-I o>
CD
C/) ™
>
C= CD
CD *-
E .9
"I
= o
CT3 «=
w ®
2 c;
Q. ^2
Q
o
Q£
0)
£ >
T3
W CD
,.ir	CC
_sz	aj
S	o
-+-J
'W5	^
CD	°
>2	13
0)	03
=	CD
_	if)
"S	w
o	<
o	5:
05	m
tr	t1
a>
cd	,o
>
'+5	.52 co
E	"8 "o
TO CD
CO
c	cd
E	£
¦O	TJ
<	CD
a)	E
£	o
o
S3
c
©
u
w
0)
O)
SI
re
O)
£
C
o
> s
re
E
0
n-
C
1
o
E
&
o S
cd g>
.£ < .
P = ¦
o
'¦S 03  CD <
LU
03
¦a
CD
¦a
CD
LL
O)
><
CD
03
¦a
O)
o
03
"O
Q.
O
o
LO
"O
03
o
CO
c
CD
CD
CD
_Q
CO
CO
CO
CO
I
CO
CO
CO
s
o
»
CD
p
O ll
5-6

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
6.0 WRITING THE RECORD OF DECISION
6.1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter presents a recommended structure for
preparing a ROD and is accompanied by an outline
and checklist, which can be found at the end of the
chapter. Sample language and summary tables are also
provided to illustrate how information should be pre-
sented in the ROD and the suggested level of detail.
This recommended structure can be modified, where
appropriate, on a site-specific basis. However, it is rec-
ommended that RODs be consistent with the general
format and content presented in this chapter. Since
RODs serve as the primary data source for all parties
interested in site cleanup, a consistent format enhances
the predictability of where to find site information in
the document.
This chapter applies specifically to decision docu-
ments prepared for final response actions that are
planned either for a site or an operable unit. Chapter 8
outlines the modifications to the standard format (as
outlined in this chapter) that should be made when docu-
menting "no action," "interim action," or "contingency"
response decisions. Other specific cases that may re-
quire modifications to this standard format are discussed
in Chapter 9.
6.1.1 Purpose of the Record of Decision
The ROD documents the selected remedial action
for a site or operable unit. It is prepared by the lead
agency in consultation with the support agency. The
ROD serves as:
•	A legal document in that it certifies that the rem-
edy selection process was carried out in accor-
dance with CERCLA and, to the extent practi-
cable, in accordance with the NCP.1
•	A substantive summary of the technical ratio-
nale and background information contained in
the Administrative Record file (e.g., RI/FS in-
cluding the baseline risk assessment).
1 Section 121(a) of CERCLA provides that remedial actions
should be carried out in accordance with §121 "and, to the extent
practicable, the National Contingency Plan."
•	A technical document that provides informa-
tion necessary for determining the conceptual
engineering components, and which outlines the
remedial action objectives and cleanup levels
for the Selected Remedy.
•	A key communication tool for the public that
explains the contamination problems the rem-
edy seeks to address and the rationale for its
selection.
6.1.2 Regulatory Requirements for the
Content of the Record of Decision
The NCP directs the lead agency to produce a ROD
documenting all facts, analyses of facts, and site-spe-
cific policy determinations considered in the course of
selecting a remedial action, and how the nine remedy
selection criteria were used to select the remedy (NCP
§300.430(f) (5) (i)).
The ROD also describes the following statutory
requirements as they relate to the scope and objectives
of the remedial action (NCP §300.430(f) (5) (ii)).
•	How the selected remedy is protective of hu-
man health and the environment, explaining
how the remedy eliminates, reduces, or con-
trols exposures to human and environmental
receptors.
•	The federal and state requirements that are ap-
plicable or relevant and appropriate to the site
that the remedy will attain.
•	The applicable or relevant and appropriate re-
quirements of other federal and state laws that
the remedy will not meet, the waiver invoked,
and the justification for invoking the waiver.
•	How the remedy is cost-effective, (i.e., explain-
ing how the remedy provides overall effective-
ness proportional to its costs).
•	How the remedy utilizes permanent solutions
and alternative treatment technologies or re-
source recovery technologies to the maximum
extent practicable.
6-1

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
•	Whether the preference for remedies employ-
ing treatment that permanently and significantly
reduces the toxicity, mobility, or volume of the
hazardous substances, pollutants, or contami-
nants as a principal element is, or is not, satis-
fied by the selected remedy. If this preference
is not satisfied, the ROD must explain why a
remedial action involving such reductions in
toxicity, mobility, or volume was not selected.
As stated in NCP §300.430(f) (5) (iii), the ROD also
must:
•	Indicate the remediation goals (i.e., cleanup lev-
els) that the remedy is expected to achieve.
Remediation goals shall establish acceptable
exposure levels that are protective of human
health and the environment.
•	Discuss significant changes and the response to
public comments received on the Proposed
Plan.
•	Describe whether hazardous substances, pol-
lutants, or contaminants will remain at the site
above levels that allow for unlimited use and
unrestricted exposure such that a five-year re-
view will be required.
•	When appropriate, provide a commitment for
further analysis and selection of long-term re-
sponse measures within an appropriate time
frame.
6.1.3 Major Components of the Record of
Decision
	
Highlight 6-1: Recommended
Outline for Standard Recordof
Decision*
PART 1: DECLARATION
•	Site Name and Location
•	Statement of Basis and Purpose
•	Assessment of Site
•	Description of Selected Remedy
•	Statutory Determinations
•	ROD Data Certification Checklist
•	Authorizing Signatures
PART2: DECISION SUMMARY
•	Site Name, Location, and Brief Descrip-
tion
•	Site History and Enforcement Activities
•	Community Participation
•	Scope and Role of Operable Unit or
Response Action
•	Site Characteristics
•	Current and Potential Future Site and
Resource Uses
•	Summary of Site Risks
•	Remedial Action Objectives
•	Description of Alternatives
•	Comparative Analysis of Alternatives
•	Principal Threat Waste
•	Selected Remedy
•	Statutory Determinations
•	Documentation of Significant Changes
PART 3: RESPONSIVENESS SUMMARY
•	Stakeholder Comments and Lead
Agency Responses
•	Technical and Legal Issues
* See the expanded outline/checklist at the
end of Chapter 6.
The three basic components of the ROD (see High-
light 6-1) are as follows:
•	The Declaration functions as an abstract and data
certification sheet for the key information in
the ROD and is the formal authorizing signa-
ture page for the ROD.
•	The Decision Summary provides an overview of
the site characteristics, alternatives evaluated, and
the analysis of those options. It also identifies
the Selected Remedy and explains how the rem-
edy fulfills statutory and regulatory require-
ments.
The Responsiveness Summary serves the dual pur-
poses of: (1) presenting stakeholder concerns
about the site and preferences regarding the
remedial alternatives; and (2) explaining how
those concerns were addressed and the prefer-
ences were factored into the remedy selection
process.
6-2

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
6.2 SECTION-BY-SECTION
DESCRIPTION OF THE
DECLARATION
The Declaration functions as an abstract and data
certification sheet for the key information in the ROD
and is the formal authorizing signature page for the
ROD.
6.2.1	Site Name and Location
The proper site name (as it is listed on the NPL)
and the town or county, Indian Reservation or Tribe,
and State in which the site is located should be included
in the Declaration. The National Superfund Database
(e.g., CERCLIS) identification number should also be
provided. If the site is divided into operable units to
facilitate site management, the name and number of
the operable units addressed by the ROD should be
provided.
6.2.2	Statement of Basis and Purpose
The lead agency must explain the factual and legal
basis for selecting a particular remedy. The ROD serves
as this statement of basis and purpose, and the Declara-
tion formally certifies this information. In addition, this
section of the Declaration should state that the informa-
tion supporting the lead and support agencies' decisions
on the Selected Remedy is contained in the Administra-
tive Record file.
This section should also specify whether the State
concurs or does not concur with the Selected Remedy.
Highlight 6-2 provides standard language for the state-
ment of basis and purpose.
Highlight 6-2: Standard Language
for Statement of Basis and
Purpose
This decision document presents the Selected
Remedy for the (site name), in (location), which
was chosen in accordance with CERCLA, as
amended by SARA, and, to the extent practi-
cable, the NCR This decision is based on the
Administrative Record file for this site.
The State/Commonwealth of	
concurs/does not concur) with the Selected
Remedy.
6.2.3	Assessment of the Site
The Declaration should include a statement that iden-
tifies the existence of a release or substantial threat of
release of hazardous substances into the environment
and that states that the response action selected in the
ROD is necessary to protect public health or welfare or
the environment (CERCLA §104(a)). Standard language
for this section is presented in Highlight 6-3 and should
be included in all RODs where a response action is
planned.2
6.2.4	Description of the Selected Remedy
The Selected Remedy should be identified and
briefly described in terms of the following:
• A brief explanation of the overall site cleanup
strategy. If the action is one of several oper-
	
Highlight 6-3: Standard Language
for Assessment of the Site
The response action selected in this Record of
Decision is necessary to protect the public
health or welfare or the environment from ac-
tual or threatened releases of hazardous sub-
stances into the environment.
If the site is contaminated with only pollutants
or contaminants (in accordance with the defini-
tions contained in NCP §300.5), then the fol-
lowing standard language should be used:
The response action selected in this Record of
Decision is necessary to protect public health
or welfare or the environment from actual or
threatened releases of pollutants or contami-
nants from this site which may present an im-
minent and substantial endangerment to pub-
lic health or welfare.
If the response action will address both haz-
ardous substances and pollutants or contami-
nants, a combination of the two examples of
standard language may be necessary.
2 When a No Action decision is made, the following language
is recommended "The lead agency has determined that no action is
necessary to protect public health or welfare or the environment."
6-3

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
able units, briefly explain how this action fits
into the overall site management plan. Include
the intended sequence and timing of the oper-
able units and identify the selected performance
standards.
•	A brief description of how the selected re-
sponse action addresses source materials con-
stituting principal threats at the site (See Section
6.3.11 and Highlight 6-26 for definitions and
examples of principal threat wastes).
•	A brief description, in bullet form, of the major
components of the Selected Remedy. This dis-
cussion should include the treatment technolo-
gies and/or engineering controls that will be
used, as well as any institutional controls that
will be used and the entities responsible for
implementing and enforcing them (e.g., land use
zoning restrictions enforced by town planning
board).3
6.2.5 Statutory Determinations
The ROD Declaration shall conclude with the find-
ing that the Selected Remedy satisfies the statutory re-
quirements of CERCLA. This can be accomplished
by making confirmatory statements that the Selected
Remedy attains the mandates of CERCLA §121, and,
to the extent practicable, the NCP. Specifically, the rem-
edy must do the following: (1) Be protective of hu-
man health and the environment; (2) Comply with
ARARs (or justify a waiver); (3) Be cost-effective; (4)
Utilize permanent solutions and alternative treatment
technologies or resource recovery technologies to the
maximum extent practicable; (5) Satisfy the preference
for treatment as a principal element of the remedy which
permanently and significantly reduces the toxicity, mo-
bility, or volume of hazardous substances, pollutants,
or contaminants.4
In addition, this section of the Declaration must also
discuss the applicability of the five-year review. NCP
§300.430(f) (4) (ii) requires a five-year review if the re-
medial action results in hazardous substances, pollut-
ants or contaminants remaining at the site above levels
that allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure.
This review evaluates whether such a remedy is protec-
tive of human health and the environment and is re-
quired no less often than every five years after the date
of such remedy.
Standard language is provided in Highlight 6-4. This
standard language is provided in three main parts. Part
1 affirms that the Selected Remedy satisfies CERCLA
§121 requirements. Part 2 indicates whether or not the
remedy satisfies the statutory preference for treatment
as a principal element. Part 3 indicates whether or not a
five-year review is applicable.
6.2.6 ROD Data Certification Checklist
The Declaration should also contain a data certifica-
tion checklist which certifies that the ROD contains cer-
tain key remedy selection information (see Highlight 6-
5). This data certification checklist fulfills a commit-
ment made by EPA to the General Accounting Office
to ensure that RODs contain certain key remedy selec-
tion information. If the ROD Outline/Checklist rec-
ommended in this guidance document is used when
preparing the ROD (including the information sum-
mary tables provided in this Chapter), the information
on the ROD Data Certification Checklist will be cap-
tured in the document. References to page numbers
where the information can be found in the body of the
3 Engineering controls are physical barriers to exposure and do
not include institutional controls, which are non-engineering meth-
ods intended to affect human activities in such a way as to prevent
or reduce exposure to hazardous substances (e.g., deed restrictions
such as easements and covenants, deed notices, land use restrictions
such as zoning and local permitting, ground-water use restrictions,
and public health advisories).
4 If the remedy does not meet the statutory preference for
treatment, then the Statutory Determinations section of the Declara-
tion must include a statement to this effect and summarize the ratio-
nale for choosing a remedy that does not contain treatment as a
principal element (NCP §300.430(f)(5)(ii)(F)). This rationale could
be based on: 1) the specific factors used to determine that the
treatment is impracticable, such as technicalinfeasibility, inadequate
short-term protection of human health and the environment, un-
availability of necessary capacity, equipment, or specialists, or ex-
traordinarily high costs; and 2) the fact that no source materials
constituting principal threats will be addressed within the scope of
this action. In addition, a brief statement asserting that past or
future operable units have met or will meet the statutory preference
for treatment should be included, when appropriate.
6-4

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 6-4: Standard Language for Statutory Determinations
Part 1: Statutory Requirements
The Selected Remedy is protective of human health and the environment, complies with Federal and State
requirements that are applicable or relevant and appropriate to the remedial action (unless justified by a waiver), is
cost-effective, and utilizes permanent solutions and alternative treatment (or resource recovery) technologies to
the maximum extent practicable.
Part 2: Statutory Preference for Treatment
This remedy also satisfies the statutory preference
for treatment as a principal element of the remedy
(i.e., reduces the toxicity, mobility, or volume of
hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants
as a principal element through treatment).
OR The remedy in this OU does not satisfy the statutory
preference for treatment as a principal element of
the remedy for the following reasons . . ..
Part 3: Five-Year Review Requirements
Because this remedy will not result in hazardous QR Because this remedy will result in hazardous
substances, pollutants, or contaminants remaining	substances, pollutants, or contaminants remaining
on-site above levels that allow for unlimited use	on-site above levels that allow for unlimited use and
and unrestricted exposure, a five-year review will	unrestricted exposure, a statutory review will be
not be required for this remedial action.*	conducted within five years after initiation of
remedial action to ensure that the remedy is, or will
be, protective of human health and the environment.
* If no statutory five-year review is required, but a policy five-year review is recommended pursuant to EPA five-year review
guidance, the following standard language should be included in the declaration: Because this remedy will not result in
hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants remaining on-site above levels that allow for unlimited use and unrestricted
exposure, but it will take more than five years to attain remedial action objectives and cleanup levels, a policy review may be
conducted within five years of construction completion for the site to ensure that the remedy is, or will be, protective of human
health and the environment.
document can also be added so that the checklist serves
as a "roadmap" to key information in the ROD.
If these data elements are not included in the ROD,
an explanation should be provided in the Declaration
as well. This information may also be required for data
entry into WasteLan (or the current Superfund electronic
database). This guidance recommends the inclusion of
this data verification form in the Declaration.5
5 Ail alternative to including this information in the Declara-
tion is to develop a one-page data certification sheet for the Waste
Management Division Director's signature to be attached to the
ROD and included in the Administrative Record file.
6.2.7 Authorizing Signatures and Support
Agency Acceptance of Remedy
The Declaration also serves as the formal authoriz-
ing signature page for the ROD. All CERCLA-funded
or -authorized RODs are signed and dated by the Re-
gional Administrator or the Assistant Administrator of
OSWER at EPA Headquarters (or by those to whom
this signature authority has been delegated). Where EPA
is the lead agency, the support agency must also be given
the opportunity to concur/nonconcur with the remedy
selected in the ROD, and if appropriate, co-sign the
ROD with EPA. Where a Federal agency other than
EPA {e.g., DOE or DOD) is the lead agency at an NPL
site, that agency should co-sign the ROD with EPA as
well. (See Highlight 6-6 and Chapter 5 for a more com-
plete discussion of lead/support agency interactions in
developing the ROD.)
6-5

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
Highlight 6-5: Standard Language
for ROD Data Certification
Checklist
The following information is included in the
Decision Summary section of this Record of
Decision. Additional information can be found
in the Administrative Record file for this site.
•	Chemicals of concern and their respective
concentrations.
•	Baseline risk represented by the
chemicals of concern.
•	Cleanup levels established for chemicals
of concern and the basis for these levels.
•	How source materials constituting
principal threats are addressed.
•	Current and reasonably anticipated future
land use assumptions and current and
potential future beneficial uses of ground
water used in the baseline risk
assessment and ROD.
•	Potential land and ground-water use that
will be available at the site as a result of
the Selected Remedy.
•	Estimated capital, annual operation and
maintenance (O&M), and total present
worth costs, discount rate, and the number
of years over which the remedy cost
estimates are projected.
•	Key factor(s) that led to selecting the
remedy (i.e., describe how the Selected
Remedy provides the best balance of
tradeoffs with respect to the balancing and
modifying criteria, highlighting criteria key
to the decision).
[Note: Add references to page numbers, if ap-
propriate.]
Highlight 6-6: Notes on ROD
Authorizing Signatures
When a State regulatory agency is the lead agency
for developing and preparing the ROD for a Fund-
financed or CERCLA enforcement-lead site, the di-
rector of the State regulatory agency or Chairman of
the Indian Tribe or Nation should co-sign the ROD
with EPA. In these cases, EPA must concur and
adopt the ROD before a State can proceed with a
Fund-financed remedial action (NCP Section
300.515(e)(2)(ii)) or use CERCLA authority to
achieve a PRP-lead remedial action. When the State
is the support agency, the State's signature on the
ROD is optional (i.e., the SMOA may or may not pro-
vide for such a signature). At a minimum, a letter
from the State specifying concurrence or noncon-
currence should always be included in the Admin-
istrative Record file.
Where a Federal agency other than EPA (e.g., DOE
or DOD) is the lead agency at an NPL site, that
agency should co-sign the ROD with EPA as well.
Although the goal of the interactions between the
lead and support agencies is to reach mutual agree-
ment on the ROD, there may be limited instances in
which this is not achieved. In such an event, the
procedures for selecting and implementing the rem-
edy depend on who has the lead responsibility for
the ROD. If EPA has the lead, and the State does
not concur with the Selected Remedy, then EPA has
the discretionary authority to sign the ROD and con-
tinue with the remedy using Fund monies or en-
forcement authority through the remedial design
stage. EPA cannot proceed with a remedial action
without the State's cost-share for Fund-financed
remedial actions. However, where PRPs are con-
ducting the RA, the RA can proceed.
If the State is the lead for an action using Fund mon-
ies or based on CERCLA enforcement authorities
and EPA does not concur with the Selected Rem-
edy, EPA can assume the lead for the ROD and pro-
ceed with an EPA-Selected Remedy (through the
RD stage for Fund-financed remedial actions). In
either case, all non-privileged information pertain-
ing to the disagreement should be included in the
Administrative Record file. Where the State has been
designated as the lead agency for a non-Fund-fi-
nanced State-lead enforcement response action
(i.e., actions taken under State law) at an NPL site,
the State may select a remedy without EPA's con-
currence.
It should be noted that EPA retains the authority to
sign RODs at NPL sites owned/operated by Fed-
eral agencies.
(See Chapter 5 for a more complete discussion of
lead/support agency interactions in developing the
ROD.)
6-6

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
6.3 SECTION-BY-SECTION
DESCRIPTION OF THE DECISION
SUMMARY
The Decision Summary provides an overview of the
site characteristics, alternatives evaluated, and the analy-
sis of those options. It also identifies the Selected Rem-
edy and explains how the remedy fulfills statutory and
regulatory requirements.
Although some of the information in the Decision
Summary is similar to that in the Declaration, this section
discusses the topics in greater detail and provides the
rationale for those "summary declarations." The ap-
propriate level of detail for the Decision Summary will
depend on the complexity of the situation being ad-
dressed.
The Decision Summary should provide a substan-
tive summary of information that is already available
in the Administrative Record file for a site, particularly
the RI/FS Report. However, when information is un-
available or is not satisfactorily addressed in the Ad-
ministrative Record file, the discussion in the Decision
Summary may need to be more thorough. The final sec-
tion, which identifies and describes the Selected Rem-
edy and explains how it satisfies the statutory and regu-
latory requirements, is information unique to the ROD
that will not be contained elsewhere in the Administra-
tive Record file, and thus should be presented in as much
detail as possible given the information available at the
time of the remedy selection decision.
6.3.1 Site Name, Location, and Description
This section should briefly describe basic informa-
tion about the site. This section should include the fol-
lowing:
•	Name and location.
•	National Superfund electronic database identi-
fication number (e.g., CERCLIS III, WasteLan).
•	Lead and support agency (e.g., EPA, State, Fed-
eral facility).
•	Source of cleanup monies (e.g., Superfund trust
fund, enforcement/PRP settlement).
•	Site type (e.g., landfill, industrial facility).
•	Brief site description (i.e., one-paragraph ab-
stract).
6.3.2	Site History and Enforcement
Activities
This section should provide background informa-
tion on the following:
•	Activities that have led to the current problems,
such as manufacturing or disposal of hazard-
ous substances (e.g., an important piece of in-
formation may be whether a site was in opera-
tion before or after the effective date of key
RCRA regulations, such as those of Novem-
ber 19, 1980, or July 26, 1982).
•	Federal, State, and local site investigations and
removal, or remedial actions conducted to date
under CERCLA, and under other environmen-
tal authorities (e.g., RCRA, CWA, CAA, or State
authorities). History of any cited violations
under Federal or State environmental regula-
tions or statutes.
•	History of CERCLA enforcement activities
(e.g., RI/FS notice letter dates, results of RI/
FS negotiations, whether special notice letters
have been issued to PRPs (specific names need
not be mentioned), and/or status of past or
pending lawsuits pertaining to site cleanup).
6.3.3	Community Participation
This section should briefly note how the public
participation requirements in CERCLA and the NCP
were met in the remedy selection process. NCP Sec-
tion 300.430(f)(3) establishes a number of public par-
ticipation activities that the lead agency must conduct
throughout this process (as described in Section 2.6).
The lead agency should also describe any other
major public participation activities (e.g., community re-
lations plans, special activities related to environmental
justice concerns). Efforts to solicit views on the as-
sumptions about reasonably anticipated future land use
and potential beneficial uses of ground water should
also be described in this section of the Decision Summary.
6-7

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
A detailed summary of community responses to
the Selected Remedy should not be included in this sec-
tion of the Decision Summary, rather it should be ad-
dressed under the community acceptance criterion in
the Comparative Analysis of Alternatives section. In addi-
tion, specific comments should be responded to in the
'Responsiveness Summary. Highlight 6-7 is an example of
the length and type of information recommended for
this section.
6.3.4 Scope and Role of Operable Unit or
Response Action
Due to the fact that many Superfund sites are com-
plex and have multiple contamination problems or ar-
eas, they are generally divided into several operable
units for the purposes of managing the site-wide re-
sponse action.6 When a ROD is written for an operable
unit, and not an entire site, it is important to convey the
scope and role of the operable unit within the overall
site management plan. This section of the decision sum-
mary should discuss how the operable unit or response
action addressed by the ROD fits into the overall site
strategy. This discussion should describe the overall site
cleanup strategy, including:
•	The planned sequence of actions
•	The scope of problems those actions will ad-
dress.
•	The authorities under which each action will
be/has been implemented (e.g., removal, reme-
dial, State).
Highlight 6-8 provides tips for documenting the
Scope and Role section for sites with more than one oper-
able unit. Highlight 6-9 provides example language for
describing the scope and role of an OU or response
action.
Highlight 6-7: Example Language
for Community Participation
Activities
The RI/FS Report and Proposed Plan for the
EIO Industrial Site in Nameless, Tennessee,
were made available to the public in March
1999. They can be found in the Administrative
Record file and the information repository main-
tained at the EPA Docket Room in Region 4
and at the Nameless Public Library. The notice
of the availability of these two documents was
published in the Nameless Advocate on March
1, 1999. A public comment period was held
from March 1 to March 30, 1999. An extension
to the public comment period was requested.
As a result, it was extended to April 30, 1999. In
addition, a public meeting was held on March
13, 1999 to present the Proposed Plan to a
broader community audience than those that
had already been involved at the site. At this
meeting, representatives from EPA and the Ten-
nessee Department of Environment and Con-
servation answered questions about problems
at the site and the remedial alternatives. EPA
also used this meeting to solicit a wider cross-
section of community input on the reasonably
anticipated future land use and potential ben-
eficial ground-water uses at the site. EPA's re-
sponse to the comments received during this
period is included in the Responsiveness
Summary, which is part of this Record of Deci-
sion.
6 The NCP defines an operable unit (OU) as "a discrete action
that comprises an incremental step toward comprehensively ad-
dressing site problems. This discrete portion of a remedial response
manages migration, or eliminates or mitigates a release, threat of a
release, or pathway of exposure. The cleanup of a site can be
divided into a number of operable units, depending on the com-
plexity of the problems associated with the site. Operable units
may address geographical portions of a site, specific site problems,
or initial phases of an action, or may consist of any set of actions
performed over time or any actions that are concurrent but located
in different parts of a site" (NCP Section 300.5).
6-8

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
	
Highlight 6-8: Tips for
Documenting Scope and Role
Section for Sites with More than
One Operable Unit
•	Clearly present an Overall Site Cleanup
Plan in bullet format, and highlight or
boldface the specific activities addressed
by this ROD.
•	Describe how past or planned removal
actions fit into the overall site cleanup
strategy.
•	Organize the list into categories (e.g., past
response, activities proposed in this ROD,
future response plans).
•	For Federal facility sites, the relationship
between CERCLA and other remediation
activities at the facility or base should be
discussed (e.g., RCRA corrective action,
long-term waste management).
•	For interim RODs, state that the operable
unit response action will be consistent with
the final action selected for the site.
Highlight 6-9: Example Language
for Scope and Role of Operable
Unit Section
As with many Superfund sites, the problems at
the [site name] Site are complex. As a result,
EPA has organized the work into two operable
units (OUs):
•	Operable Unit 1: Contamination of the
on-site soils
•	Operable Unit 2: Contamination of the
ground-water aquifer
EPA has already selected the remedy for Oper-
able Unit 1 in a ROD signed on October 22,
1997. Operable Unit 1 will treat soils contami-
nated with high concentrations of Volatile Or-
ganic Compounds (VOCs) through a combi-
nation of a treatment technology (thermal des-
orption) and containment of residuals from that
treatment unit. This action is in the remedial
design stage. Actual construction is planned to
begin in Fall 2000.
The second operable unit, the subject of this
ROD, addresses the contamination of the
ground-water aquifer. Ingestion of water ex-
tracted from this aquifer poses a current and
potential risk to human health because EPA's
acceptable risk range is exceeded and con-
centrations of contaminants are greater than
the maximum contaminant levels for drinking
water (as specified in the Safe Drinking Water
Act). This second operable unit presents the
final response action for this site and ad-
dresses a principal threat at the site through
the removal and treatment of Non-Aqueous
Phase Liquid (NAPL) source material in the
aquifer.
6-9

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
6.3.5 Site Characteristics
This section of the ROD should present a brief yet
comprehensive overview of the site. The use of maps
that highlight the location of sources and distribution
of the detected contaminants and COCs is recom-
mended.7 In general, this section should satisfy the fol-
lowing:
•	Describe the Conceptual Site Model (CSM)8
on which the risk assessment and response ac-
tion are based (see Highlight 6-10).
•	Provide an overview of the site, including the
following:
Size of site (e.g., acres).
Geographical and topographical informa-
tion (e.g., surface waters, flood plains, wet-
lands).
•	Surface and subsurface features (e.g., number
and volume of tanks, lagoons, structures, and
drums on the site).
Areas of archaeological or historical im-
portance.
•	Describe the sampling strategy (e.g., which me-
dia were investigated, what sampling approach
7	Chemicals of Potential Concern (COPCs): Those chemicals
that are identified as a potential threat to human health or the
environment and are evaluated further in the baseline risk assess-
ment. Chemicals of Concern (COCs): A subset of the COPCs that
are identified in the RI/FS as needing to be addressed by the re-
sponse action proposed in the ROD.
8	Conceptual Site Model (CSM): A three-dimensional "pic-
ture" of site conditions that illustrates contaminant sources, release
mechanisms, exposure pathways, migration routes, and potential
human and ecological receptors. The CSM documents current and
potential future site conditions and is supported by maps, cross
sections, and site diagrams that illustrate what is known about
human and environmental exposure through contaminant release
and migration to potential receptors. The CSM is initially devel-
oped during the scoping phase of the RI/FS and should be modi-
fied as additional information becomes available. A graphical depic-
tion of the CSM may be appropriate to include in the ROD as it
provides a good presentation of the overall site conditions and basis
for taking an action, and can be referenced when discussing the
overall site management strategy and the specific remedial action
objectives addressed by the Selected Remedy. Highlight 6-10 shows
a sample CSM for contaminated soil. For additional information,
refer to Guidance for Conducting Remedial Investigations and Feasibility
Studies under CERCLA, Interim Final (EPA 540-G-89-004, Octo-
ber 1988) and Soil Screening Guidance: User's Guide (EPA 540-R-96-
018, July 1996).
was used, over what area, when was the sam-
pling performed).
•	Describe known or suspected sources of
contamination.
•	Describe types of contamination and the af-
fected media (summarize in a table if appro-
priate), including the following:
Types and characteristics of COCs (e.g.,
toxic, mobile, carcinogenic, non-carcino-
genic).
Quantity/volume of waste.
Concentrations of COCs in each medium.
RCRA hazardous wastes and affected
media.
•	Describe location of contamination and known
or potential routes of migration, including the
following:
Lateral and vertical extent of contamina-
tion.
Current and potential future surface and
subsurface routes of human or environ-
mental exposure.
Likelihood for migration of COCs.
Human and ecological populations that
could be affected.
•	For sites with ground-water contamination,
describe the following:
Aquifer(s) affected or threatened by site
contamination, types of geologic materi-
als, approximate depths, whether aquifer
is confined or unconfined.
Surface and subsurface features (e.g., num-
ber and volume of tanks, lagoons, struc-
tures, and drums at the site).
Ground-water flow directions within each
aquifer and between aquifers and ground-
water discharge locations (e.g., surface wa-
ters, wetlands, other aquifers).
6-10

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 6-10: Example Conceptual Site Model for Contaminated Soil
PRIMARY
SOURCES
PRIMARY
RELEASE
MECHANISM
SECONDARY
SOURCES
Drum
and Tanks
Spills
Infiltration/
Percolation
Soil
Lagoon
Overtopping
Dike
SECONDARY
RELEASE
MECHANISM
PATHWAY
RECEPTOR
HUMAN
BIOTA

Ingestion
•
•
*


Dermal Contact
•
•
#

Dust and/or
Volatile
Emissions
Wind
EXPOSURE




ROUTE
Residents
Trespass
Terrestrial
Aquatic

Ingestion




Inhalation
•
•
*

Dermal Contact




Plant
Uptake

Garden
Vegetables



~
~
Ingestion
•







Infiltration/
Percolation
Ground
Water
Storm Water
Runoff
Surface
Water and
Sediments
Ingestion
•



Inhalation
•



Dermal Contact
¦




Ingestion
•
•
•
•
Inhalation




Dermal contact
•
•
•
•
Interconnection between surface contami-
nation (e.g., soils, surface water/sediments)
and ground-water contamination.
Confirmed or suspected presence and lo-
cation of NAPLs.
If ground-water models were used to de-
fine the fate and transport of COCs, iden-
tify the model used and major model as-
sumptions.
• Note other site-specific factors that may affect
response actions at the site.
Highlight 6-11 provides tips for documenting site
characteristics in the ROD.
Highlight 6-11: Tips on Writing the
"Site Characteristics" Section
•	Use a simplified graphical depiction of the
Conceptual Site Model (e.g., Highlight 6-
10) to illustrate threats posed by the site.
•	If the response action can be broken into
distinct components (e.g., ground water,
source control) or areas (e.g., Area A, Area
B), clearly define this up front, and use the
same terminology throughout the rest of
the document.
•	Use tables and figures to summarize and
delineate types and extent of
contamination, affected media, location of
contamination, and potential routes of
exposure.
6-11

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
6.3.6 Current and Potential Future Land
and Resource Uses
This section of the ROD should discuss the cur-
rent and reasonably anticipated future land uses
and current and potential beneficial ground-water
uses at the site, and discuss the basis for future use as-
sumptions. It is important that this section precede the
summary of the risk assessment as it forms the basis
for reasonable exposure assessment assumptions and
risk characterization conclusions. This section should in-
clude the following:
Land Uses:
•	Current on-site land uses.
•	Current adjacent/surrounding land uses.
•	Reasonably anticipated future land uses, with
expected time frames for such uses, and basis
for future use assumptions (e.g., zoning maps,
nearby development, 20-year development
plans, dialogue with local land use planning
officials and citizens).
Ground and Surface Water Uses:
•	Current ground/surface water uses on the site
and in its vicinity.
•	Potential beneficial ground/surface water uses
(e.g., potential drinking water, irrigation, recre-
ational) and basis for future use assumptions
(e.g., Comprehensive State Ground Water Pro-
tection Plan (CSGWPP), promulgated State
classification, EPA ground-water classification
guidelines).
•	If beneficial use is as a potential drinking water
source, identify the approximate time frame of
projected future drinking water use (e.g.,
ground-water aquifer not currently used as a
drinking water source but expected to be uti-
lized in 30—50 years).
•	Location of anticipated use in relation to loca-
tion and anticipated migration of contamina-
tion.
The basis for assumptions about the reasonably
anticipated future land use and potential beneficial use
of ground water should be presented clearly in the
ROD. The role that the community, and other site stake-
holders, played in assisting the lead agency to develop
these assumptions should be explained as well.
For additional information, please refer to Land Use
in the CERCLA Remedy Selection Process (EPA 540-R-95-
052, May 1995), The Role of CSGWPPs in EPA
Remediation Programs (EPA 540-F-95-084, April 4,1997),
and Rules of Thumb for Superfund Remedy Selection (EPA
540-R-97-013, August 1997).
6.3.7 Summary of Site Risks
The Summary of Site Risks section of the ROD
should: (1) state the basis for taking action at the site; (2)
provide a brief summary of the relevant portions of
the human health risk assessment for the site or oper-
able unit; and (3) provide a brief summary of the eco-
logical risk assessment.9 This section should focus on
the information that is driving the need for the specific
response action described in the ROD. It is not neces-
sarily a summary of the entire baseline risk assessment
developed for the site as a whole. For example, the
ROD should primarily discuss the Chemicals of Con-
cern (COCs) identified in the risk assessment that are
driving the need for a remedial action, not necessarily
all of the Chemicals of Potential Concern (COPCs)
originally identified in the risk assessment process.10 These
COCs are referred to as "risk drivers" in the Risk As-
sessment Guidance for Superfund: Volume 1 Human Health
Evaluation Manual, Part D (EPA 540-R-97-033, January
1998), hereafter referred to as "RAGS Part D." In ad-
dition, the summary of the exposure assessment should
focus on those exposure pathways and scenarios driv-
ing action at the site, not necessarily ALL of the expo-
sure pathways and scenarios evaluated for the entire site.
References to the Conceptual Site Model presented in
the Summary of Site Characteristics section should be used
to support the presentation of the risk assessment in-
formation as well.
9	If an ecological risk assessment has not been performed, an
explanation for when this will be performed or a justification for
not performing it needs to be provided.
10	In some circumstances (e.g. No Action RODs) a discussion
of the contaminants detected that are not COCs and of exposures
that do not exceed EPA's acceptable risk range is warranted.
6-12

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
The information presented in the Summary of Site
Risks must support the decision to take the remedial
action. A clear statement regarding the basis for
action at the site should be made at the conclu-
sion of the risk assessment section of the ROD.11
See Highlight 6-12 for standard language.
	
Highlight 6-12: Standard Language -
Basis for Action
The response action selected in this Record of
Decision is necessary to protect the public health
or welfare orthe environment from actual orthreat-
ened releases of hazardous substances into the
environment.
*******
If the site is contaminated with only pollutants or
contaminants (in accordance with the definitions
contained in NCP §300.5), then the following stan-
dard language should be used:
The response action selected in this Record of
Decision is necessary to protect public health or
welfare orthe environment from actual or threat-
ened releases of pollutants or contaminants from
this site which may present an imminent and
substantial endangerment to public health or wel-
fare.
*******
If the response action will address both hazard-
ous substances and pollutants or contaminants,
a combination of the two examples of standard
language may be necessary.
11 Basis for Action: A response action is generally warranted if
one or more of the following conditions is met: (1) the cumulative
excess carcinogenic risk to an individual exceeds 104 (using reason-
able maximum exposure (RME) assumptions for either the current
or reasonably anticipated future land use or current or potential
beneficial use of ground/ surface water); (2) the non-carcinogenic
hazard index is greater than one (using RME assumptions for either
the current or reasonably anticipated future land use or current or
potential use of ground/ surface water); (3) site contaminants cause
adverse environmental impacts; or (4) chemical-specific standards
or other measures that define acceptable risk levels are exceeded
and exposure to contaminants above these acceptable levels is pre-
dicted for the RME. Examples include drinking water standards
that are exceeded in ground water when that ground water is a
current or potential source of drinking water or water quality stan-
dards that are exceeded in surface waters that support the desig-
nated uses of these waters (e.g., support aquatic life). For more
information, see Role of the Baseline Risk Assessment in Superfund
Remedy Selection (OSWER 9355.0-30, April 22, 1991).
The information necessary to write the Summary of
Site Risks section of the Decision Summary should be avail-
able in the risk assessment chapter of the RI/FS report,
or in a stand-alone human health or ecological risk as-
sessment report. Appropriate sections of these reports
should be cited as necessary.
6.3.7.1 Summary of Human Health
Risk Assessment
A summary of the relevant information developed
in the risk assessment should be presented in the ROD.
A mixture of (1) text format {e.g., for describing the
toxicity assessment) and (2) table format {e.g., for pre-
senting COCs and risk values) should be used to sum-
marize and communicate the results of the human health
risk assessment. It is strongly recommended that the
format for the tables presented in this section be used
to summarize appropriate risk assessment information
in the ROD. The information in these tables was drawn
from the standardized tables in RAGS Part D. This
guidance was developed and approved by a cross-Re-
gional team of EPA risk assessors to standardize the
planning, reporting, and review of Superfund risk as-
sessments. The risk assessment information presented
in the ROD should be a relevant subset of the infor-
mation presented in the RAGS PartD standardized risk
tables. This information will also be built into WasteLan
(or the current national Superfund electronic database).
Use of risk tables does not substitute for a text discus-
sion of this information as well. See sample text pro-
vided in accompanying highlights.
The discussion of risks in this section of the ROD
should parallel the major sections of the risk assess-
ment: (1) Identification of Chemicals of Concern; (2)
Exposure Assessment; (3) Toxicity Assessment; and (4)
Risk Characterization (including the uncertainty analy-
sis). Information should be presented so that the Se-
lected Remedy will be supported and individuals unfa-
miliar with the site can understand the basis for under-
taking remedial action. The primary focus of this
summary should be on those exposure pathways
and chemicals found to pose actual or potential
threats to human health. Highlight 6-13 contains
example language that can be used as an introduction
for this section.
6-13

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
	
Highlight 6-13: Example Language
for the Introduction to the
HumanHealth Risks Summary
The baseline risk assessment estimates what
risks the site poses if no action were taken. It
provides the basis for taking action and identi-
fies the contaminants and exposure pathways
that need to be addressed by the remedial ac-
tion. This section of the ROD summarizes the
results of the baseline risk assessment for this
site.
Section 1: Identification of Chemicals of Concern
Information on chemicals of concern should in-
clude summaries of the following:
•	COCs in each medium (e.g., TCE in ground
water, benzo(a)pyrene, dieldrin, and 4,4'-DDT
in soil).
•	The range of detected concentrations (mini-
mum and maximum) and the frequency of
detection for each COC in each medium in-
vestigated.
•	Data quality as discussed in the data usability
section of the risk assessment. For example,
RAGS Part D suggests including a Data Us-
ability Worksheet in the risk assessment to
present this information.
•	The exposure point concentration used to esti-
mate the risk for each COC and the type of
statistical measure it represents. Generally, the
95 percent upper confidence limit (UCL) on
the arithmetic mean concentration for a chemical
is used as the exposure point concentration.
However, for sites with limited amounts of
data or extreme variability in the data, the high-
est concentration (i.e., the maximum value) is
used commonly as a default exposure point
concentration in the risk assessment. For fur-
ther information, refer to Supplemental Guidance
to RAGS: Calculating the Concentration Term
(OSWER 9285.7-081, Volume 1, Number 1,
May 1992).
Highlight 6-15 presents the preferred table format
for summarizing the COCs, their associated concentra-
tions in each medium, and their frequency of detection.
This table should be recreated in the ROD as many
times as needed for each medium if addressed by the
ROD. The information for this table can be found in
Standard Table 3.1 of RAGS PartD. In addition to the
summary table, the discussion should also include lan-
guage summarizing the extent of contamination at the
site; example language is provided in Highlight 6-15.
Section 2: Exposure Assessment
The exposure pathways that were quantitatively
evaluated in the risk assessment should be summarized
in the ROD. The appropriate section in the Human
Health Risk Assessment should be referenced in this
section. The information for this section can be found
in Standard Table 1 of RAGS Part D.
The text should include a brief discussion of the
following information:
• A reference to the Conceptual Site Model for
the site and how it was used to determine rea-
sonable exposure scenarios and pathways of
concern. Include a brief discussion of scenarios
and pathways that may have been considered,
but not quantitatively addressed (i.e., were con-
sidered but were not considered to be signifi-
Highlight 6-14: Tips on Writing the
"Summary of Site Risks" Section
•	Use the tables presented in this section to
summarize the relevant information from the
risk assessment.
•	Explain the technical information presented
in the tables in plain English that a layperson
can understand. The guidance
recommends attaching the explanation to the
table itself.
•	This section should primarily summarize the
information from the baseline risk
assessment relevant to the action proposed
in the ROD.
•	Clearly state the basis for action at the
conclusion of the risk assessment section.
6-14

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
cant or realistic). Copies of the Standard Table
1 from RAGS Part D that includes all of the
scenarios and pathways considered in the risk
assessment may be useful to include as an ap-
pendix to the ROD as well.
•	The potentially exposed populations in current
and future scenarios (e.g., worker currently
working on-site, adults and children living on-
site in the future).
•	Any sensitive subpopulations (highly exposed
and/or more susceptible) that may be exposed
(e.g., farm families, children, subsistence fisher-
men).
•	The routes by which each population group or
subpopulation group could reasonably be ex-
posed to site contaminants (e.g., ingestion of
contaminated ground water for adults and chil-
dren, inhalation of volatile contaminants for
workers).
Major assumptions about exposure frequency, du-
ration, and other exposure factors that were included in
the exposure assessment (e.g., exposure frequency (days/
year), exposure duration (years), and body surface area
(cm2) for dermal exposure) could be included in an
appendix.
Section J: Toxicity Assessment
This section should summarize the salient points of
the toxicity assessment section of the risk assessment.
The information for this section can be found in Stan-
dard Tables 5 and 6 of risk assessments applying the
RAGS Part D guidance.
The following information should be summarized
in text format:
•	A brief summary of the carcinogenic and non-
carcinogenic toxicity data used to calculate the
risk of each COC, differentiating between tox-
icity data for chronic, subchronic, and acute
exposures.
•	The source of the toxicity information (e.g.,
Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS),
Health Effects Assessment Summary Tables
(HEAST), or provisional values provided by
Superfund Technical Support Center in Cin-
cinnati).
•	Primary target organs and health effects of
concern for non-carcinogenic COCs.12 Ex-
ample text for summarizing the toxicity as-
sessment is provided with Highlights 6-16A
and 6-16B.
Section 4: Risk Characterization
The risk characterization summarizes and combines
outputs of the exposure and toxicity assessments to
characterize baseline risks, both in quantitative expres-
sions and qualitative statements (see Highlight 6-17 for
introductory language for the Risk Characterization sec-
tion) . The summary of this section should include the
following for all current and future land use scenarios
that present unacceptable risks.
•	Quantified carcinogenic risks for each COC in
each exposure medium for each relevant ex-
posure pathway.
•	Combined carcinogenic risks reflecting total
exposure to COCs in a given medium and
pathway of exposure.
•	Potential for non-carcinogenic impacts as quan-
tified by the hazard quotient for each COC in
each exposure medium for each exposure path-
way, as appropriate.
•	Potential for combined non-carcinogenic effects
in each medium and pathway of exposure as
expressed by hazard indices, which reflect the
potential additive effects of COCs that affect
the same target organ or system.
12 The number and types of toxicity studies available varies
from one chemical to another. Thus, EPA provides a qualitative
analysis of the data supporting its toxicity criteria. For carcino-
gens, EPA provides a "weight of evidence" classification. Carcino-
gen guidelines recendy proposed by EPA may replace this classifica-
tion with other qualitative descriptions. For non-carcinogens, a
high, medium, or low 'level of confidence" is assigned. If particu-
lar values for a COC are unavailable in the acceptable references,
this should be indicated, and the term "not available" should be
used in subsequent tables to show that an evaluation was per-
formed but information was not available. This information should
be provided in the ROD as risk managers need to consider the
impact of missing toxicity data in the decision making process.
6-15

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
•	Combined carcinogenic risks and/or hazard
indices for those exposure pathways to which
the same individual or subpopulation could
reasonably be exposed (e.g., the carcinogenic
risk to children living at a residence who may
be exposed to contaminated soil and local
ground water is 2.85 x 10"2).
•	Any qualitative descriptions of risk (e.g. special
threats to pregnant women or hazards for
which risk information can not be quantified.)13
•	Brief explanation of the meaning of both the
quantitative risk characterization and qualitative
statements.
•	Tabular summary of the carcinogenic risks and
non-carcinogenic impacts by exposure pathway
and by COCs per pathway. Highlights 6-16A
and 6-16B present the preferred table format
and sample language. Information for these
tables can be found in Standard Table 10 of
RAGS Part D.
The risk characterization should also include a brief
discussion of the significant sources of uncertainty in-
herent in the risk assessment; indicating whether the un-
certainties are expected to underestimate or overesti-
mate the potential risk. The discussion may include the
following:
•	Uncertainty due to the number of samples
collected or their location. Explain any con-
cerns with data usability as a result of the QA/
QC that was performed on the sampling/
analysis data. For further information on evalu-
ating data quality, refer to Guidance for Data Us-
ability in Risk Assessment, Parts ^4 and B, Final
(OSWER 9285.7-09A and B, April and May
1992).
•	Uncertainty due to the use of environmental
fate and transport models.
13 For sites where lead (Pb) is a COC, the Summary of Site Risks
section of the ROD should document the use of models and the
site-specific assumptions that were made to determine cleanup lev-
els for lead in soil. (See Chapter 9, section 9.3, for more informa-
tion on documenting remedy decisions at sites with lead contamina-
tion.)
•	Uncertainty due to the use of default exposure
assumptions in lieu of site-specific data for
exposure factors.
•	Uncertainty associated with available toxicity
criteria or concerns regarding the lack of tox-
icity criteria to address potential exposure path-
ways.
Please note that in the examples provided in High-
lights 6-18A and 6-18B, it is appropriate to sum the
carcinogenic risks and hazard quotients (HQs). The sum-
mation of carcinogenic risks is appropriate because the
same receptor (i.e,. child resident) is likely to be exposed
to soil and ground water. Also, the summation of HQs
is appropriate because 4,4'-DDT and dieldrin affected
the same target organ (i.e., the liver). However, it is not
always appropriate to sum cancer risks and HQs, and
questions should be directed to regional risk assessors.
For written guidance on summing cancer risks or HQs,
please refer to Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund,
Volume I, Human Health Evaluation Manual, Part A, In-
terim Final (OSWER 9285.7-01B, December 1989) and
the Soil Screening Guidance: User's Guide (EPA 540-R-96-
018, April 1996).
6.3.7.2 Summary of Ecological Risk
Assessment
The Summary of Site Risks section of the ROD
should also address risks to potential ecological recep-
tors. If this ROD addresses the final OU for the site
and does not address ecological risks posed by the site,
an explanation should be provided that explains when
and how ecological risks were assessed and addressed
or a justification should be provided for why no inves-
tigation was performed.
Procedures for addressing ecological risks are not
as standardized as they are for human health risk assess-
ment. Specific procedures and level of effort for an
ecological risk assessment vary significantly depending
on site-specific factors. If a significant level of effort
has been put into an ecological risk assessment, the ROD
should cover this information at an appropriate level
of detail.
Similar to the human health risk assessment sum-
mary, the major sections of the ecological risk assess-
ment should be summarized in the ROD as well. The
6-16

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
major sections of ecological risk assessment usually in-
clude 1) Identification of Chemicals of Concern, 2)
Exposure Assessment, 3) Ecological Effects Assessment,
and 4) Ecological Risk Characterization. However, de-
pending upon the type of assessment conducted, the
sections of the ecological risk assessment may vary.
Ecological risk data should be presented in the ROD in
tabular form when sufficient data are available. RODs
should include the following details to the extent they
were discussed in the ecological assessment:
Section 1: Identification of Chemicals of Concern
•	Summary of toxicity data used to screen
COPCs as well as the background concentra-
tion for each chemical.
•	COPCs in each medium (e.g., TCE in ground
water released to wetlands, and benzo(a)pyrene,
4,4'-DDT, and dieldrin in soil).
•	The range of detected concentrations (mini-
mum and maximum) and the frequency of
detection for each COPC in each medium in-
vestigated.
•	The mean concentrations (arithmetic mean) of
the COPCs as well as the 95% upper confi-
dence limit concentrations.
•	The ecological Hazard Quotient and the con-
taminant of concern flag (Yes or No) for each
COPC.
•	Data quality, as discussed in the data usability
section of the ecological risk assessment. For
further information on evaluating data quality,
refer to Guidance for Data Usability in Risk As-
sessment, F'arts A. and B, Vinal (OSWER 9285.7-
09A and B, April and May 1992).
•	Highlight 6-19 presents the preferred tabular
format for summarizing the ecological COCs
and their associated concentrations in each
medium.
Section 2: Exposure Assessment
•	Description of the ecological setting (e.g., wet-
land, upland valley) on and near the site, in-
cluding aquatic and terrestrial habitats, habitat
maps, and related field survey information. Any
ecologically sensitive areas should be identified.
•	Description of the key species that are or could
be exposed. Federal or State designated rare,
endangered, or threatened species should be
identified.
•	Complete exposure pathways for receptor
populations, communities, or selected species.
Exposure point concentrations for each chemi-
cal within each relevant exposure pathway for
a given population at risk.
•	Monitoring or modeling data and assumptions
used to characterize exposure point concentra-
tions.
•	Summary of any field studies conducted to
establish exposures (e.g., biomarkers, tissue analy-
ses, food chain models).
A combination of text and tables is recommended
for presenting this information. Highlight 6-20 pre-
sents the preferred tabular summary for the ecological
exposure assessment.
Section J: Ecological Effects Assessment
•	Summary of any toxicity tests or field studies
used to evaluate adverse ecological effects (e.g.,
macroinvertebrate studies, aquatic, soil and/or
sediment toxicity tests).
•	A description of the assessment and measure-
ment endpoints chosen for the assessment.
Section 4: Ecological Risk Characterization
•	Brief summary of the environmental risks as-
sociated with the relevant media, the basis of
these risks, how these risks were determined
(e.g., comparison of predicted exposure and
toxicity, field studies), and COC concentrations
that are expected to be protective of the eco-
logical receptors. Highlight 6-21 presents the
preferred tabular format for summarizing the
protective levels for ecological receptors.
6-17

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
Highlight 6-15: Example Table Format
Summary of Chemicals of Concern and
Medium-Specific Exposure Point Concentrations
Scenario Timeframe: Current
Medium: Soil
Exposure Medium:	 Soil
Exposure
Point
Chemical of
Concern
Concentration
Detected
Units
Frequency of
Detection
Exposure Point
Concentration
Exposure Point
Concentration
Units
Statistical
Measure


Min
Max





Soil On-
site -
Direct
Contact
Benzo(a)
pyrene
100
430
ppm
20/24
300
ppm
95% UCL

4,4'-DDT
20
350
ppm
8/24
350
ppm
MAX

Dieldrin
15
60
ppm
15/24
40
ppm
95% UCL
Key
ppm: Parts per million
95% UCL: 95% Upper Confidence Limit
MAX: Maximum Concentration	
Example Language Describing Summary of Chemicals of Concern and Medium-Specific
Exposure Point Concentrations
The table presents the chemicals of concern (COCs) and exposure point concentration for each of the COCs detected in soil (i.e.,
the concentration that will be used to estimate the exposure and risk from each COC in the soil). The table includes the range of
concentrations detected for each COC, as well as the frequency of detection (i.e., the number of times the chemical was detected
in the samples collected at the site), the exposure point concentration (EPC), and how the EPC was derived. The table indicates
that benzo(a)pyrene [B(a)P] is the most frequently detected COC in soil at the site. The 95%UCL on the arithmetic mean was
used as the exposure point concentration for B(a)P and dieldrin. However, due to the limited amount of sample data available for
4,4'-DDT, the maximum concentration was used as the default exposure point concentration.
NOTE: In a ROD, this table would be expanded to include all Exposure Points that have significant routes of exposure
for the soil. Additional versions of this table format would be presented to include other Media (e.g., Ground Water) or
other Exposure Media (e.g., Dust) with significant routes of exposure.
6-18

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 6-16A: Example Table Format
Sample Cancer Toxicity Data Summary
Pathway: Ingestion, Dermal
Chemical of
Concern
Oral
Cancer
Slope
Factor
Dermal
Cancer
Slope Factor
Slope Factor
Units
Weight of
Evidence/Cancer
Guideline
Description
Source
Date
(MM/DD/YYYY)
Benzo(a)
pyrene
7.3
7.3
(mg/kg)/day
B2
IRIS
1998
4,4'-DDT
0.34
0.34
(mg/kg)/day
B2
IRIS
1998
Dieldrin
16
16
(mg/kg)/day
B2
IRIS
1998
TCE
0.011
0.011
(mg/kg)/day
B2
IRIS
1998
Pathway: Inhalation
Chemical of
Concern
Unit Risk
Units
Inhalation
Cancer Slope
Factor
Units
Weight of
Evidence/Cancer
Guideline
Description
Source
Date
(MM/DD/YYYY)
Benzo(a)pyrene
	
	
	
	
B2
IRIS
1998
4,4'-DDT
9.7x10"a
pg/mJ
	
	
B2
IRIS
1998
Dieldrin
4.6x10"J
pg/mJ
	
	
B2
IRIS
1998
TCE
	
—
	
	
B2
IRIS
1998
Pathway: External (Radiation)1
Chemical of
Concern
Cancer Slope
or Conversion
Factor
Exposure
Route
Units
Weight of Evidence/Cancer
Guideline Description
Source
Date
(MM/DD/YYYY)
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Key EPA Group:
—: No information available A - Human carcinogen
IRIS: Integrated Risk 1 nformation System, U.S. EPA B1 - Probable human carcinogen - Indicates that limited
human data are available
B2 - Probable human carcinogen - Indicates sufficient
evidence in animals and inadequate or no evidence in humans
1- This pathway would be used in the event that one of the C- Possible human carcinogen
contaminants of concern was a radionuclide. If there are no D- Not classifiable as a human carcinogen
radionuclides associated with a particular site, then this E - Evidence of noncarcinogenicity
column can be deleted.
Example Language Describing Summary of Toxicity Assessment
This table provides carcinogenic risk information which is relevant to the contaminants of concern in both soil and ground wate r.
At this time, slope factors are not available for the dermal route of exposure. Thus, the dermal slope factors used in the
assessment have been extrapolated from oral values. An adjustment factor is sometimes applied, and is dependent upon how
well the chemical is absorbed via the oral route. Adjustments are particularly important for chemicals with less than 50%
absorption via the ingestion route. However, adjustment is not necessary for the chemicals evaluated at this site. Therefore, the
same values presented above were used as the dermal carcinogenic slope factors for these contaminants.
Two of the COCs are also considered carcinogenic via the inhalation route. Dieldrin and 4,4'-DDT have inhalation unit risk
factors of 4.6 x10"3 |jg/m3 and 9.7 x 10"5 |jg/m3, respectively (Source: IRIS, USEPA 1998). TCE (found in the ground water) and
benzo(a)pyrene lack sufficient toxicity information via the inhalation route to support the development of specific inhalation
carcinogenic toxicity criteria.
6-19

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision


Highlight 6-16B:
Example Table Format




Sample Non-Cancer Toxicity Data Summary


Pathway: Ingestion, Dermal
Chemical
of
Concern
Chronic/
Subchronic
Oral RfD
Value
Oral RfD
Units
Dermal
RfD
Dermal
RfD Units
Primary
Target
Organ
Combined
Uncertainty/
Modifying Factors
Sources of
RfD:
Target
Organ
Dates of RfD:
Target Organ
(MM/DD/YYYY)
Benzo(a)
pyrene









4,4'-DDT
Chronic
5.0 x 10^
mg/kg-
day
5.0 x 10^
mg/kg-
day
Liver

IRIS
1998
Dieldrin
Chronic
5.0 x 1CT3
mg/kg-
day
5.0 x 10~b
mg/kg-
day
Liver

IRIS
1998
TCE









Pathway: Inhalation
Chemical
of
Concern
Chronic/
Subchronic
Inhalation
RfC
Inhalation
RfC Units
Inhalation
RfD
Inhalation
RfD Units
Primary
Target
Organ
Combined
Uncertainty/
Modifying Factors
Sources of
RfC: RfD:
Target
Organ
Dates
(MM/DD/YYYY)
Benzo(a)
pyrene









4,4'-DDT









Dieldrin









TCE









Key









—: No information available
IRIS: Integrated Risk Information System, U.S. EPA








Example Language Describing Summary of Toxicity Assessment


This table provides non-carcinogenic risk information which is relevant to the contaminants of concern in both soil and ground
water. Two of the COCs have toxicity data indicating their potential for adverse non-carcinogenic health effects in humans. The
chronic toxicity data available for both 4,4'-DDT and dieldrin for oral exposures, have been used to develop oral reference doses
(RfDs). The oral RfDs for 4,4'-DDT and dieldrin are 5.0 x 10"4mg/kg/day, and 5.0 x 10"5 mg/kg/day, respectively (Source: IRIS,
USEPA, 1998). The available toxicity data, from both chronic and subchronic animal studies, indicate that both dieldrin and 4,4'-
DDT primarily affect the liver. Reference doses are not available for benzo(a)pyrene or TCE, neither are dermal RfDs or
inhalation RfCs for any of the contaminants. As was the case for the carcinogenic data, dermal RfDs can be extrapolated from
the oral RfDs applying an adjustment factor as appropriate. However, for dieldrin and 4,4'-DDT no adjustment is necessary, and
the oral RfDs discussed were used as the dermal RfDs for these contaminants. At this time, inhalation reference concentrations
are not available for any of the COCs.
6-20

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 6-17: Example Language for Risk Characterization Summary
For carcinogens, risks are generally expressed as the incremental probability of an individual's developing
cancer over a lifetime as a result of exposure to the carcinogen. Excess lifetime cancer risk is calculated from
the following equation:
Risk = CDI x SF
where:	risk = a unitless probability (e.g., 2 x 105) of an individual's developing cancer
CDI = chronic daily intake averaged over 70 years (mg/kg-day)
SF = slope factor, expressed as (mg/kg-day)-1.
These risks are probabilities that usually are expressed in scientific notation (e.g., 1x106). An excess lifetime
cancer risk of 1x10 6 indicates that an individual experiencing the reasonable maximum exposure estimate
has a 1 in 1,000,000 chance of developing cancer as a result of site-related exposure. This is referred to as
an "excess lifetime cancer risk" because it would be in addition to the risks of cancer individuals face from
other causes such as smoking or exposure to too much sun. The chance of an individual's developing cancer
from all other causes has been estimated to be as high as one in three. EPA's generally acceptable risk range
for site-related exposures is 10 4 to 10 6.
The potential for noncarcinogenic effects is evaluated by comparing an exposure level over a specified time
period (e.g., life-time) with a reference dose (RfD) derived for a similar exposure period. An RfD represents a
level that an individual may be exposed to that is not expected to cause any deleterious effect. The ratio of
exposure to toxicity is called a hazard quotient (HQ). An HQ<1 indicates that a receptor's dose of a single
contaminant is less than the RfD, and that toxic noncarcinogenic effects from that chemical are unlikely. The
Hazard Index (HI) is generated by adding the HQs for all chemical(s) of concern that affect the same target
organ (e.g., liver) or that act through the same mechanism of action within a medium or across all media to
which a given individual may reasonably be exposed. An Hl<1 indicates that, based on the sum of all HQ's
from different contaminants and exposure routes, toxic noncarcinogenic effects from all contaminants are
unlikely. An HI > 1 indicates that site-related exposures may present a risk to human health.
The HQ is calculated as follows:
Non-cancer HQ = CDI/RfD
where:
CDI = Chronic daily intake
RfD = reference dose.
CDI and RfD are expressed in the same units and represent the same exposure period (i.e., chronic, subchronic,
or short-term).
6-21

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
Highlight 6-18A: Example Table Format
Risk Characterization Summary - Carcinogens
Scenario Ti
Receptor Pc
Receptor A<
meframe: Current
>pulation: Resident
:je: Child
Medium
Exposure
Medium
Exposure
Point
Chemical of
Concern
Carcinogenic Risk
Ingestion
Inhalation
Dermal
External
(Radiation)1
Exposure
Routes Total
Soil
Soil
Soil On-site-
Direct Contact
Benzo (a)
pyrene
1.2 x 10"^
N/A
3.3 x 10"
6
	
1.2 x 10*
Soil On-site-
Direct Contact
4,4'-DDT
6.5 x 10"4
N/A
4.5 x 10_
7
"
6.5 x 10"
Soil On-site-
Direct Contact
Dieldrin
3.5 x 10°
N/A
4.8 x 10_
6
"
3.5 x 10 °
Dust
Soil On-site-
Inhalation of
Soil as Dust
Benzo (a)
pyrene
N/A

N/A


Soil On-site-
Inhalation of
Soil as Dust
4,4'-DDT
N/A
9.7 x 10"
N/A

9.7 x 10"
Soil On-site-
Inhalation of
Soil as Dust
Dieldrin
N/A
8.5 x 10 °
N/A

8.5 x 10 °
Soil risk total=
2.6x10*
Ground
Water
Ground
Water
Aquifer X -
Tap Water
TCE
2.5 x 10°

1.4 x 10"
7

2.5 x 10 °
Ground-water risk total=
2.5 X 10"°
Total Risk =
2.9 X 10*
Key
— : Toxicity criteria are not available to quantitatively address this route of exposure.
N/A: Route of exposure is not applicable to this medium.
1—This column would be used in the event that one of the contaminants of concern was a radionuclide. If there are no radionuclides associated with a
particular site, then this column can be deleted.
Example Language Describing Risk Characterization
Highlight 6-18A provides risk estimates for the significant routes of exposure. These risk estimates are based on a reasonable maximum exposure
and were developed by taking into account various conservative assumptions about the frequency and duration of a child's exposure to soil and
ground water, as well as the toxicity of the COCs (benzo (a) pyrene, 4,4'-DDT, dieldrin, and TCE). The total risk from direct exposure to contaminated
soil and ground water at this site to a current child resident is estimated to be 2.85 x 10"2. The COCs contributing most to this risk level are benzo (a)
pyrene and dieldrin in soil and TCE in ground water. This risk level indicates that if no clean-up action is taken, an individual would have an increased
probability of 3 in 100 of developing cancer as a result of site-related exposure to the COCs.
NOTE: Additional versions of this table format would be presented to include other Receptors with significant exposure (Scenario
Timeframe, Receptor Population, Receptor Age).
6-22

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents


Highlight 6-18B: Example Table Format




Risk Characterization Summary - Non-Carcinogens

Scenario Timeframe:
Receptor Population:
Receptor Age:
Current
Resident
Child





Medium
Exposure
Medium
Exposure
Point
Chemical
of Concern
Primary
Target
Organ
Non-Carcinogenic Hazard Quotient





Ingestion
Inhalation
Dermal
Exposure
Routes Total
Soil
Soil
Soil On-site-
Direct
Contact
Benzo (a)
pyrene
Liver

N/A




Soil On-site-
Direct
Contact
4,4'-DDT
Liver
3.8
N/A
1.5 x 10^
3.9


Soil On-site-
Direct
Contact
Dieldrin
Liver
4.4
N/A
2.7 x 1CT4
4.4
Soil Hazard Index Total =
8.3
Ground
Water
Ground
Water
Aquifer X -
Tap Water
TCE
	
	
	
	
	





Ground-Water Hazard Index Total =
	






Receptor Hazard Index =
8.3






Liver Hazard Index =
8.3
Key








— : Toxicity criteria are not available to quantitatively address this route of exposure.
N/A: Route of exposure is not applicable to this medium.





Example Language Describing Risk Characterization


Highlight 6-18B provides hazard quotients (HQs) for each route of exposure and the hazard index (sum of hazard quotients) for
all routes of exposure. The Risk Assessment Guidance (RAGS) for Superfund states that, generally, a hazard index (HI) greater
than 1 indicates the potential for adverse noncancer effects. The estimated HI of 8.3 indicates that the potential for adverse
noncancer effects could occur from exposure to contaminated soil containing 4,4'-DDT, dieldrin and benzo(a)pyrene. The
noncancer risk from exposure to contaminated ground water could not be evaluated due to the lack of noncarcinogenic toxicity
criteria for TCE.
NOTE: Additional versions of this table format would be presented to include other Receptors with significant exposure
(Scenario Timeframe (e.g., chronic versus subchronic exposures), Receptor Population, Receptor Age)
6-23

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
	
Highlight 6-19: Example Table Format
Occurrence, Distribution, and Selection of Chemicals of Concern (COC)
Exposure Medium: Sediment
Chemical of
Potential
Concern
Minimum
Cone.1
(ppm)
Maximum
Cone.1
(ppm)
Mean
Cone,
(ppm)
95 % UCL of
the Mean 2
(ppm)
Background
Cone,
(ppm)
Screening
Toxicity
Value
(ppm)
Screening
Toxicity
Value
Source 3
HQ
Value 4
COC
Flag
(Yor
N)
Aluminum
2419
12,800
9808
10,400
3010
N/A
N/A
N/A
Y
Arsenic
3
69
12
21
3
6
ONT, LEL
11.5
Y
Dieldrin
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
N/A
0.052
EPA SQC
0.19
N
Lead
29
82
50
56
28
47
NOAA ER-
L
1.75
Y
Methoxychlor
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
N/A
0.019
EPA SQB
0.53
N
Key
Cone. = Concentration
N/A = Not Applicable
Notes
1	Minimum/ maximum detected concentration above the sample quantitation limit (SQL).
2	The 95% Upper Confidence Limit (UCL) represents the RME concentration.
3	Ont LEL = Ontario Lowest Effects Level: Guidelines for the Protection and Management of Aquatic Sediment Quality in Ontario. D. Persaud, R.
Jaagumagi, and A. Hayton. Ontario Ministry of the Environment, Ontario, August 1993.
NOAA ER-L = National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Effects Range- Low.
SQC= Sediment Quality Criteria.
4	Hazard Quotient (HQ) is defined as Maximum Concentration/ Screening Toxicity Value.
Highlight 6-20: Example Table Format
Ecological Exposure Pathways of Concern
Exposure
Medium
Sensitive
Environment
Flag
(YorN)
Receptor
Endangered/
Threatened
Species Flag
(YorN)
Exposure Routes
Assessment
Endpoints
Measurement
Endpoints
Sediment
N
Benthic
organisms
N
Ingestion, respiration, and
direct contact with
chemicals in sediment
Benthic invertebrate
community species
diversity and
abundance
-	Toxicity of soil to
Hyallela
-	Species diversity
index
Surface
Water
N
Fish
N
Ingestion, respiration, and
direct contact with
chemicals in surface water
Maintenance of an
abundant and
productive game
fish population
-	Toxicity of surface
water to
Pimephales
promelas
-	Species diversity
index
Soil
N
Terrestrial
invertebrates
N
Ingestion and direct
contact with chemicals in
wetland soils
Survival of terrestrial
invertebrate
community
- Toxicity of
sediments to
Lumbricus terrestris
Terrestrial
plants
Y
Uptake of chemicals via
root systems
Maintenance/
enhancement of
native wetland
vegetation
-	Species diversity
index
-	Survival of
seedings
Surface
Water
(Vernal
pools)
Y
Aquatic
invertebrates
N
Ingestion, respiration, and
direct contact with
chemicals in surface water
Maintenance of a
balanced,
indigenous aquatic
invertebrate
community
- Species diversity
index
6-24

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents


Highlight 6-21: Example Table Format

COC Concentrations Expected to Provide Adequate Protection of Ecological
Receptors
Habitat Type/
Name
Exposure
Medium
COC
Protective Level'
Units
Basisz
Assessment
End point
Small
Freshwater
Stream/
West Branch
Maple Creek
Sediment
Arsenic
6
mg/kg
Site-Specific LOAEL
Benthic invertebrate
community species
diversity and
abundance


Lead
15
mg/kg
Significant difference in
Benthic Diversity Index
between the site and the
reference site



Total PCBs
0.03-0.05
mg/kg
LOAEL and NOAEL


Surface
Water
Aluminum
123
ug/l
NOAEL
Maintenance of an
abundant and
productive game
fish population


Arsenic
208
ug/l
Mean of values between
LOAEL and NOAEL



Total PCBs
0.1
ug/l
Bioaccumulation factor
modeling

Notes
1	A range of levels may be provided.
2	Provide Basis of Selection:
Mean of values between lowest observed adverse effect level (LOAEL) and no observed adverse effect level (NOAEL).
Bioaccumulation factor modeling.




LOAEL and NOAEL.





Significant difference in Benthic Diversity Index between site and reference site.

6-25

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
6.3.8 Remedial A ction Objectives
A discussion of the remedial action objectives (RAOsj
for the specific response action described in the ROD
should be presented prior to the discussion of cleanup
alternatives and remedy selection rationale.14 RAOs pro-
vide a general description of what the cleanup will ac-
complish (e.g., restoration of ground water to drinking
water levels). These goals typically serve as the design
basis for many of the remedial alternatives which will
be presented in the next section. Presenting RAOs prior
to the discussion of remedial alternatives provides the
reader of the ROD with a basis for evaluating the
cleanup options for the site and an understanding of
how the risks identified in the previous section will be
addressed by the response action. A clear statement of
the RAOs also facilitates the five-year review determi-
nation of protectiveness of human health and the envi-
ronment.
This section should include a discussion of the fol-
lowing:
•	Clear statement of the specific RAOs for the
operable unit or site (e.g., treatment of contami-
nated soils above health-based action levels,
restoration of ground-water plume to drink-
ing water levels, and containment of DNAPL
source areas). See Chapter 9 for additional in-
formation on documenting RAOs for OUs
that address contaminated ground water.
•	Basis and rationale for RAOs (e.g., current and
reasonably anticipated future land use and po-
tential beneficial ground-water use).
•	How the RAOs address risks identified in the
risk assessment (e.g., how will the risks driving
the need for action be addressed by the re-
sponse action?)
14 If specific RAOs vary across alternatives, these differences
should be described in general terms in this section and in more
specific terms in the Description of Alternatives section.
6.3.9 Description of Alternatives
The objective of this section is to provide a brief
explanation of the remedial alternatives developed for
the site.
The description of each alternative in this section
should contain enough information so that the com-
parative analysis of alternatives (the next section of the
ROD) can focus on the differences or similarities among
alternatives with respect to the nine evaluation criteria.
This discussion should be organized in three sec-
tions:
Description of Remedy Components
Provide a bulleted list of the major components
of each alternative as they logically occur in the
remediation process. This list should include the fol-
lowing:
•	Treatment technologies and materials they will
address (e.g., source materials constituting prin-
cipal threats).15
•	Containment components of remedy (e.g., en-
gineering controls, cap, hydraulic barriers) and
materials they will address (e.g., low concentra-
tion source materials, treatment residuals).16
15	Describe technologies in general terms that permit a number
of "technological approaches" to be applied within a "technology
category" {e.g., use terms such as "ex-situ bioremediation" rather
than "composting" or "soil slurry reactors"). This provides more
flexibility to the design engineer and minimizes unnecessary ESDs
and ROD Amendments. However, if the public's perception of
the remedy is affected by the technology description, it may be
appropriate to clarify which specific technology is being proposed
{e.g., use terms such as "incineration" and "thermal desorption"
rather than "thermal treatment").
16	"Engineering controls" are physical barriers to exposure and
do not include "institutional controls," which are non-engineering
methods intended to affect human activities in such a way as to
prevent or reduce exposure to hazardous substances (e.g., deed
restrictions such as easements and covenants, deed notices, land use
restrictions such as zoning and local permitting, ground-water use
restrictions, and public health advisories).
6-26

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
•	Institutional controls (and the entity responsible
for implementing and maintaining them).17
•	Operations and Maintenance (O&M) activities
required to maintain integrity of remedy (e.g.,
cap maintenance).
•	Monitoring requirements.
Highlight 6-22 provides examples of the details
that should be described for each alternative.
Common Elements and Distinguishing Features of
Each Alternative
Describe common elements and distinguishing fea-
tures unique to each response option. Examples of
these elements include:
•	Key ARARs (or ARAR waivers) as sociated with
each alternative (e.g., action- and/or location-
specific ARARs, including the control of air,
emissions from ground-water treatment units,
manifesting of hazardous waste, and regulat-
ing solid waste landfills).18
•	Long-term reliability of remedy (potential for
remedy failure/replacement costs).
17	The term "deed restrictions" commonly appears in RODs,
consent decrees, and other EPA materials (including the NCP).
However, it is not a traditional real property term and does not
have a precise legal meaning The term "deed restrictions" should be
understood as simply a catchall term for proprietary controls (such
as easements and covenants) that are legally enforceable against
subsequent property owners. Therefore, it is important to make
sure that all those involved in evaluating remedies using proprietary
controls understand that to establish legally enforceable restric-
tions, rather than merely informational notices (such as a deed no-
tice), a conveyance or contract of some kind will likely be required.
Where clarity of intent is important (such as in a ROD), a more
precise term , such as easement or covenant, should generally be
used (Institutional Controls: A. Reference Manual (March 1998 draft)).
18	Key ARARs that drive the remedial action objectives and
response options should also be discussed. Key ARARs are generally
considered to be those ARARs that provide a basis for developing
an alternative {e.g., cleanup levels such as state non-degradation
standards for ground-water resources) or ARARs that help distin-
guish between alternatives. One approach to covering key ARARs
in this section is to provide a table which cites the ARAR, identifies
the alternative to which it applies, and clarifies how it will be
applied at the site. The ROD must describe all ARARs for the
selected remedy (NCP Section 300.430(f)(5)(ii)(B) and (C)). There-
fore, a more extensive table of ARARs that apply to the Selected
Remedy should be presented in the Statutory Determinations (see
section 6.3.13 and Highlight 6-34).
•	Quantity of untreated waste and treatment re-
siduals to be disposed off-site or managed on-
site in a containment system and degree of haz-
ard (e.g., concentrations) remaining in such ma-
terial.19
•	Estimated time for design and construction (i.e.,
implementation time frame).
•	Estimated time to reach remediation goals (i.e.,
time of operation, period of performance).
•	Estimated capital, annual O&M, and total
present worth costs; discount rate (current
OSWER policy is 7%): and the number of years
over which the remedy cost estimate is pro-
jected.
•	Uses of presumptive remedies and/or inno-
vative technologies.
Expected Outcomes of Each Alternative
•	Available uses of land upon achieving cleanup
levels. Note time frame to achieve available
use (e.g., commercial or light industrial use avail-
able in 3 years when cleanup levels are achieved).
•	Available uses of ground water upon achiev-
ing cleanup levels. Note time frame to achieve
available use (e.g., restricted use for industrial
purposes in TI waiver zone, drinking water use
in non-TI zone upon achieving cleanup levels
in 100 years).
•	Other impacts or benefits associated with each
alternative.
19 Off-site transfers of CERCLA wastes, residuals from
CERCLA wastes treated on site, or wastewater containing CERCLA
waste, should be compliant with the Off-Site Rule at 58 FR 49200,
September 22, 1993, and 40 CFR Part 300.440. Regarding the off-
site disposal of wastes, note that CERCLA §121(b)(l) states: "The
offsite transport and disposal of hazardous substances or contami-
nated materials without such treatment should be the least favored
alternative remedial action where practicable treatment technolo-
gies are available." NCP §300.430(l)(l)(ii)(E) also states: "The
balancing shall also consider the preference for treatment as a prin-
cipal element and the bias against off-site land disposal of untreated
waste."
6-27

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
	
Highlight 6-22: Examples of Remedy Components for Each Alternative
Remedies Involving Soils and Surficial Contamination:
•	Treatment Components
-	Treatment technologies (e.g., thermal destruction) to be used.
-	Type and estimated volume of waste treated (e.g., soils with high concentrations of VOCs composing the
principal threat waste at the site).
-	Primary treatment levels (e.g., Best Demonstrated Available Technology, percentage, or order of magnitude
of reductions expected) and basis (e.g., ARARs, risk-based levels) for selection of treatment level.
-	Type and estimated volume of emissions/residuals expected.
-	Any risks associated with emissions/residuals.
•	Contai n ment (or Storage) Components
-	Type of storage (e.g., landfill, tank, surface impoundment, containers).
-	Type of closure to be implemented (e.g., RCRA Subtitle C clean closure, landfill closure, Subtitle D solid
waste closure).
-	Type and quantity of waste to be stored (e.g., treatment residuals, non-principal threat source material).
-	Type and quantity of untreated waste and/or treatment residuals to be disposed of off-site or managed on-
site in a containment system (e.g., cap, RCRA Minimum Technology Unit).
•	Institutional Control Components
-	Specific controls proposed (e.g., deed restrictions such as easements and covenants, deed notices, land
use restrictions such as zoning and local permitting, ground-water use restrictions, and public health
advisories).
-	Entities responsible for implementing and maintaining controls (e.g..property owner, town zoning authority,
State health agency)
Remedies Involving Ground-Water Contamination:
•	Ground-Water Extraction and Treatment Components
-	Ground-water extraction method.
-	Whether ground water will be extracted over entire plume or portions of plume (e.g., hot spots)
-	Location for discharging treated ground water.
-	Technologies for treating extracted ground water.
-	Additional treatment and/or management for treatment residuals.
-	Other methods/technologies that will be used for aquifer remediation in addition to primary extraction and
treatment components (e.g., air sparging, in-situ bioremediation, monitored natural attenuation).
-	Phased implementation stages of the remedy that will be used to optimize the remedy for site conditions
and increase cost-effectiveness.
-	Remedy refinements that may be needed during the life of the remedy (e.g., adjusting the number of
extraction wells, adjusting the pumping rate, pulsed pumping of some wells, etc.).
-	If applicable, provisions for ground-water monitoring once the system is shut off to ensure clean-up levels
are maintained.
•	Ground-Water or Source Containment Components
-	Containment technologies (e.g., subsurface barriers, hydraulic control).
-	Areas to be contained aerially and vertically.
-	Alternate performance standards.
-	Areas of ground-water plume to be contained.
-	Geologic stratum (if any) that will serve as a bottom for the containment system.
•	Monitored Natural Attenuation
-	Portions of the plume that will be treated using natural attenuation.
-	Evidence that natural attenuation is likely to attain cleanup levels (or other remedial objectives) for the
specific conditions of the site.
-	Contingency actions that will be used if natural attenuation can not attain aquifer cleanup levels.
-	Institutional controls that will restrict the use of ground water until cleanup levels are attained.
•	Institutional Control Components
-	Specific controls proposed (e.g., deed restrictions such as easements and covenants, deed notices, land
use restrictions such as zoning and local permitting, ground-water use restrictions, and public health
advisories).
-	Entities responsible for implementing and maintaining controls (e.g..property owner, town zoning authority,
State health agency)
6-28

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
6.3.10 Summary of Comparative Analysis
of Alternatives
The NCP provides that the ROD must explain how
the nine criteria were used to select the remedy (NCP
§300.430(f) (5) (i)). Thus, this section of the ROD should
summarize the comparative analysis of alternatives pre-
sented in the detailed analysis section of the RI/FS Re-
port. The major objective is to evaluate the relative per-
formance of the alternatives with respect to the nine
evaluation criteria so that the advantages and disadvan-
tages of each are clearly understood. The most effec-
tive way of organizing this analysis is to present a series
of paragraphs headed by each criterion. Each criterion
should be described, and then the comparison of alter-
natives should be presented in decreasing order from
the most to least advantageous. An example of this
discussion can be found in Highlight 6-24. Highlight
3-6 (in Chapter 3) presents tips for discussing the nine
criteria as well.
A summary table is also an effective way to com-
municate the salient points made from the text discus-
sion. An example of a summary table that captures the
entire Comparative Analysis can be found in Highlight
6-25.
	
Highlight 6-23: Tips on Presenting
the Comparative Analysis of
Alternatives
•	First, develop a clear and descriptive
summary of each of the nine criteria.
•	Second, explain how each of the alternatives
compare to each other relative to each
criterion.
•	Third, summarize the discussion of each
criterion by presenting each of the
alternatives in decreasing order from the
most to least advantageous.
•	Consider using a summary table to
complement the text summary of the
comparative analysis of alternative.
•	Avoid a symbolic ranking method without an
accompanying narrative, such as " + " for
"best" alternative and a for the lower-
ranking alternative.
6-29

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
Highlight 6-24: Example Text Summary for the Comparative Analysis of Alternatives
Overall Protection of Human Health and the Environment
Overall protection of human health and the environment addresses whether each alternative provides adequate protection of
human health and the environment and describes how risks posed through each exposure pathway are eliminated, reduced, or
controlled, through treatment, engineering controls, and/or institutional controls.
All of the alternatives, except the no-action alternative, are protective of human health and the environment by eliminating,
reducing, or controlling risks posed by the site through treatment of soil contaminants, engineering controls, and/or institutional
controls. Alternative 2 would provide adequate protection from exposure due to direct contact or soil ingestion. However,
perpetual cap maintenance would be required to ensure total protectiveness. Any breach in the cap would potentially expose
individuals to existing levels of contamination and allow leachate to contaminate the ground water. Alternative 3 would provide
additional protection from possible exposure with the reduction of volatile organic concentrations by soil vapor extraction.
Alternative 4 would provide greater protection than Alternative 3 due to the additional benefits of soil stabilization. Alternative 5
would provide the greatest degree of protection due to the total destruction of organic contaminants during the incineration
process .
Alternatives 2 through 5 would provide adequate protection from exposure to ground-water contamination by providing an
alternate water supply to area users. The protection from exposure to contaminated ground water afforded by Alternative 2
would be dependant on the enforcement of institutional controls. Alternative 2 would also allow currently uncontaminated areas
to become contaminated as the plume migrates and dissipates, potentially exposing users currently outside the limits of the plume.
Alternatives 3, 4, and 5 would provide adequate control of plume migration through pumping. The protection against future ground-
water contamination increases as additional soil treatment processes decrease the potential for leachate generation.
Compliance with Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements
Section 121(d) of CERCLA and NCP §300.430(f)(1)(ii)(B) require that remedial actions at CERCLA sites at least attain legally
applicable or relevant and appropriate Federal and State requirements, standards, criteria, and limitations which are collectively
referred to as "ARARs," unless such ARARs are waived under CERCLA section 121(d)(4).
Applicable requirements are those cleanup standards, standards of control, and other substantive requirements, criteria, or
limitations promulgated under Federal environmental or State environmental or facility siting laws that specifically address a
hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant, remedial action, location, or other circumstance found at a CERCLA site. Only those
State standards that are identified by a state in a timely manner and that are more stringent than Federal requirements may be
applicable. Relevant and appropriate requirements are those cleanup standards, standards of control, and other substantive
requirements, criteria, or limitations promulgated under Federal environmental or State environmental or facility siting laws that,
while not "applicable" to a hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant, remedial action, location, or other circumstance at a
CERCLA site address problems or situations sufficiently similar to those encountered at the CERCLA site that their use is well-
suited to the particular site. Only those State standards that are identified in a timely manner and are more stringent than Federal
requirements may be relevant and appropriate.
Compliance with ARARs addresses whether a remedy will meet all of the applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements of
other Federal and State environmental statutes or provides a basis for a invoking waiver.
All alternatives, except the no action alternative, had common ARARs associated with the construction of a cap onsite and the
drinking water standards for ground water. The use of soil vapor extraction would require consideration of emission standards
for volatile organics. Alternative 5, which includes incineration, would be required to meet the performance standards of
incinerators set in 40 CFR 264. Acquisition of permits would not be necessary for on-site treatment operations. A permit would
be necessary for any surface discharge of treated water.
All alternatives will attain their respective Federal and State ARARs. However, drinking water standards will not be met through
Alternative 2, natural attenuation, for approximately 100 years. These standards may be meet by the pump and treat alternatives
in 25-40 years.
Long-Term Effectiveness and Permanence
Long-term effectiveness and permanence refers to expected residual risk and the ability of a remedy to maintain reliable protection
of human health and the environment over time, once clean-up levels have been met. This criterion includes the consideration of
residual risk that will remain onsite following remediation and the adequacy and reliability of controls.
Each alternative, except the No Action alternative, provides some degree of long-term protection. The alternatives increase in
effectiveness of assuring protection against potential exposure and leachate generation as additional treatment components are
included. The effectiveness and permanence of Alternative 2 is dependent entirely upon the adequacy of maintenance. Contami-
nated soil would remain as a potential source of ground-water contamination. Alternative 3 provides a greater degree of long-term
effectiveness and permanence with the removal of contaminants from both soil and ground water though treatment. Alternative
3 also removes volatile organics as a potential source of ground-water contamination. However, metals-contaminated soil may
remain unaddressed without treatment. (Continued)
6-30

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 6-24: Example Text Summary for the Comparative Analysis of Alternatives
(continued)
Long-Term Effectiveness and Permanence (continued)
Alternative 4 is more effective than Alternative 3 because it would also stabilize the lead contamination in soil. Alternative 5
provides the greatest long-term effectiveness and permanence of all the options because volatile organic compounds are
destroyed in the incineration process. Ash from the incineration process is not expected to be hazardous. However, management
of the ash on-site would not fully eliminate the potential for exposure to lead in the long-term.
The provision of an alternate water supply to prevent exposure of current ground-water users to contaminants is protective of
human health for the duration that the alternative water supply exists. The effectiveness of monitored natural attenuation to control
exposure of future users and reduce ground-water contamination at this site is highly questionable because of the uncertainties
associated with attenuation and the enforceability of institutional controls. Alternatives 3, 4, and 5 are equally effective and
permanent in restoring ground-water quality by attaining drinking water standards in a reasonable time frame.
Reviews at least every five years, as required, would be necessary to evaluate the effectiveness of any of these alternatives
because hazardous substances would remain on-site in concentrations above health-based levels.
Reduction of Toxicity, Mobility, or Volume Through Treatment
Reduction of toxicity, mobility, or volume through treatment refers to the anticipated performance of the treatment technologies that
may be included as part of a remedy.
Alternatives 1 and 2 do not include treatment as a component of the remedy. Therefore, these alternatives would not reduce the
toxicity, mobility, or volume of contamination at the site.
Alternative 3 includes treatment of volatile organics in both soil and ground water as components of the remedy. Volatile organic
contamination would be reduced by 99.9% in approximately 20,000 cubic yards of soil. This reduction is irreversible because the
volatile organics would be removed from the soil by the extraction process and the organics would be destroyed in the carbon
regeneration process. However, an additional 25,000 cubic yards of lead-contaminated soil on-site would remain untreated.
Alternative 4 provides a greater degree of treatment by including the stabilization of the lead-contaminated soil. Stabilization would
reduce the mobility of lead by approximately 40% while increasing the volume of stabilized material 20%.
Alternative 5 would provide the greatest reduction in the toxicity and volume of contaminated soil through the permanent destruc-
tion of volatile organics. Ash from the incinerator is not expected to be hazardous and would therefore not impact ground water.
Alternatives 3, 4, and 5 would provide comparable reductions in the mobility, volume, and toxicity of ground-water contamination
at the site. Volatile organic concentrations in ground water would be reduced to drinking water standards through treatment of
ground water by air stripping. The organics would eventually be destroyed by the carbon regeneration. The potential for
recontamination of the ground water decreases from Alternative 3 to Alternative 5 as the degree of source treatment increases.
Short-Term Effectiveness
Short-term effectiveness addresses the period of time needed to implement the remedy and any adverse impacts that may be
posed to workers, the community and the environment during construction and operation of the remedy until cleanup levels are
achieved.
Alternative 2 would be completed in approximately one year. During this time, construction activities associated with installation of
the alternate water supply would take place in the community. However, no exposure to hazardous substance would occur in the
community during installation of the water supply. The source control components of Alternatives 3 and 4 would require up to six
years to complete, depending on the time necessary for the soil vapor extraction to reach cleanup levels. Source control would
be achieved in three years with Alternative 5.
Alternative 1, No Action, would not be an effective alternative because current risks from direct contact would continue to exist;
current ground-water users would be exposed to contamination within one to three years. There would be potential risks to
construction workers during excavation and treatment of soils and construction of the cap in Alternatives 2 though 5, primarily
associated with equipment movement and exposure to contaminated dust and volatile organic emissions. However, air monitoring,
on-site and at the site boundary, and engineering controls would control the potential for exposure. Workers would be required
to wear appropriate levels of protection to avoid exposure during excavation and treatment activities.
Air emissions from the ground-water treatment process (air stripping) and the incinerator would be addressed by engineering
controls to ensure that the emissions meet applicable Federal or State air emission standards, mitigating any adverse on- or off-
site impacts.
6-31

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
Highlight 6-24: Example Text Summary for the Comparative Analysis of Alternatives
(continued)
Implementability
Implementability addresses the technical and administrative feasibility of a remedy from design through construction and operation.
Factors such as availability of services and materials, administrative feasibility, and coordination with other governmental entities
are also considered.
Construction of the cap and installation of the alternate water supply in Alternative 2 is relatively straightforward. Materials and
equipment necessary for cap construction are readily available. Installation of the water supply would require coordination with
local authorities for the construction of water lines within existing right-of-ways. However, the ability to impose institutional
controls to restrict ground-water use is uncertain because of the nature of county zoning laws.
All of the treatment alternatives are easily implemented. All materials and services needed for implementation are readily,
commercially available. The site logistics of implementation increase in difficulty as more treatment components are added in each
alternative. Incineration would require more available area on-site for equipment setup and stockpiling of soil and ash. However,
logistical considerations would be addressed in design of the overall site remedy.
The components necessary for the ground-water remedy are also readily available and would not require any special engineering
modification prior to use at the site. Operation and maintenance of the air strippers would include cleaning and replacement of well
components, regeneration of activated carbon, and maintenance of blower equipment.
Cost
The estimated present worth costs for the alternatives, not including the No Action alternative, range from $4.8 million for
Alternative 2 to $16.0 million for Alternative 5. The cost of each alternative increases as the degree of soil treatment increases.
Cost summaries can be found in Table	.
State/Support Agency Acceptance
The State has expressed its support for Alternatives 3, 4, and 5. The State does not believe that Alternative 1 provides adequate
protection of human health and the environment. The State does not support Alternative 2 because it does not use treatment as
a permanent solution.
Community Acceptance
During the public comment period, the community expressed its support for either Alternative 3 or 4. The community did not
consider Alternatives 1 and 2 to be adequately protective and opposed the use of incineration technology.
CDI and RfD are expressed in the same units and represent the same exposure period (i.e., chronic, subchronic, or short-term).
6-32

-------
Highlight 6-25: EXAMPLE COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

Criteria
Alternative 1
No Action
Alternative 2
Cap, Alternate Water Supply,
Natural Attenuation of Ground
Water
Alternative 3
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction,
Cap, Ground Water Pump and
Treat
Alternative 4
In-situ Sol Vapor Extraction, In-situ
Soil Stabilization, Cap, Ground
Water Pump and Treat
Alternative 5
In-situ Soil Stabilization, Cap,
Incineration, Ground Water Pump
and Treat
OVERALL PROTECT!VENESS
Human Health Protection
• Direct Contact/ Soil
Ingestion
Ground Water Ingestion for
Current Users
Ground Water Ingestion for
Potential Future Users
Environmental Protection
No reduction in risk.
No reduction in risk.
Cap reduces direct contact risk Cap and vapor extraction
and soil Ingestion risk to less reduce direct contact/soil
than 1 x 10~6.	ingestion risk to less than
1 x 10~6.
No reduction in risk, increases risk
to new users as plume moves to
uncontaminated areas.
Allows continued contamination of
the ground water.
Alternate water supply
provides protection against risk
from ground water ingestion.
Requires future users to hook
up to alternate water supply.
COC levels in aquifer
estimated to achieve MCLs by
natural attenuation in 100
years.
Migration of COCs by runoff
and leaching is eliminated by
use of cap, Continued
migration of existing
contaminated ground water is
allowed.
Cap, stabilization, vapor extraction
reduce direct contact/soil ingestion
risk to less than 1 x 1Q"e.
Greater degree of leachate
protection than Alt. 2 from
removal of volatile organlcs in
soil. Controls migration of
plume to unaffected current
users.
Area beyond existing plume
available for use. Plume
migration controlled by
pumping. COC levels in aquifer
estimated to achieve MCLs by
pump and treat in 25-40 years.
Contaminant concentrations
are reduced by soil vapor
extraction. Migration of low
level threat eliminated by the
cap. Migration of
contaminated ground water is
controlled by pumping.
Increased protection of ground water
from stabilization of metals, In
addition to removal of organics and
cap.
Cap, stabilization, incineration
reduce direct contact/soil ingestion
risk to less than
1 x 10'6,
Highest degree of ground-water
protection due to destruction of
organics in source.
Same as Alternative 3.
Same as Alternative 3.
Contaminant concentrations reduced
by soil vapor extraction. Migration of
remaining soil contaminants
decreased by soil stabilization and
cap. Migration of contaminated
ground water is controlled by
pumping.
Highest degree of protection due to
destruction of organic
contaminants by incineration.
Potential for migration to ground
water is minimized by stabilization
and cap. Ground-water
contaminant migration controlled
by pumping.
05
CD
O
=3
§
O
O
o
0
1
CD
3

-------
Criteria
Alternative 1
No Action
Alternative 2
Cap, Alternate Water Supply,
Natural Attenuation of Ground
Water
Alternative 3
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction,
Cap, Ground Water Pump and
Treat
Alternative 4
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction, In-situ
Soil Stabilization, Cap, Ground
Water Pump and Treat
Alternative 5
In-situ Soil Stabilization, Cap,
Incineration, Ground Water Pump
and Treat
COMPLIANCE WITH ARARs
Chemical-Specific ARARs
Location-Specific ARARs
Action-Specific ARARs
Ground water will always exceed
MCLs.
No location-specific ARARs.
No action-specific ARARs.
Would meet MCLs at the waste Would meet MCLs at the waste Same as Alternative 3.
boundary in over 100 years. boundary in 2540 years.
No location-specific ARARs. No location-specific ARARs. No location-specific ARARs.
Other Criteria and Guidance
Would allow ingestion of ground
water exceeding MCLs. Would not
protect against Pb levels above 600
mg/kg in soil.
Will meet RCRA minimum
technology requirements for
caps.
Protects against soil ingestion
to 1 x 10"6 level. Alternate
water supply and institutional
controls protect against
ground-water ingestion at
levels greater than MCLs.
Covers soil with Pb above 600
mg/kg.
Will meet air release
standards from the vapor
extraction & air stripper;
NPDES discharge
requirements; RCRA minimum
technology requirements for
caps.
Same as Alternative 2,
Same as Alternative 3.
Same as Alternative 2.
Same as Alternative 3.
No location-specific ARARs.
Will meet performance and air
release standards for incinerators
& air strippers; NPDES discharge
requirements; RCRA minimum
technology requirements for caps.
Same as Alternative 2,
LONG-TERM EFFECTIVENESS AND PERMANENCE
Magnitude of Residual Risk
• Direct Contact/Soil Ingestion
Ground Water Ingestion for
Current Users
Ground Water Ingestion for
Potential Future Users
Source has not been addressed.
Existing risk will remain.
Risk remains as plume continues to
affect users. Ability for natural
attenuation and dilution questionable
since source is not removed.
Risk from exposure increases to
currently unaffected ground-water
users increases as area of
contamination increases. Ability for
natural attenuation and dilution
questionable since source is not
removed.
Risk reduced as long as cap is
maintained. Risk from
potential exposure to lead
from cap failure remains.
Risk eliminated by providing
alternate water supply, Some
risk would remain for over 100
years if the ground water is
used.
Institutional controls used to
control use of contaminated
ground water. Ability to enforce
controls is questionable.
Unauthorized use of ground
water would increase risk to
user.
Risk from exposure to organics
minimized through vapor
extraction and cap. Minimal
hazard remains from exposure
to lead if cap fails.
Current risk eliminated by
providing alternate water
supply. Future risk reduced by
achieving MCLs in 25-40
years.
Risk minimized by extracting
ground water and controlling
plume migration. Drinking
water quality restored in 2540
years with source control.
Risk from exposure to both organics
and lead minimized due to
treatment Decreased potential for
leaching into ground water.
Same as Alternative 3.
Same as Alternative 3,
Risk from exposure to organics
eliminated through incineration,
minimized by stabilization of lead in
remaining soil.
Same as Alternative 3.
Same as Alternative 3.

-------
Criteria
Alternative 1
No Action
Alternative 2
Cap, Alternate Water Supply,
Natural Attenuation of Ground
Water
Alternative 3
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction,
Cap, Ground Water Pump and
Treat
Alternative 4
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction, In-situ
Soil Stabilization, Cap, Ground
Water Pump and Treat
Alternative 5
In-situ Soil Stabilization, Cap,
Incineration, Ground Water Pump
and Treat
Adequacy and Reliability of
Controls
No controls over remaining
contamination. No reliability.
Contaminants would remain on-site
above health-based levels.
Risk to current users from
ground-water exposure
controlled by alternate water
supply. Soil/clay cap controls
contaminated soil. Institutional
controls are limited in
effectiveness due to
enforceability.
Reliability of cap can be high if
maintained, Failure to
maintain cap can increase
potential for direct contact and
future ground-water
contamination.
TCE and lead soil would
remain on-site above health-
based levels.
Cap contols migration of and
exposure to contaminated soil.
Ground water extraction
controls ground-water plume.
Both are adequate.
Reliability of vapor extraction
high. Cap reliable if
maintained. Ground-water
pump and treat is reliable.
Lead-contaminated soil would
remain on-site above health-
based levels.
Same as Alternative 3.
Reliability of stabilization with cap
high, as are vapor extraction and
ground- water pump and treat.
Fixed lead residuals would remain
on-site above health-based levels.
Similar to Alternative 3. Incinerator
ash disposed in municipal landfill
not hazardous. If high metals
concentrations are present,
incinerator ash would be disposed
in RCRA landfill.
Incineration very reliable because
material is destroyed. Stabilization
with cap and ground-water pump
and treat are reliable.
Fixed lead residuals would remain
on-site above health-based levels.

-------
Criteria
Alternative 1
No Action
Alternative 2
Cap, Alternate Water Supply,
Natural Attenuation of Ground
Water
Alternative 3
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction,
Cap, Ground Water Pump and
Treat
Alternative 4
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction, In-situ
Sol! Stabilization, Cap, Ground
Water Pump and Treat
Alternative 5
In-situ Soil Stabilization, Cap,
incineration, Ground Water Pump
and Treat
REDUCTION OF TOXICITY, MOBILITY, OR VOLUME THROUGH TREATMENT
Treatment Process Used
None,
Amount Destroyed or Treated None.
Reduction of Toxicity,	None.
Mobility, or Volume
None.
None.
None.
Irreversible Treatment
None.
None.
Type and Quantity of
Residuals Remaining After
Treatment
Contaminated soil remains.
None.
Vapor extraction of soil and	Vapor extraction, soil stabilization,
ground-water air stripping.	and ground-water air stripping.
90% of volatiles in soil and	Same as Alternative 3 plus 25,000
95% of volatiles in ground	cy of contaminated soil is stabilized
water removed and destroyed	(30,000 cy after stabilization),
by carbon regeneration.
Reduced volume and toxicity of	Greater reduction of mobility of
contaminated ground water.
Toxicity of soil contamination
reduced.
Vapor extraction and air
stripping are irreversible with
regeneration of carbon used
for air stream treatment. Some
potential for continued ground-
water contamination from
leachate generation.
Contaminated soil remains in
Area 1. Carbon used in air
stripping requires regeneration.
contaminants (40%) while volume
increased 20% due to stabilization.
Toxicity of soil contamination
reduced 95%. Reduced volume and
toxicity of contaminated ground
water.
Stabilization will provide better
protection against likelihood of
leachate generation over Alternative
3. Other benefits similar to
Alternative 3.
No detectable residuals remain.
30,000 cy of fixed soils remain in
Area 1.
Incineration, soil stabilization, and
ground-water air stripping.
Comparable to Alternative 4.
Greatest reduction in volume of
contaminated soil (20,000 cy) and
reduction in toxicity due to
incineration. Mobility of lead is
reduced. Reduced volume and
toxicity of contaminated ground
water.
Completely irreversible with
incineration. Air stripping with
subsequent gaseous carbon
treatment and regeneration is
irreversible.
Incinerated soil (20,000 cy) and
fixed soils (30,000 cy) remain.
Incinerated soil expected to be
non-hazardous. Carbon from air
strippers requires regeneration.

-------
Criteria
Alternative 1
No Action
Alternative 2
Cap, Alternate Water Supply,
Natural Attenuation of Ground
Water
Alternative 3
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction,
Cap, Ground Water Pump and
Treat
Alternative 4
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction, In-situ
Soil Stabilization, Cap, Ground
Water Pump and Treat
Alternative 5
In-situ Soil Stabilization, Cap,
Incineration, Ground Water Pump
and Treat
SHORT-TERM EFFECTIVENESS
Community Protection
Continued risk to community through Controllable, minor increase in
no action. Contaminated water may dust production during cap
reach the residents within 1-3 years, installation. Contaminated soils
remain undisturbed.
Worker Protection
No risk to workers.
Environmental Impacts
Continued impact from existing
conditions.
Time Until Action Is Complete Not applicable.
Protection required against
dermal contact and inhalation
of contaminated dust during
cap construction.
Migration of contaminants from
runoff eliminated. Would be
some migration of contaminant
plume as part of attenuation
process.
Cap installed in 6 months.
Risk from ground water
reduced within 3 months due to
alternate water supply.
Soil would remain uncovered
during vapor extraction for 3-5
years. Controllable, minor
increase in dust production
during cap installation.
Protection required against
dermal contact, vapor or dust
inhalation during construction
and operation of vapor
extraction system and air
stripper.
Vapor extraction may produce
odors although it will meet
emission standards. Would be
aquifer draw-down during
ground water extraction.
Soil vapor extraction complete
in 3-5 years. Capping
complete in 6 months.
Ground-water remedial action
complete in 25-40 years.
Similar to Alternative 3.
Controllable, minor increase in dust
production during cap installation.
Protection required against dermal
contact, vapor, or dust inhalation
during construction and operation of
vapor extraction system,
stabilization, and air stripper.
See Alternative 3. Stabilization may
also affect air quality and produce
odors.
Stabilization and capping completed
in 9 months. Soil vapor extraction
complete in 3-5 years. Ground-
water action complete in 25-40
years.
Soil would remain uncovered
during incineration (about 1 year).
Dust and odors released during
excavation and stabilization would
require controls.
Protection required against dermal
contact and inhalation of volatiles
and particulates as a result of
excavation, fixing, and incinerating
TCE soil.
Incineration may impact air quality,
produce odors, although it will meet
emission standards.
Incineration complete in 2 years.
Stabilization and capping complete
in 9 months. Ground-water action
complete in 25-40 years.
O
c
S
CD
cw
3'
CO
¦§
CD
&
5
Q
O

-------
Criteria
Alternative t
No Action
Alternative 2
Cap, Alternate Water Supply,
Natural Attenuation of Ground
Water
Alternative 3
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction,
Cap, Ground Water Pump and
Treat
Alternative 4
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction, In-situ
Soil Stabilization, Cap, Ground
Water Pump and Treat
Alternative 5
In-situ Soil Stabilization, Cap,
Incineration, Ground Water Pump
and Treat
IMPLEMENTABILITY
Ability to Construct and
Operate
No construction or operation.
Ease of Doing More Action if
Needed
Ability to Monitor
Effectiveness
Ability to Obtain Approvals
and Coordinate with Other
Agencies
Availability of Equipment,
Specialists, and Materials
May require ROD amendment future
problems arise.
No monitoring. Failure to detect
contamination means potential
ingestion of contaminated ground
water.
No approval necessary.
None required.
Availability of Technologies None required.
Easy to construct. Would
require materials handling of
about 50,000 cy of soil and
clay.
Easy to extend cap. Could
implement ground-water
treatment if necessary. Future
installation of treatment system
may require cap intrusion.
Monitoring and maintenance
inspections will give notice of
failure before significant
exposure occurs.
Same as Alternative 1.
No special equipment,
material, or specialists
required. Cap materials
available within 20 miles.
Cap technology readily
available.
More extensive than Alternate
2. Straightforward construction
and operation of treatment
systems, in addition to cap.
Cap construction would require
materials handling of 25,000 cy
of soil and clay.
Easy to extend ground-water
extraction system, vapor
extraction system, and cap.
Would not require intrusion into
cap to extend treatment
systems.
Treatment systems are easily
monitored to determine
effectiveness. Effectiveness of
cap evaluated by inspection.
More extensive approvals
needed. Demonstrate
compliance with air standards.
Process for NPDES permit
required.
Personnel to operate vapor
extraction system are readily
available. Cap materials
available within 20 miles.
Vapor extraction well
developed and commercially
available. Will require pilot
testing.
More extensive than Alternative 3
due to stabilization. Logistics of
three treatment processes requires
more effort. Otherwise similar to
Alternative 3.
Fairly complete alternative. Can
increase volume of or modify all
technologies easily, if needed.
Same as Alternative 2.
Same as Alternatives.
See Alternative 3.
Vapor extraction and stabilization
technologies well developed and
commercially available. Will require
pilot testing.
Incineration is complex to operate,
requires large area on-site.
Otherwise similar to Alternative 3.
Complete alternative. Can most
easily handle varying volumes or
concentrations.
Same as Alternative 2.
Most extensive. Need to
demonstrate compliance with
technical content of incinerator
permit. Otherwise same as
Alternative 3.
Need mobile incinerator and
trained operators. Need treatment
plant operators. Closest source of
incinerator is 500 miles from site.
Incineration and stabilization
technologies well developed and
commercially available. Will
require pilot testing.
COST
Capital Cost
Annual O&M Cost
Present Worth Cost
$0
0
0
$4,200,000
60,000
4,800,000
$3,300,000
440,000
7,300,000
$6,200,000
460,000
10,200,000
$13,000,000
1,700,000
16,000,000

-------
Criteria
Alternative 1
Alternative 2
Alternative 3
Alternative 4
Alternative 5

No Action
Cap, Alternate Water Supply,
Natural Attenuation of Ground
Water
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction,
Cap, Ground Water Pump and
Treat
In-situ Soil Vapor Extraction, In-situ
Soil Stabilization, Cap, Ground
Water Pump and Treat
In-situ Soil Stabilization, Cap,
Incineration, Ground Water Pump
and Treat
STATE ACCEPTANCE






Not Acceptable. Not protective of
human health and environment.
Not Acceptable. Not a
permanent solution.
Acceptable.
Acceptable.
Acceptable.
COMMUNITY ACCEPTANCE






Not Acceptable.
Not Acceptable.
Acceptable.
Acceptable.
Not Acceptable. Community
opposed to Incineration.
G)
c
a
CD
O
5
CD
Qj
3'
CQ
CO
•§
CD
6
=5
a
o
o
(ft
CD
a
"T3
cy
=5
33
CD
O
O
O
CD
O
cy
a
33
CD
3
CD
X
CO
CD
CD
O
=5
D
CD
O
D
o
0
1
CD
=3

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
6.3.11 Principal Threat Wastes
The NCP establishes an expectation that EPA will
use treatment to address the principal threats posed by
a site wherever practicable (NCP §300.430(a)(l)(iii)(A)).
The "principal threat" concept is applied to the charac-
terization of "source materials" at a Superfund site. A
source material is material that includes or contains haz-
ardous substances, pollutants or contaminants that act
as a reservoir for migration of contamination to ground
water, surface water or air, or acts as a source for direct
exposure. Contaminated ground water generally is not
considered to be a source material; however, Non-Aque-
ous Phase Liquids (NAPLs) in ground water may be
viewed as source material. Principal threat wastes are
those source materials considered to be highly toxic or
highly mobile that generally cannot be reliably contained,
or would present a significant risk to human health or
the environment should exposure occur. 20 The deci-
sion to treat these wastes is made on a site-specific basis
through a detailed analysis of the alternatives using the
nine remedy selection criteria. Remedies which involve
treatment of principal threat wastes likely will satisfy
the statutory preference for treatment as a principal el-
ement, although this will not necessarily be true in all
cases. This section of the Decision Summary should dis-
cuss the source materials constituting principal threats at
the site and discuss how the alternatives will address
them. [For definitions and examples, see Highlight 6-
26 and ^4 Guide to Vrincipal Threat and Low Level Threat
Wastes, OSWER 9380.3-06FS, November 1991.]
20 The reasonably anticipated future land use at a site is signifi-
cant in defining principal threat waste areas. Pursuant to the NCP
and the 1995 land use guidance, current land use and reasonably
anticipated future land use should be considered in identifying real-
istic exposure scenarios for estimating site risks. When the baseline
risks associated with the reasonably anticipated future land use
trigger action, the definition of principal threat wastes may be
determined by the reasonably anticipated future land use scenario as
well. For example, soil contamination that could be considered a
principal threat under a residential exposure scenario might not be
considered a principal threat under a non-residential exposure sce-
nario. Although no "threshold level" of risk has been established to
identify principal threat waste, a general rule of thumb is to con-
sider as a principal threat those source materials with toxicity and
mobility characteristics that combine to pose a potential risk several
orders of magnitude greater than the risk level that is acceptable for
the current or reasonably anticipated future land use, given realistic
exposure scenarios (Rules of Thumb for Superfund Remedy Selection,
EPA 540-R-97-013, August 1997).
6.3.12 Selected Remedy
This section expands upon the details of the Se-
lected Remedy from that which was provided in the
Description of Alternatives section of the ROD. This sec-
tion should provide the appropriate level of detail about
the engineering details and estimated costs for the Se-
lected Remedy so that the design engineer has enough
information to initiate the design phase of the response
action. This will minimize the likelihood of unantici-
pated changes to the scope and intent of the Selected
Remedy. This discussion should be organized in four
sections: (1) Summary of the Rationale for the Selected
Remedy (2) Description of the Selected Remedy, (3)
Summary of Estimated Remedy Costs, and (4) Ex-
pected Outcomes of Selected Remedy.
1)	Summary of the Rationale for the Selected Rem-
edy
This section provides a concise discussion of the
principal factors upon which the remedy selection deci-
sion is based. While a number of these reasons may be
reiterated in the statutory determinations (Section 6.3.13),
or be based on one or more of those determinations, a
discussion of the key rationale for remedy selection is a
logical outgrowth of the previous summary discussion
of the comparison of alternatives, and can serve as a
bridge to the expanded discussion of the selected rem-
edy and statutory determinations.
The decisive factors that led to selecting the rem-
edy should be described (i.e, a description of how the
selected remedy provides the best balance of tradeoffs
with respect to the balancing and modifying criteria).
2)	Description of the Selected Remedy
This section should expand on the description of
the Selected Remedy from that which was provided in
the Description of Alternatives (Section 6.3.9). Take the
bulleted list of the major remedy components and ex-
pand, where appropriate, to an increased level of detail
(i.e., the level of detail one would provide to a subse-
quent Remedial Project Manager or PRP to implement
the Remedial Design for the project).21 While perhaps
21 This section of the ROD should mention that the remedy
may change somewhat as a result of the remedial design and con-
struction processes. Changes to the remedy described in the ROD
will be documented using a technical memorandum in the Admin-
istrative Record, an ESD, or ROD amendment (in accordance with
the procedures described in Chapter 7).
6-40

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 6-26 : Key Definitions for Identifying Source Materials
Constituting Principal Threats
The NCP establishes an expectation that EPA will use treatment to address the principal threats posed by a site
wherever practicable (NCP §300.430(a)(1)(iii)(A)). Identifying principal threat wastes combines concepts of both
hazard and risk. In general, principal threat wastes are those source materials considered to be highly toxic or
highly mobile which generally cannot be contained in a reliable manner or would present a significant risk to
human health or the environment should exposure occur. Conversely, non-principal threat wastes are those
source materials that generally can be reliably contained and that would present only a low risk in the event of
exposure. The manner in which principal threats are addressed generally will determine whether the statutory
preference for treatment as a principal element is satisfied.
Wastes that generally will be considered to constitute principal threats include, but are not limited to, the follow-
ing:
•	Liquid source material - waste contained in drums, lagoons or tanks, free product in the subsurface (i.e.,
NAPLs) containing contaminants of concern (generally excluding ground water).
•	Mobile source material - surface soil or subsurface soil containing high concentrations of chemicals of
concern that are (or potentially are) mobile due to wind entrainment, volatilization (e.g., VOCs), surface runoff,
or subsurface transport.
•	Highly-toxic source material - buried drummed non-liquid wastes, buried tanks containing non-liquid wastes,
or soils containing significant concentrations of highly toxic materials.
Wastes that generally will not constitute principal threats include, but are not limited to, the following:
•	Non-mobile contaminated source material of low to moderate toxicity - surface soil containing chemicals of
concern that generally are relatively immobile in air or ground water (i.e., non-liquid, low volatility, low leachabil-
ity contaminants such as high molecular weight compounds) in the specific environmental setting.
•	Low toxicity source material - soil and subsurface soil concentrations not greatly above reference dose levels
or that present an excess cancer risk near the acceptable risk range were exposure to occur.
Source: A Guide to Principal Threat and Low Level Threat Wastes (OSWER 9380.3-06FS, November 1991).
more detailed, the description of remedial components
provided in this section should nonetheless be consis-
tent with initial descriptions of the alternative provided
earlier in the ROD.
One specific area of the Selected Remedy that
should be expanded upon is the description of the in-
stitutional control components of the remedy. Describe
the institutional controls as explicitly as possible. Include
performance goals (e.g., restrict access to land), the means
of implementing the controls (i.e., conveyance), and the
implementing entity (e.g., private party or governmental
entity). If a separate institutional controls implementa-
tion document has been developed (e.g., Institutional
Controls Plan), this document should be summarized
in this section of the ROD as well (Institutional Controls:
A Reference Manual, March 1998 draft).
3) Summary of the Estimated Remedy Costs
One aspect of the Selected Remedy that should be
described in detail is the cost estimate for implementing
the Selected Remedy. This subsection should present a
more detailed estimated cost breakdown than that pro-
vided in the Description of Alternatives section. Although
this information may also be available in the Feasibility
Study, a much broader public audience is interested in
what is being spent on Superfund cleanups. RODS
serve as the primary data source for a host of internal
and external parties interested in analyzing the costs of
Superfund cleanups. Because all RODs are available to
the public and are easier to obtain than large documents
from the Administrative Record file for a site, it is im-
portant to present the estimated costs of the cleanup
plan in as much detail as possible in the ROD.
6-41

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
	
Highlight 6-27: Tips on Writing the "Selected Remedy" Section
•	Expand on the bullet list of major remedy components presented in the Description of Alternatives to give a
design engineer enough information to correctly interpret the technical intent of the ROD.
•	Present a clear and well annotated cost estimate summary table. The detailed cost information for the Selected
Remedy is generally presented in the FS. This summary table, or the relevant information, can be copied and
incorporated into a summary table similar to the one presented in Highlight 6-29.
•	Present the basis and rationale for cleanup levels in a table and explain in the text where and how they will be
applied during the response action.
This generally can be accomplished by presenting a
one to two-page cost estimate summary table (in the
same level of detail as provided in the FS). This engi-
neering-oriented "activity-based" estimate should be
determined from the major construction and annual
O&M activities anticipated to implement each major
component of the Selected Remedy. This estimate
should include estimated capital, annual O&M, and to-
tal present worth costs; discount rate; and the number
of years over which the remedy cost estimate is pro-
jected. For example, if the Selected Remedy is com-
prised of a soil and ground-water component, major
construction and annual O&M activities and their as-
sociated unit and total cost estimates should be clearly
presented in a tabular format. If more information is
available, this section should NOT merely present lump
sum capital, annual O&M, and total present worth cost
estimates for the entire remedy. The presentation of
the cost estimate should make basic assumptions clear
(i.e., discount rate and duration of O&M) and identify
sources of uncertainty in capital and annual O&M cost
estimates. An example of an "activity-based estimate"
is contained in Highlight 6-29. Highlight 6-28 provides
standard cost estimate disclaimer language to acknowl-
edge the uncertainty associated with cost estimates. Tips
for developing this table are provided in Highlight 6-
30.22
Additional guidance for remedy cost estimating is
provided in the Remedy CostEstimatingProceduresManual:
A. Guide to Devehping and Documenting Remedial Alternative
CostEstimates During the Feasibility Study (EPA 540-R-98-
045, December 4, 1998 Final Review Draft).
	
Highlight 6-28: Standard Cost
Estimate Disclaimer Language
The information in this cost estimate summary
table is based on the best available informa-
tion regarding the anticipated scope of the re-
medial alternative. Changes in the cost ele-
ments are likely to occur as a result of new
information and data collected during the engi-
neering design ofthe remedial alternative. Major
changes may be documented in the form of a
memorandum in the Administrative Record file,
an ESD, or a ROD amendment. This is an
order-of-magnitude engineering cost estimate
that is expected to be within +50 to -30 percent
of the actual project cost.
22 For response actions where a combination of several alter-
natives evaluated in the FS become the basis for the Selected Rem-
edy, and hence a detailed cost estimate is not contained in the FS
background materials, the services of the Army Corps of Engineers
or a RACs technical support contractor should be obtained to con-
struct a more detailed cost estimate for inclusion in the ROD.
6-42

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 6-29: Example Table Format - Cost Estimate Summary for the Selected Remedy
Capital Costs for Remedy Component 1

Description
Quantity
Unit
Unit Cost
Cost
1.
Mobilization/Demobilization
-
LS
-
$11,925
2.
Site Preparation
Decommission Utilities

LS



Perform Site Survey
3
Day
$910.00
$2,730

Install Temporary Construction Fencing
3,000
LF
$5.65
$16,950

Remove & Replace Existing Monitoring Wells
11
Well
$3,500.00
$38,500
3.
Structural Demolition and Disposal
Building Demolition

LS

$195,314

Dispose of Drums w/Contaminated Materials
374
Drum
$136.00
$50,864
4.
Recycle misc. Items (tires, auto tanks, pipes,
etc.)
Storage Tank Removal & Reclamation
25
8
Ton
Tank
$75.00
$6,750.00
$1,875
$54,000
5.
Water Control





Construct Dewatering Pad
2,500
SY
$45.17
$112,925

Install Diversion Ditches and Berms
1,650
LF
$3.64
$6,006
6.
Consolidation of Solids





Temporarily Relocate Residents
160
Person
$410.00
$65,600

Excavation of Contaminated Soil
14,300
CY
$15.12
$216,216

Hydraulic Dredging of Lagoon Sediment
3,300
CY
$3.00
$9,900

Dewater w/Plate-Frame Filter Press
3,300
CY
$38.75
$127,875

Hauling
14,300
CY
$2.25
$32,175

Backfill Excavations w/Clean Fill
19,400
CY
$4.69
$90,986

Clean Topsoil & Hydro-seed
14,300
CY
$16.00
$228,800
7.
8.
Soil Disposal (Off-Site Landfill)
Safety Monitoring and Sampling
19,400
CY
$250.00
$4,850

Soil Sampling and Analysis (1 sample/lot)
80
Lot
$850.00
$68,000
9.
Health and Safety Expenditures (30 people @
$60/person/day)
Wastewater T reatment
90
350,000
Day
Gallon
$1,800.00
$0.45
$162,000
$157,500

NAPL Disposal
10,000
Gallon
$4.00
$40,000
10.
Facility Cover





Place 2-foot Topsoil Layer
33,700
CY
$16.00
$539,200

Recontour/ Shape & Grade ACC Facility
50,550
SY
$0.53
$26,792

Hydroseed
450,000
SF
$0.06
$27,000
Subtotal
Contingency Allowances (15%)
Project Management and Support (10%)
Total Capital Cost
$7,134,633
$1,070,195
$713,463
$8,918,291
6-43

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
Highlight 6-29: Example Table Format - Cost Estimate Summary for the Selected Remedy
(continued)
Annua! Operation and Maintenance Costs for Remedy Component 1
Description
1.	Water Monitoring
Sampling
Laboratory Analysis
2.	Site Inspections/ Cover Maintenance
Subtotal
Contingency Allowances (2£9&i)rtingency Allowances (25%)
Project Management and Support (15%)
Quantity
15
15
15
Unit
Year
Year
Year
Total Annual 0& M Cost
Unit Cost
$7,470.00
$11,240.00
$400.00
$19,110.00
$4,777.50
$2,866.50
$26,754.00
Summary of Present Worth Analysis
Year
Capital Cost
Annual O&M
Total Cost
Discount Factor (7%)
Present Worth


Cost



0
$8,918,291

$8,918,291
1.000
$8,918,291
1

$26,754
$26,754
0.935
$25,015
2

$26,754
$26,754
0.873
$23,356
3

$26,754
$26,754
0.816
$21,831
4

$26,754
$26,754
0.763
$20,413
5

$26,754
$26,754
0.713
$19,076
6

$26,754
$26,754
0.666
$17,818
7

$26,754
$26,754
0.623
$16,668
8

$26,754
$26,754
0.582
$15,571
9

$26,754
$26,754
0.544
$14,554
10

$26,754
$26,754
0.508
$13,591
11

$26,754
$26,754
0.475
$12,708
12

$26,754
$26,754
0.444
$11,879
13

$26,754
$26,754
0.415
$11,103
14

$26,754
$26,754
0.388
$10,381
15

$26,754
$26,754
0.362
$9,685
TOTALS
$8,918,291
$401,310
$9,319,601

$9,161,940
Total Present Worth Cost
$9,161,940
Notes
Unit costs are for illustration only and should not be used for cost estimating purposes.
Capital cost estimates are not discounted because the construction work will be performed in the first year. O&M costs are reported
as present worth estimates given a 7% discount rate for a 15 year duration. Cost estimates are based on soil volume estimates which
may be refined when remedy is designed. Cost estimates are within +50 to -30% accuracy expectation. Project management and
support should account for the cost of the RD and the administrative/project management costs for the RD/RA and O&M.
LS= Lump Sum
LF= Linear Foot
SY= Square Yard
CY= Cubic Yard
6-44

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 6-30: Tips for Presenting Summary of Cost Estimate for Selected Remedy
•	Present a summary table of the major capital and annual O&M cost elements for the Selected Remedy. This 1-
2 page table should present the major construction and O&M activities required to implement each remedy
component along with their associated unit and total costs. See Highlight 6-29 for an example of this format.
•	Present the major cost elements in a logically organized sequence, itemized to a level of detail that is appropriate
for the Selected Remedy. For example: project design, management and support, site work/preparation,
sampling and analysis, treatment system costs, containment system costs, post-treatment/containment costs,
annual O&M costs for treatment/containment system, and annual O&M costs for institutional controls/monitoring/
five-year reviews (cost elements should be itemized below these levels if possible).
•	Use footnotes to this summary table to define terminology, major assumptions, and sources of information
used in developing the cost estimate.
•	Identify the discount rate used for calculating total present worth costs (current OSWER policy is 7%).
•	Identify the time frame over which O&M expenditures are anticipated (i.e., O&M duration or period of performance).
•	If O&M activities are expected to exceed 30 years, and the cost estimate does not forecast beyond that time
period, explain how the cost estimate accounts for long-term O&M costs (e.g., replacement costs are assumed
as part of O&M estimate, capital costs should be recalculated after 30 years, data obtained from remedial
action and 5-year reviews will be utilized to refine long-term O&M cost estimates).
•	Identify major sources of uncertainty and potential cost drivers for the reader so that the information is not
misinterpreted. If a sensitivity analysis was performed on the cost estimate, summarize the results.
•	Qualify all cost information reported in RODs as estimates, with an accuracy expectation of +50 to -30%.
These estimates are refined as the remedy is designed and implemented. Even after the remedial action is
constructed, the total project cost should still be reported as an estimate due to the uncertainty associated with
annual O&M expenditures.
4) Expected Outcomes of the Selected Remedy
This section should present the expected outcomes
of the Selected Remedy in terms of resulting land and
ground-water uses and risk reduction achieved as a re-
sult of the response action. The discussion should de-
scribe the following for each portion or media of the
site (if applicable). Highlight 6-31 gives an example of
the type of information that would be included in this
section of the ROD.
•	Available uses of land upon achieving cleanup
levels. Note time frame to achieve available
use (e.g., commercial or light industrial use avail-
able in three years when cleanup levels are
achieved);
•	Available uses of ground water upon achiev-
ing cleanup levels. Note time frame to achieve
available use (e.g., restricted use for industrial
purposes in TI waiver zone, drinking water use
in non-TI zone upon achieving cleanup levels
in 100 years);
•	Final cleanup levels for each medium (i.e., con-
taminant-specific remediation goals), basis for
cleanup levels, and risk at cleanup levels (if ap-
propriate).23 See Highlight 6-32 for example
table format and language (NCP
§300.4300 (5) (m) (A));
•	Anticipated socio-economic and community
revitalization impacts, where such information
23 Cleanup Levels: Final cleanup levels establish acceptable
contaminant-specific exposure levels that are protective of human
health and the environment. They are not formally determined
until the site remedy is ready to be selected and are established in the
ROD. In the ROD, it is preferable to use the term "remediation
level" or "cleanup level" rather than "remediation goal" in order to
make clear that the Selected Remedy establishes binding require-
ments (Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund, Volume I. Human
Health Evaluation Manual (Part B, Development of Risk-Based Prelimi-
nary Remediation Goals), Interim Final (EPA 540-R-92-003, Decem-
ber 1991).
6-45

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
Highlight 6-31: Example Expected Outcomes for Selected Remedy

Site Area A:
Permanent Waste
Management Area
Site Area B:
Restricted Use
Site Area C:
Unrestricted Use
Site
Scenario
Exposure controlled through
use of engineering and
institutional controls ONLY
Exposure controlled through
use of treatment, followed by
containment, and/or institutional
controls
Exposure controlled through
use of treatment and off-site
disposal of residuals {i.e.,
nothing left on-site above
health-based levels)
Summarize
in Expected
Outcomes
Section of
ROD
•	Available uses of land and
time frame (e.g., long-term
waste management)
•	Available uses of ground
water and time frame {e.g.,
restricted use in Tl waiver
zone, drinking water use in
non-TI zone upon
achieving cleanup levels in
50-70 years)
•	Anticipated socio-economic
and community
revitalization impacts
•	Anticipated environmental
and ecological benefits
•	Available uses of land and
time frame (e.g., commercial
or light industrial use
available in three years)
•	Available uses of ground
water and time frame {e.g.,
restricted use for industrial
purposes in Tl waiver zone,
drinking water use in non-TI
zone upon achieving
cleanup levels in 50-70
years)
•	Cleanup levels, basis, and
residual risk (table)
•	Anticipated socio-economic
and community {e.g., job
creation and tax revenues)
revitalization impacts
•	Anticipated environmental
and ecological benefits {e.g.,
wetlands restoration)
•	Available uses of land and
time frame {e.g.,
residential redevelopment
available in five years)
•	Available uses of ground
water use and time frame
{e.g., unrestricted drinking
water use available in 10
years)
•	Cleanup levels, basis, and
residual risk (table)
•	Anticipated socio-
economic and community
revitalization impacts
{e.g., increased property
values and removal of
urban blight)
•	Anticipated environmental
and ecological benefits
{e.g., sensitive habitat
restored)
6-46

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 6-32: Example Table Format - Cleanup Levels for Chemicals of Concern
Media: Soil
Site Area: Waste Area B
Available Use: Residential
Controls to Ensure Restricted Use (if applicable): N/A		i		
Chemical of Concern1	Cleanup Level	Basis for Cleanup Level3 Risk At Cleanup Level4
Benzo(a)pyrene	0.026 mg/kg (ppm)	Risk Assessment	Cancer risk =1x10 °
4,4'-DDT	0.012 mg/kg (ppm)	Risk Assessment	Cancer risk =1x10 °
Dieldrin	0.54 mg/kg (ppm)	Risk Assessment	Cancer risk =1x10°
Notes
1	Identify Chemicals of Concern from risk assessment.
2	Provide units of measure.
3	Examples include: Compliance with Federal or State ARARs {e.g., MCLs or non-zero MCLGs), health or ecological risk-
based levels, and background levels. If health or ecological risk-based levels are identified as the basis, provide the cancer
or noncancer risk level {e.g., 1x10"6 or HQ = 1) that the cleanup level will achieve.
4	Specify the carcinogenic and/or non-carcinogenic risk associated with the cleanup level. Present the exposure scenario(s)
upon which cleanup levels are based in a footnote to this table {e.g., cleanup levels and residual risk information presented
in this table are based on the risk associated with exposure to soil contamination through volatilization and inhalation by
future on-site residents (lifetime)).
Example Language Describing Cleanup Levels for Chemicals of Concern
The purpose of this response action is to control risks posed by direct contact with soil and ground water and to minimize
migration of contaminants to ground water. The results of the baseline risk assessment indicate that existing conditions at the
site pose an excess lifetime cancer risk of 2.6 x 10"2 from direct contact with contaminated soils and 2.5 x 10" from ingestion of
contaminated ground water. This risk relates to the benzo(a)pyrene, DDT, and dieldrin concentrations in soil and ground water.
This remedy shall address all soils contaminated with benzo(a)pyrene in excess of 0.026 mg/kg, DDT in excess of 0.012 mg/kg
and dieldrin in excess of 0.54 mg/kg, which each would correspond to an excess lifetime cancer risk of 10"6. Since no Federal or
State ARARs exist for soil, the action levels for soil were determined through a site-specific risk analysis. These soil cleanup
levels shall also be protective at the 10"6 excess cancer risk level for each chemical of concern. Treatment shall be monitored to
ensure that cleanup levels are achieved. The site is expected to be available for unrestricted residential land use as a result of
the remedy.
6-47

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
is readily available and sufficiently documented
(e.g., increased property values, reduced water
supply costs, jobs created, increased tax rev-
enues due to redevelopment, environmental
justice concerns addressed, enhanced human
uses of ecological resources); and
• Anticipated environmental and ecological ben-
efits, where such information is readily avail-
able and sufficiently documented (e.g., restora-
tion of sensitive ecosystems, protection of en-
dangered species, protection of wildlife popu-
lations, wetlands restoration).
6.3.13 Statutory Determinations
The purpose of this section is to provide a brief,
site-specific description of how the Selected Remedy
satisfies the statutory requirements of CERCLA §121
(as required by NCP §300.430(f)(5)(ii)) and explain the
five-year review requirements for the Selected Remedy.
Highlight 6-33 illustrates the relationship between the
nine evaluation criteria and the statutory requirements.
1) Protection of Human Health and the Environ-
ment
This discussion must describe how the Selected
Remedy will adequately protect human health and the
environment through treatment, engineering controls,
and/or institutional controls (NCP §300.430(f)(5)(ii)).
Specifically, the remedy should be described in terms
of how the existing or potential risks posed by the site
or operable unit through each pathway will be elimi-
nated, reduced, or controlled by the response action.
This discussion should also indicate that exposure levels
will be reduced to protective ARAR levels or to within
EPA's generally acceptable risk range of 10~4 to 10~6 for
carcinogenic risk and below the HI of 1 for non-
carcinogens. Finally, this discussion should reflect that
the implementation of the Selected Remedy will not
pose unacceptable short-term risks or cross-media im-
pacts. If the site presents ecological risks, then there
should be a brief discussion of how the remedy pro-
vides adequate protection of the environment. See also
Bask Assessment Guidance for Superfund. Volume 1. Human
Health Evaluation M.anual (Part C, Risk Evaluation of Reme-
dial Alternatives), Interim Vinal (EPA 540-R-92-004, De-
cember 1991).
2) Compliance with Applicable or Relevant and
Appropriate Requirements24
NCP §§300.430(f)(5)(ii)(B) and (C) require that a
ROD:
•	Describe the Federal and State ARARs that the
remedy will attain; and
•	Describe the Federal and State ARARs that the
remedy will not meet, the waiver invoked, and
the justification for invoking the waiver.
The ARARs that the Selected Remedy will attain
should be listed and briefly described. Provide the regu-
latory citation in an appropriate level of detail. Some
remedies may require a more lengthy discussion of a
statute or regulation. A tabular summary should be
used if appropriate. See Highlight 6-34 for an example.
This section should also describe other available
information that does not constitute an ARAR (e.g., ad-
visories, criteria, and guidance) that should be consid-
ered in the analysis if it helps to ensure protectiveness
or is otherwise appropriate for use in a specific alterna-
tive. Such information is commonly referred to as TBCs
(To Be Considered). Use of a TBC should be justified
for the record.25
24	Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements
(ARARs) include substantive provisions of any promulgated Fed-
eral or more stringent State environmental standards, requirements,
criteria, or limitations that are determined to be legally applicable or
relevant and appropriate requirements for a CERCLA site or ac-
tion. These requirements may include regulations promulgated un-
der the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), the
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), the Safe Drinking Water Act
(SDWA), the Clean Water Act (CWA), and other Federal or State
environmental laws. Applicable requirements are those clean-up stan-
dards, standards of control, and other substantive environmental
protection requirements, criteria, or limitations promulgated under
Federal or State law that specifically address a hazardous substance,
pollutant, contaminant, remedial action, location, or other circum-
stance found at a CERCLA site. Relevant and appropriate requirements
are requirements that, while not legally "applicable" to circum-
stances at a particular CERCLA site, address problems or situations
sufficientiy similar to those encountered at the site that their use is
well-suited. (See the NCP at 40 CFR 300.5 for definitions.) Addi-
tional guidance on ARARs is provided in CERCLA Compliance with
Other Laws Manual: Parts I and II (EPA 540-G-89-006, August 1988
and 540-G-89-009, August 1989), and the NCP preamble at 55 FR
8741-8766.
25	Include policies or support documents for the TBC in the
Administrative Record file, or incorporate by reference. If the
validity of TBCs is challenged, justify the use in the Responsiveness
Summary (see Section 6.4).
6-48

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 6-33: Relationship of the Nine Criteria to the Statutory Findings
NINE CRITERIA
PROTECTION OF HUMAN HEALTH
AND THE ENVIRONMENT
COMPLIANCE WITH ARARs
LONG-TERM EFFECTIVENESS
AND PERMANENCE
TOXICITY, MOBILITY, OR
VOLUME REDUCTION THROUGH
TREATMENT
SHORT-TERM EFFECTIVENESS
IMPLEMENTABILITY
COST
STATE AGENCY ACCEPTANCE
COMMUNITY ACCEPTANCE
fj
STATUTORY FINDINGS
PROTECTION OF HUMAN HEALTH
AND THE ENVIRONMENT
COMPLIANCE WITH ARARs OR
JUSTIFICATION OF A WAIVER
mmm
COST-EFFECTIVENESS
UTILIZATION OF PERMANENT
SOLUTIONS AND TREATMENT OR
RECOVERY TO THE MAXIMUM
EXTENT PRACTICABLE ("MEP")
PREFERENCE FOR TREATMENT AS A
PRINCIPAL ELEMENT OR EXPLANATION
AS TO WHY PREFERENCE NOT
SATISFIED*
* Remedies which involve treatment of source materials constituting principal threat wastes likely will satisfy the
statutory preference for treatment as a principal element, although this will not necessarily be true in all cases.
6-49

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
Highlight 6-34: Example Table Format - Description of ARARs for Selected Remedy
Authority
Medium1
Requirement
Status^
Synopsis of
Requirement3
Action to be Taken
to Attain
Requirement4
Federal
Regulatory
Requirement
Ground
Water
Federal Safe
Drinking
Water
Maximum
Contaminant
Levels
(MCLs)
Relevant and
Appropriate
MCLs have been regulated
for a number of common
organic and inorganic
contaminants. These
levels regulate the
concentrations of
contaminants in public
drinking water supplies and
are considered relevant
and appropriate for
ground-water aquifers
potentially used for
drinking water.
The selected
remedy will comply
with these
regulations through
source control
measures and
monitored natural
attenuation.
State
Regulatory
Requirement
Soil
State
Hazardous
Waste
Management
Rules
Applicable
These rules set forth the
State's definitions and
criteria for establishing
whether waste materials
are hazardous and subject
to associated hazardous
waste regulations. These
rules identify requirements
for hazardous waste
generators and land
disposal restrictions.
The selected
remedy will comply
with these
requirements by
identifying and
properly disposing
of hazardous
wastes through
capping the landfill
with a RCRA C cap.
Federal
Regulatory
Requirement
Wetland
Protection of
Wetlands,
Executive
Order 11990,
40 CFR Part
6
TBC
These requirements
regulate actions that occur
in wetlands and may be
applicable to actions that
may adversely affect
wetlands.
The selected
remedy will cause
an unavoidable loss
of wetlands. The
requirements will be
met through
compensatory
wetland mitigation.
Notes
1	Identify medium (e.g., soil, ground water, air, or hazardous waste).
2	Identity status of requirement {e.g., applicable, relevant and appropriate, or to be considered (TBC)).
3	Provide a brief synopsis of each requirement.
4	Provide a brief description of action to be taken to attain requirement.
6-50

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
3) Cost-Effectiveness
This discussion explains how the Selected Remedy
meets the statutory requirement that all Superfund rem-
edies be cost-effective. A cost-effective remedy in the
Superfund program is one whose "costs are proportional
to its overall effectiveness" (NCP §300.430(f) (1) (ii) (D)). The
"overall effectiveness" of a remedial alternative is de-
termined by evaluating the following three of the five
balancing criteria used in the detailed analysis of alter-
natives: (1) Long-term effectiveness and permanence;
(2) Reduction in toxicity, mobility and volume (TMV)
through treatment; and, (3) Short-term effectiveness.
"Overall effectiveness is then compared to cost" to deter-
mine whether a remedy is cost-effective (NCP
§300.4300(1) ©(D)).
Additional guidance for making cost-effectiveness
determinations is found in the preamble to the NCP,
which states that decision makers should compare "the
cost to effectiveness of each alternative individually and.. .the cost
and effectiveness of alternatives in relation to one another" (55
FR 8728).
It is important to note that more than one
cleanup alternative can be cost-effective, and the
Superfund program does not mandate the selec-
tion of the most cost-effective cleanup alterna-
tive. In addition, the most cost-effective remedy is not
necessarily the remedy that provides the best balance
of tradeoffs with respect to the remedy selection crite-
ria nor is it necessarily the least-costly alternative that is
both protective of human health and the environment
and ARAR-compliant. Rather, cost-effectiveness is con-
cerned with the reasonableness of the relationship be-
tween the effectiveness afforded by each alternative and
its costs compared to other available options.
A tabular format, or cost-effectiveness matrix, can
be used to summarize this determination. An example
can be found in Highlight 6-35. Each row of the ma-
trix provides detailed information needed to evaluate
the cost-effectiveness of a single remedial alternative.
Each column of the matrix provides detailed informa-
tion about the alternatives under consideration relative
to a single element of cost-effectiveness. To facilitate
cost-effectiveness comparisons, the alternatives should
be listed from top to bottom in order of increasing
cost. The cost-effectiveness summary at the base of
the matrix is the summary of incremental differences
between remedial alternatives with respect to each of
the effectiveness criteria.
4) Utilization of Permanent Solutions and Alter-
native Treatment (or Resource Recovery) Technolo-
gies to the Maximum Extent Practicable (MEP)
This discussion describes the rationale for the rem-
edy selected, explaining how the remedy provides the
best balance of trade-offs among the alternatives with
respect to the balancing criteria set out in NCP
§300.430(f) (1) (i) (B), such that it represents the maximum
extent to which permanence and treatment can be prac-
ticably utilized at this site. NCP §300.430(f)(l)(ii)(E)
provides that the balancing shall emphasize the factors
of 'long-term effectiveness" and "reduction of toxic-
ity, mobility or volume through treatment," and shall
consider the preference for treatment and bias against
off-site disposal. The modifying criteria should also be
considered in making this determination. This subsec-
tion should discuss why the selected remedy is believed
to best satisfy the statutory mandates based on the evalu-
ation criteria, compared with the other alternatives, and
why it is the most appropriate solution for the site. This
part of the Decision Summary needs to identify the
one protective, ARAR-compliant, and cost-effective
alternative that the lead agency has concluded utilizes
permanent solutions and alternative treatment technolo-
gies to the maximum extent practicable for that site (i.e.,
provides the best balance of trade-offs). The discus-
sion in this subsection should be organized as follows:
•	Explain how the Selected Remedy represents
the maximum extent to which permanent so-
lutions and treatment are practicable at this site
by describing how the Selected Remedy affords
the "best balance of tradeoffs" as compared
to the other options.
•	Highlight trade-offs among alternatives related
to the five balancing and two modifying crite-
ria, which should be discussed in the following
order: (1) long-term effectiveness and perma-
nence, (2) reduction of toxicity, mobility, or
volume through treatment, (3) short-term ef-
fectiveness, (4) implementability, (5) cost, (6)
State acceptance, and (7) community accep-
tance. Discuss which of the criteria were most
decisive in the selection decision. [NOTE: To
6-51

-------
HIGHLIGHT 6*35: Exam pic MalrU of Cost and Effectiveness Data for Hypothetical $|ttl Ground WalCf Control Options
RiLIVANT CONSIDERATIONS FO» COS ["-EFFECTIVENESS DETERMINATION: (Siln mjir;i<:lnri:ilira ri;;il« 1r, onsl-^ffewerfl&s cjrirtgrig;
Cunbniinini. phjirt: MifmrisiiK ^ipipr.::¦>:11 n:i 1 y 4 3 "n liOII CUbiC 'tat 01 gfOjild •¦V-S'fc'' ('DO aoe feel;
1 Mui'udpdl wfrl 1ifi:1 StfviHy 10,00^' pAcpli* iy locji'Kl one rnile dcwr»S|i"adent Iron Sile.
r tJSteme indih'lL; Jdl cancer fiSh lOf luLure un-:;ilei rriiiiHnni^ usinrj prgund water = A ¥ 10 1
AhwutriV
(check bai ft coil^tfcctiya]
Prwwrt Wwlfi
Ineranitntftl
Cost
f-onn Tpmn EffflclivanBEE
and PffrtifiHMtt
Ruductinnaf TMV
riirt.Ugh TfUdltKnt
Short-Temi Etfwtiv*n«.s
') NO Mirtn C


*	Nc r laiy-
lenr nsK b i.ra-
biplf grKj I1*
nmimnmcnl
*	Oai-tliiM ii£ivi:linil
tart?nss irO"
*	hi: lblll.^l£ll Si
*	he rE4k»sn 3i relit U-
*	K rei2i,cx:r.-3l'<:;il.ri;
» sliu'I iwr ns-i lu 'Mj-kcr»
•	'¦IJ¦JlWi-i.fcli- lis-: lj..LiMiiiu ii'.y
*	'to shDi-w 1'iiiK! oi efv fj-vn-"
~	'»1fe tin !.iJ3 DTCfS •STiSJ-Sl^S
nchic-*r>H 'r-po *1- nnltirpl iOTUJlKj-i
2\ Lmfled Acbon, ^
ii i:: 1 l>:r riy inst luli::tirjl
conlrols and ti-iuirJ-
water iTcmloriig
¦laOD.DM
* WlSS.OlHl
• •¦ Nn mrti.ifijn r
li Ji In -urnri hn;iH- nnrt
Ihf ¦?%r3rt*iie^
¦ - Havana n>3 viji,j| expos'
rirJ.: = i
- ¦ r»c rcdwixri -ji :o*«Xf
j ¦ hn iwrthmnn nd r^Wirj'
¦ 1 Nu yl >ul.ru-
• I r<-nih!- lc ffb wi.
¦¦ i snj-l-hfT- nsc kj'Mj-kfa-s
' 1 \bsli:rl inn- nii-i kici:mm.nly
¦ ¦ MJ ^IM'I-Uir il^iCI Cii ferv r-31'm C
- ¦ VLld-
rt?ler t'salrrenl
Icrhnpyay

*¦ SJ.&M.OUO
Hesidua t s< - a * 10'
PuSfOs l?r r^-ecy la lune
Him h^f.|:l<:p|(:n cf
i'nwuLw! "wnlra r»]y
¦bd.'Ci'Cn iiiCxLly
f> (1Mb! il:
' "T^gln-^el 9n|f-3
vnl .nn nl cnnlnm ralnH
'jlClJ-C V.lilMI
6 H-Cftlhi IC n-|:fcrerl
' ¦ mo iddccna sTOfl lenn peic id pii-te's.
¦¦ ¦ N;i -rijdii-ijiii sxrl-lcmi nsk Ijccnniijn^
* ¦ Noailrffcnnn nvcl-lnrni i~pv!i:l a-i crsvt'nnTcrl
Fi:IkiiI ;:l :o;n:'im*>rr?-*s;ia yii-uls i'l
1S m-.i
'S:s idara P
extraction and
Ireilnort
im W1Q.00D
0.000,400
¦' Rssrtua r^< = 31 if
L?* prorua fcr onecy
In Iiit
- ¦ fcQcddr-sia ix?c«.clcr
¦n b.icif,
' • r-c .5ddr wb reach;*
in nnfr.|[y
^ ¦ f-,L. nilr1h:m;i rirei.clKfl
III *i:lj-«r
c rranlh»la npter-eni
' ¦ Mjaldnona &*i-leni risk b'Mtets
'" NosJdOSnp 5-are1-!c*m n^>: f;! csmniM'i !y
¦¦ ¦ N"o«IHoann rpjclfriervi-jir-eiil
Fi?m;HUI jcwln a:h nvcr. in npn^nimnlc y 30
yMir;.
COST-EFFECTIVENESS SUMMARY; f.Sy.mTO.iy of .Toi'Vioasl *osr-e
-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
the extent the alternatives are comparable with
respect to a particular criterion (e.g., all options
provide similar degrees of long-term effective-
ness), that criterion would not be a decisive fac-
tor in the selection process].
When "containment" is found to provide the "best
balance of tradeoffs" with respect to the other alterna-
tives evaluated, the extent of treatment found to be
practicable may be "no treatment." Long-term effec-
tiveness is achieved through monitored engineering con-
trols. Where the Selected Remedy does not employ any
treatment or resource recovery technologies, the expla-
nation of the rationale used in the decision under this
statutory finding must include the reasons for finding
treatment to be impracticable.
5)	Preference for Treatment as a Principal Element
In addition to the four statutory mandates discussed
previously, the statutory preference for treatment as a
principal element shall also be addressed. In writing the
ROD, the rationale for whether or not the preference
for treatment is satisfied should consider whether or
not the Selected Remedy uses treatment to address the
principal threats posed by the site. This discussion should
summarize the source materials constituting principal
threats and the treatment methods used to reduce their
toxicity, mobility, or volume.26 If the Selected Remedy
does not satisfy the statutory preference for treatment
as a principal element, this discussion must explain why
it does not do so.
6)	Five-Year Review Requirements
NCP §300.430(Q(4)(ii) requires a five-year review
if the remedial action results in hazardous substances,
pollutants, or contaminants remaining on-site above lev-
els that allow for unlimited use and unrestricted expo-
sure. This review evaluates whether a remedy currently
is, or will be, protective of human health and the envi-
26 In evaluating this statutory preference, the site manager
needs to decide whether treatment selected in the ROD constitutes
treatment as a major component of the remedy for that site. Rem-
edies which involve treatment of principal threat wastes likely will
satisfy the statutory preference for treatment as a principal element,
although this will not necessarily be true in all cases (e.g., when
principal threat wastes that are treated represent only a small frac-
tion of the wastes managed through containment). Ground-water
treatment remedies also may satisfy the statutory preference, even
though contaminated ground water is not considered a principal
threat waste and even though principal threat source material may
not be treated (A Guide to Principal Threat and Low Level Threat
Wastes (OSWER 9380.3-06FS, November 1991)).
ronment. The ROD must state whether a five-year re-
view is required pursuant to CERCLA § 121(c) and NCP
§300.430(f) (5) (iii)(C). It is also EPA's policy to conduct
five-year reviews under certain circumstances. This sec-
tion of the Decision Summary should also discuss
whether the site may be subject to any reviews as a matter
of policy. Standard language is provided for the Dec-
laration in Section 6.2.5. Highlight 6-36 describes the
different types of five-year reviews. Highlight 6-37
provides an example of the Statutory Determinations sec-
tion. 27
6.3.14 Documentation of Significant
Changes
To fulfill CERCLA § 117(b) and NCP
§§300.430(f)(5)(111)(B) and 300.430(f)(3)(11)(A), the ROD
must document and discuss the reasons for any signifi-
cant changes made to the Selected Remedy. Changes
described in this section must be limited to those that
could have been reasonably anticipated by the public
from the time the Proposed Plan and RI/FS Report
were released for public comment to the final selection
of the remedy. (See Chapter 4 for a complete discus-
sion on pre-ROD significant changes.) Changes that
could not have been anticipated require additional pub-
lic comment (see Chapter 7 for details).
Documentation of significant changes that could
have been reasonably anticipated by the public can be
accomplished in one of two ways, depending upon the
nature of the changes: (1) If the Selected Remedy in-
volves significant change to a feature of the Preferred
Alternative proposed to the public, the documentation
should appear at the end of the ROD after the Statu-
tory Determinations section; or (2) if the significant change
entails changing from the Preferred Alternative discussed
in the Proposed Plan to a different alternative, this should
be documented in a section prior to the description of
alternatives.
Wherever this documentation is placed, this section
of the ROD should identify the Preferred Alternative
from the Proposed Plan, should indicate the significant
changes made, and should provide a rationale for the
27 For Federal facility sites, Executive Order 12580 delegates
the responsibility for conducting five-year reviews, in certain in-
stances, to other Federal agencies, and directs that these activities
be conducted consistent with CERCLA §120. CERCLA §120(a) (2)
provides that the reviews be carried out consistent with the guide-
lines, rules, regulations, and criteria established by the EPA Admin-
istrator.
6-53

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
Highlight 6-36: Determinations for Five-Year Reviews
The purpose of this Section is to explain determinations for five-year reviews. The NCP states that the ROD
must describe whether a five-year review is required (i.e., a "statutory review"). The ROD should also discuss
whether the site is likely to undergo any discretionary policy reviews (i.e., a "policy review"). The structure and
content of the five-year review is the same for both statutory and policy reviews.
Statutory Reviews
Section 121(c) of CERCLA and NCP §300.430(f)(5)(iii)(C) provide the statutory and legal bases for conducting
five-year reviews. If there are any hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants remaining at the site
above levels that would allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure, EPA shall conduct a review of such
remedial action no less often than each five years after the initiation of such remedial action to assure that
human health and the environment are being protected by the remedial action being implemented.
EPA will conduct a statutory review of any site at which a post-SARA remedy, upon attainment of remedial action
objectives and cleanup levels, will not allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure (i.e., where contami-
nants will remain on-site following remediation at concentrations above health-based levels). For example,
sites at which the selected remedy ensures protectiveness through capping or institutional controls would
require a statutory review. These reviews are triggered by the initiation of the remedial action. For statutory
reviews, initiation of remedial action should be determined by the "actual RA on-site construction" date. See
five-year review guidance for policy on timing of reviews at sites with multiple operable units.
Policy Reviews
Policy reviews are generally triggered by construction completion. Policy reviews should be conducted at sites
where: (1) a post-SARA remedial action will allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure after completion
of the remedial action, but where attainment of remedial action objectives and cleanup levels will take longer
than five years to complete; (2) pre-SARA sites at which the remedy, upon attainment of the remedial action
objectives and cleanup levels, will not allow unlimited use and unrestricted exposure; and (3) NPL removal-
only sites, where hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants are left on-site above levels that allow
unlimited use and unrestricted exposure and where no remedial action has taken place. Remedies that
include pump and treat systems, bioremediation, or soil vapor extraction will usually take more than five years
to complete, and thus should have a policy review.
Discontinuation of Five-Year Reviews
Statutory five-year reviews may be discontinued when no hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants
remain at the site above levels that allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure. These reviews should
be discontinued only when a five-year review report documents that the contaminants of concern are reported
at acceptable levels based on an appropriate period of monitoring. Post-SARA policy five-year reviews should
generally only be discontinued under the same circumstances as statutory reviews. Other policy reviews
should generally only be discontinued for sites with a pre-SARA remedy or at removal-only NPL sites after at
least one review is completed.
For More Information
For more detailed information regarding five-year reviews see: Structure and Components of Five-Year Re-
views (OSWER Directive 9355.7-02, May 23, 1991); Fact sheet: Structure and Components of Five-Year Re-
views (OSWER Directive 9355.7-02FS1, August 1991); Supplemental Five-Year Review Guidance (OSWER
Directive 9355.7-02A, July 26, 1994); and Second Supplemental Five-Year Review Guidance (OSWER Direc-
tive 9355.7-03A , December 21,1995). An updated and consolidated version of EPA guidance on this subject
is currently available as a review draft under the title "Comprehensive Five-Year Review Guidance," (OSWER
Directive 9355.7-03, April 1999). Completion is anticipated in FY00, but in advance of that date, the draft is
available to EPA employees at: http://intranet.epa.gov/ oerrinet/review/index.htm.
6-54

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 6-37: Example Language - Statutory Determinations Section
Statutory Determinations
Under CERCLA §121 and the NCP, the lead agency must select remedies that are protective of human health
and the environment, comply with applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (unless a statutory
waiver is justified), are cost-effective, and utilize permanent solutions and alternative treatment technologies or
resource recovery technologies to the maximum extent practicable. In addition, CERCLA includes a prefer-
ence for remedies that employ treatment that permanently and significantly reduces the volume, toxicity, or
mobility of hazardous wastes as a principal element and a bias against off-site disposal of untreated wastes.
The following sections discuss how the Selected Remedy meets these statutory requirements.
Protection of Human Health and the Environment
The Selected Remedy, Alternative 4, will protect human health and the environment through the treatment of
TCE- contaminated soil by soil vapor extraction and stabilization of lead-contaminated soil followed by cap-
ping. By pumping and treating contaminated ground water, the Selected Remedy will also prevent the existing
plume from migrating to current ground-water users and remove contamination to Federal drinking water
standards.
Soil vapor extraction, stabilization, and capping the contaminated soil will eliminate the threat of exposure to the
most mobile chemical of potential concern via direct contact with or ingestion of contaminated soil. The
Selected Remedy will also minimize the potential for leachate generation and recontamination of ground
water. The current cancer risks associated with these exposure pathways is 2.6 x 10 2. The Selected Remedy
will reduce the cancer risks from exposure to 1 x 10 6 and the Hazard Index to less than 1.0. This level falls at
the lower end of EPA's target risk range of 10 4 to 10 6. There are no short-term threats associated with the
Selected Remedy that cannot be readily controlled. In addition, no adverse cross-media impacts are expected
from the Selected Remedy.
Compliance with Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements
The Selected Remedy of ex-situ bioremediation and capping of contaminated soils, and of pumping and
treating the ground water by carbon adsorption comply with all ARARs. The ARARs are presented below and
in more detail in Table	.
Chemical, Location, and Action-Specific ARARs include the following:
•	Safe Drinking Water Act MCLs (40 CFR Part 141), which specify acceptable concentration levels in ground-
water that serves as a potential drinking water aquifer.
•	Clean Water Act FWQC (40 CFR Part 403).
•	RCRA Subtitle D requirements for landfill closure (40 CFR 264.111, Subpart G), which specify a cap with a
permeability less than or equal to the permeability of any bottom liner or natural subsoils present at the site.
•	40 CFR 264.117(a)(1) Subpart G Post-Closure and Monitoring requirements for 30 years.
•	Clean Air Act requirements for emissions from air stripping units.
[Note: Any State ARARs need to be listed here as well.]
Other Criteria, Advisories, or Guidance To Be Considered (TBCs) for This Remedial Action
In implementing the Selected Remedy, EPA and the State have agreed to consider a number of non-binding
criteria that are TBCs. These include the guidance on designing RCRA caps, Draft RCRA Guidance Docu-
ment, Landfill Design, Liner Systems and Final Cover, issued June 1982. The guidance on designing RCRA
caps includes specifications to be followed in constructing and maintaining a RCRA cap.
6-55

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
Highlight 6-37: Example Language - Statutory Determinations Section (continued)
Cost-Effectiveness
In the lead agency's judgment, the Selected Remedy is cost-effective and represents a reasonable value
for the money to be spent. In making this determination, the following definition was used: "A remedy shall be
cost-effective if its costs are proportional to its overall effectiveness." (NCP §300.430(f)(1)(ii)(D)). This was
accomplished by evaluating the "overall effectiveness" of those alternatives that satisfied the threshold criteria
(i.e., were both protective of human health and the environment and ARAR-compliant). Overall effectiveness
was evaluated by assessing three of the five balancing criteria in combination (long-term effectiveness and
permanence; reduction in toxicity, mobility, and volume through treatment; and short-term effectiveness).
Overall effectiveness was then compared to costs to determine cost-effectiveness. The relationship of the
overall effectiveness of this remedial alternative was determined to be proportional to its costs and hence this
alternative represents a reasonable value for the money to be spent.
The estimated present worth cost of the Selected Remedy is $10,200,000. Although Alternative 3 is
$2,900,000 less expensive, lead contamination is not addressed, and therefore the remedy is cost-effective.
EPA believes that the Selected Remedy's additional cost for stabilization provides a significant increase in
protection of human health and the environment and is cost-effective. EPA also believes that the Selected
Remedy's combination of soil vapor extraction and capping will provide an overall level of protection compa-
rable to Alternative 5 (incineration and capping) at a significantly lower cost.
Utilization of Permanent Solutions and Alternative Treatment Technologies (or Resource Recovery Tech-
nologies) to the Maximum Extent Practicable
EPA has determined that the Selected Remedy represents the maximum extent to which permanent solutions
and treatment technologies can be utilized in a practicable manner at the site. Of those alternatives that are
protective of human health and the environment and comply with ARARs, EPA has determined that the Selected
Remedy provides the best balance of trade-offs in terms of the five balancing criteria, while also considering
the statutory preference for treatment as a principal element and bias against off-site treatment and disposal
and considering State and community acceptance.
The Selected Remedy treats the source materials constituting principal threats at the site, achieving significant
reductions in TCE concentrations in soil and ground water and stabilizing lead contamination in soil. The
Selected Remedy satisfies the criteria for long-term effectiveness by removing TCE contamination from soil.
Stabilization of lead contaminated soil and capping will effectively reduce the mobility of and potential for direct
contact with contaminants remaining on-site. The Selected Remedy does not present short-term risks
different from the other treatment alternatives. There are no special implementability issues that sets the
Selected Remedy apart from any of the other alternatives evaluated, other than the requirement for a test burn
in the incineration alternative.
Preference for Treatment as a Principal Element
By treating the contaminated soils by soil vapor extraction and stabilization, the Selected Remedy addresses
principal threats posed by the site through the use of treatment technologies. By utilizing treatment as a
significant portion of the remedy, the statutory preference for remedies that employ treatment as a principal
element is satisfied.
Five-Year Review Requirements
Because this remedy will result in hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants remaining on-site
above levels that allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure, a statutory review will be conducted within
five years after initiation of remedial action to ensure that the remedy is, or will be, protective of human health
and the environment.
6-56

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
changes (e.g., arguments or new information provided
in public comments).
Highlight 6-38 includes examples of the following
three types of discussions that generally could be in-
cluded in this section of the ROD
•	A case in which no significant changes are made.
•	A case in which a significant change is made
that could have been reasonably anticipated
based on information originally presented in
the Proposed Plan, the RI/FS Report, or else-
where in the Administrative Record file. The
only procedural requirement is to discuss the
change in this section of the ROD.
•	A case in which a significant change is made
that could not have been reasonably anticipated
based on information in the RI/FS Report, the
Proposed Plan, or elsewhere in the Adminis-
trative Record file.
6.4 KEY ELEMENTS OF THE
RESPONSIVENESS SUMMARY
The Responsiveness Summary, the third component of
the ROD, summarizes information about the views of
the public and support agency regarding both the re-
medial alternatives and general concerns about the site
submitted during the public comment period. It also
documents in the record how public comments were
integrated into the decision-making process.
To serve these purposes, the Responsiveness Summary
should be a concise and complete summary of signifi-
cant comments received from the public, including
PRPs, during the public comment period required by
CERCLA §117 and NCP §§300.430(f)(3)(i)(F) and
300.430(f) (5) (iii)(B). Superfund Reponsiveness Summaries
(Superfund Management Review: Recommendation Number 43E)
(OSWER 9230.0-06, June 1990) provides a framework
for creating responsiveness summaries that can thor-
oughly address the complicated legal and technical is-
sues, and still be responsive to local communities. Based
on this directive, responsiveness summaries should be
organized in two sections:
•	Stakeholder Issues and Lead Agency Re-
sponses: Summarize and respond concisely to
major issues raised by stakeholders (e.g., com-
munity groups, support agencies, businesses,
municipalities, PRPs).
• Technical and Legal Issues: Expand on techni-
cal and legal issues, if necessary.
Whenever possible, the response to a "yes" or "no"
question should begin with a "yes" or "no" before pro-
viding a detailed explanation; or, if this is not possible,
then a statement to that effect should be made at the
beginning of that answer. Responses should be clear,
accurate, and written by the RPM and/or the Commu-
nity Relations Coordinator with review and concur-
rence by the Office of Regional Counsel (ORC). A
Reponsiveness Summary should reflect a genuine attempt
to address citizen's questions and concerns, and not sim-
ply re-assert the correctness of EPA's determination.
At the same time, the summary will be a critical docu-
ment in the defense of the lead agency's actions. For
this reason, the summary should fully and completely
express the lead agency's policy, technical, and legal ra-
tionales. To ensure that commitments made in the Re-
ponsiveness Summary are addressed during implementa-
tion of the Remedial Action and to meet the require-
ments of NCP §300.430(f) (5) (iii)(B), they must also be
addressed in the Description of the Remedial Alternatives
section of the ROD.
When general policy matters are discussed in the
Responsiveness Summary, they should be brought to
management's attention early in the ROD review pro-
cess. If the lead agency determines that a point-by-
point response to a set of comments is warranted, a
separate comment/response document should be pre-
pared. In this situation, a summary of these comments
with the lead agency's response should be included in
the Summary as well.
Guidance on preparing Responsiveness Summaries
is available in Community Relations in Superfund: ^4 Hand-
book (EPA 540-R-92-009 January 1992) and in Commu-
nity Relations During Enforcement Activities and Development
of the Administrative Record (OSWER 9836.0-1A, No-
vember 1988). These documents detail the process of
preparing the Summary and include a sample Respon-
siveness Summary.
6.5 RECORDS OF DECISION TO EPA
HEADQUARTERS
After the ROD is issued, a copy should be sent to
EPA Headquarters as soon as possible. For guidance
on submitting RODs to EPA Headquarters, please see
Appendix D, Records of Decision and Other Decision
Documents to Headquarters.
6-57

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
Highlight 6-38: Examples of Changes and Documentation Requirements
Example One: No Significant Changes
The Proposed Plan for the EIO Site was released for public comment in March 1999. The Proposed Plan
identified Alternative S2, ex situ bioremediation and capping, as the Preferred Alternative for soil remediation.
EPA reviewed all written and verbal comments submitted during the public comment period. It was determined
that no significant changes to the remedy, as originally identified in the Proposed Plan, were necessary or
appropriate.
Example Two: Significant Change Requiring Only Documentation in the ROD
The Proposed Plan was released for public comment in March 1999. It identified Alternative G2, pump and
treat through carbon adsorption with discharge to XYZ River, as the Preferred Alternative for ground-water
remediation. Alternative G3 involving discharge to a POTW, was also considered. During the public comment
period, new information indicated that health and environmental levels could not be met by the carbon adsorp-
tion treatment. In addition, it was discovered that the POTW in Nameless does have the capacity to handle the
additional wastewater from the EIO Site. Therefore, EPA and the State decided to select discharge to the POTW
rather than discharge to the XYZ River.
Example Three: Significant Change Requiring a New Public Comment Period
A Proposed Plan for the EIO Site was released for public comment in March 1999. The Plan identified
Alternative S2, ex situ bioremediation and capping, as the Preferred Alternative for remediation. During the
public comment period, the results of remedial activities at another site with contamination problems similar
to those at the EIO Site indicated that an alternative treatment technology, low temperature thermal desorption
(LTTD), could be used successfully on chemical(s) of potential concern similar to those at the EIO Site. Based
on a comparison of the LTTD alternative to the other alternatives using the nine evaluation criteria, it was
determined that LTTD represents the best balance of tradeoffs of all the options. The nine criteria analysis
indicated that while LTTD was comparable to ex-situ bioremediation, fewer short-term risks would be associ-
ated with the low temperature thermal desorption alternative than with the ex-situ bioremediation alternative.
The information supporting this determination is available in the Administrative Record file.
As a result of this new information, EPA decided to propose LTTD as the new Preferred Alternative for soil
remediation at the EIO Site. The Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation concurred with this
decision. In compliance with statutory requirements for ensuring the public has the opportunity to comment on
major remedy selection decisions, a new Proposed Plan was prepared presenting low temperature thermal
desorption as the Preferred Alternative. The second Plan was made available to the public in July 1999. No
significant comments were received during the second public comment period, and no significant changes
were made to the proposed remedy.
6-58

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
	
Highlight 6-39: Management Review Checklist:
Twelve Questions to be Addressed by a ROD
1.	Treatment/Containment: Does the ROD identify the source materials constituting principal threats (e.g., liquid waste con-
tained in drums, mobile source materials, highly toxic source materials)? If principal threat wastes are not going to be treated,
does the ROD explicitly state why not? Is the amount of material to be treated or contained estimated for each component of the
Selected Remedy? Does the ROD adequately address the statutory preference for treatment as a principal element?
2.	Remedial Action Objectives: Does the ROD clearly state the objectives of the remedial action?
a.	Examples of remedial action objectives for ground water remedies include the following:
-	To restore the aquifer to drinking water quality in 30 years.
-	To prevent any exposure to the contaminated ground water by implementing institutional controls.
-	To prevent the contaminated plume from reaching an uncontaminated aquifer.
-	To stop the plume migration off-site.
b.	Examples of remedial action objectives for source control remedies include the following:
-	To clean the site up to levels that allow for unrestricted use.
-	To clean the site to levels that allow only for recreational or industrial use.
-	To contain the waste in place and use institutional/engineering controls to prevent any site use other than as a waste
management unit.
-	To remove as much contamination as possible in order to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of the ground-water
remedy.
3.	Land and Ground-water Uses: Does the ROD identify: (1) current land use, (2) reasonably anticipated future land use, (3)
current ground-water use, and (4) potential future ground-water use? Are they the same as those used in estimating the
baseline risks?
4.	Human Health Risks: Does the ROD clearly present the cancer and non-cancer baseline risks for each chemical of concern
(COC) to which there may be exposure and the total aggregate risk based on the reasonably anticipated future land use and/or
potential future ground-water use?
5.	Ecological Risks: Does the ROD include a discussion of whether or not there are ecological risks from site releases? If there
are unacceptable ecological risks, is the basis for this determination clear and does the ROD explain how the remedy will
achieve protection of ecological resources?
6.	Chemicals of Concern: Does the Selected Remedy address all Chemicals of Concern posing unacceptable risk according to
the risk assessment section of the ROD (i.e., explain how the Selected Remedy will achieve protection of human health and the
environment)?
7.	Remedy Selection Rationale: Does the ROD clearly describe why the Selected Remedy is preferred over the other
alternatives (i.e., describe how the Selected Remedy provides the best "balance of tradeoffs" with respect to the balancing and
modifying criteria)?
8.	Cleanup Levels: Are the Chemical of Concern cleanup levels, their basis (i.e., human- or ecological-risk or ARAR), the risk at
each Chemical of Concern cleanup level (if applicable), and the medium addressed, described for each component of the
Selected Remedy?
9.	Institutional Controls: If the Selected Remedy includes institutional controls, does the ROD describe the specific types of
controls and the entity that will be responsible for implementing them and maintaining their effectiveness?
10.	Description of Selected Remedy: Is the Selected Remedy described consistently (e.g., same technology components,
contaminants and medium addressed) in the following three sections of the ROD: (1) Declaration, (2) Description of Alternatives,
and (3) Selected Remedy?
11.	Summary of Remedy Cost Estimate: Are all of the following estimated for the Selected Remedy: (1) capital costs; (2)
annual operations and maintenance (O&M) costs; (3) duration of O&M cost estimate; (4) discount rate (%); (5) total discounted
O&M costs (should take into account annual O&M costs, duration, and discount rate); and (6) Total Present Worth cost (sum of
estimated capital costs and discounted O&M costs)?
12.	Remedy Changes: If the ROD, ROD Amendment, or ESD addresses a change in a previously Selected Remedy, does the
decision document give the reasons for the change?
6-59

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
RECOMMENDED OUTLINE AND CHECKLIST
FOR A RECORD OF DECISION
[See Highlight 6-39 for Management Review Checklist:
Twelve Questions to be Addressed by a ROD]
PART 1: THE DECLARATION
The Declaration functions as the abstract and formal
authorizing signature page for the ROD.
A.	Site Name and Location
B.	Statement of Basis and Purpose
~	Certify the factual and legal basis for the Selected
Remedy [see Highlight 6-2 for standard language],
C.	Assessment of Site
~	Certify that the site poses a threat to public health,
welfare, or the environment [see Highlight 6-3 for
standard language],
D.	Description of Selected Remedy
~	Describe the major components of the Selected
Remedy in a bullet fashion.
~	Describe the scope and role of this operable unit
within the overall site management strategy.
~	Describe how this operable unit addresses princi-
pal threats and other contamination at the site (i.e.,
what is being treated, what is being contained, and
what is the rationale for each).
E.	Statutory Determinations
~	Describe how the Selected Remedy satisfies the
statutory requirements of CERCLA §121 and the
regulatory requirements of the NCR
~	Discuss the applicability of the five-year review
requirements [see Highlight 6-4 for standard
language],
F.	Data Certification Checklist
The Declaration should certify that the following informa-
tion is included in the ROD (or provide a brief explana-
tion for why this information is not included):
~	Chemicals of concern (COCs) and their respective
concentrations.
~	Baseline risk represented by the chemicals of
concern.
~	Cleanup levels established for chemicals of
concern and the basis for these levels.
~	How source materials constituting principal threats
will be addressed.
~	Current and reasonably anticipated future land use
assumptions and current and potential future
beneficial uses of ground water used in the
baseline risk assessment and ROD.
~	Potential land and ground water use that will be
available at the site as a result of the Selected
Remedy.
~	Estimated capital, annual operation and mainte-
nance (O&M), and total present worth costs,
discount rate, and the number of years over which
the remedy cost estimates are projected.
~	Key factor(s) that led to selecting the remedy (i.e.,
describe how the Selected Remedy provides the
best balance of tradeoffs with respect to the balanc-
ing and modifying criteria, highlighting criteria key to
the decision).
G. Authorizing Signatures
[See Highlight 6-6 for notes on ROD authorizing signa-
tures.!
PART 2: THE DECISION SUMMARY
The Decision Summary identifies the Selected Remedy,
explains how the remedy fulfills statutory and regulatory
requirements, and provides a substantive summary of
the Administrative Record file that supports the remedy
selection decision.
A.	Site Name, Location, and Brief Description
~	Name and location.
~	National Superfund database identification number
(e.g., CERCLIS).
~	Lead and support agencies (e.g., EPA, State,
Federal facility).
~	Source of cleanup monies (e.g., Fund-financed,
PRP-financed).
~	Site type (e.g., landfill, industrial facility).
~	Brief site description.
B.	Site History and Enforcement Activities
~	History of site activities that led to the current
problems.
6-60

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
~	History of Federal, State, and local site investiga-
tions and removal and remedial actions conducted
under CERCLA or other authorities.
~	History of CERCLA enforcement activities at the site
{e.g., results of PRP searches, issuances of special
notices to PRPs).
C.	Community Participation
~	Describe how the public participation requirements
in CERCLA and the NCP were met in the remedy
selection process {e.g., community relations plans,
fact sheets, public notices, public meetings, public
comment periods, Technical Assistance Grant,
Community Advisory Group).
~	Describe other community outreach and involve-
ment efforts [see Highlight 6-7 for an example],
~	Describe efforts to solicit views on the reasonably
anticipated future land uses and potential future
beneficial uses of ground water.
D.	Scope and Role of Operable Unit or Response
Action
~	The planned sequence of actions.
~	The scope of problems those actions will address.
~	The authorities under which each action will be/has
been implemented {e.g., removal, remedial, State).
[See Highlights 6-8 and 6-9 for tips on writing the Scope
and Role section when there is more than one operable
unit, and for an example.]
E.	Site Characteristics
(Include maps, a site plan, or other graphical presenta-
tions, as appropriate.)
~	Describe the Conceptual Site Model (CSM) on which
the risk assessment and response action are
based [see Highlight 6-10 for an example],
~	Provide an overview of the site, including the
following:
Size of site {e.g., acres).
Geographical and topographical information
{e.g., surface waters, flood plains, wetlands).
Surface and subsurface features {e.g., number
and volume of tanks, lagoons, structures, and
drums on the site).
Areas of archaeological or historical impor-
tance.
~	Describe the sampling strategy {e.g. which media
were investigated, what sampling approach was
used, over what area, when was the sampling
performed).
~	Describe known or suspected sources of contami-
nation.
~	Describe types of contamination and the affected
media, including the following:
Types and characteristics of COCs {e.g., toxic,
mobile, carcinogenic, non-carcinogenic).
Quantity/volume of waste that needs to be
addressed.
Concentrations of COCs in each medium.
RCRA hazardous wastes and affected media.
~	Describe location of contamination and known or
potential routes of migration, including the follow-
ing:
Lateral and vertical extent of contamination.
Current and potential future surface and
subsurface routes of human or environmental
exposure.
Likelihood for migration of COCs from current
location or to other media.
Human and ecological populations that could
be affected.
~	For sites with ground-water contamination, describe
the following:
Aquifer(s) affected or threatened by site con-
tamination, types of geologic materials,
approximate depths, whether aquifer is con-
fined or unconfined.
Ground-water flow directions within each
aquifer and between aquifers and ground-water
discharge locations {e.g., surface waters,
wetlands, other aquifers).
Interconnection between surface contamination
{e.g., soils, sediments/surface water) and
ground-water contamination.
Confirmed or suspected presence and location
of non-aqueous phase liquids.
If ground-water models were used to define the
fate and transport of COCs, identify the model
used and major model assumptions.
~	Note other site-specific factors that may affect
response actions at the site.
6-61

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
F.	Current and Potential Future Land and Water Uses
Land Uses
~	Current on-site land uses.
~	Current adjacent/surrounding land uses.
~	Reasonably anticipated future land uses and basis
for future use assumptions {e.g., zoning maps,
nearby development, 20-year development plans,
dialogue with local land use planning officials and
citizens, reuse assessment).
Ground-Water and Surface Water Uses
~	Current ground-water and surface water uses.
~	Potential beneficial ground-water and surface water
uses (e.g., potential drinking water, irrigation) and
basis for future use assumptions {e.g., Comprehen-
sive State Ground Water Protection Plan, promul-
gated State classification, EPA ground-water
classification guidelines).
~	If beneficial use is potential drinking water source,
identify the approximate time frame of projected
future drinking water use {e.g., ground-water aquifer
not currently used as a drinking water source but
expected to be utilized in 30 - 50 years).
~	Location of anticipate use in relation to location and
anticipated migration of contamination.
G.	Summary of Site Risks
~	For human health risks:
Identify the concentrations of COCs in each
medium [see Highlight 6-15 for example table
format].
Summarize the results of the exposure assess-
ment.
Summarize the results of the toxicity assess-
ment for the COCs [see Highlights 6-16A and 6-
16B for example table formats].
Summarize the risk characterization for both
current and potential future land use scenarios
and identify major assumptions and sources of
uncertainty [see Highlight 6-17 for example
language and Highlights 6-18A and 6-18B for
example table formats],
~	For ecological risks:
Identify the concentrations of COCs in each
medium [see Highlight 6-19 for an example
table format].
Summarize the results of the exposure assess-
ment [see Highlight 6-20 for an example table
format].
Summarize the results of the ecological effects
assessment.
Summarize the results of the ecological risk
characterization and identify major assump-
tions and sources of uncertainty [see Highlight
6-21 for an example table format],
~	Clearly present the basis for taking the response
action at the conclusion of this section [see stan-
dard language in Highlight 6-12],
H.	Remedial Action Objectives
~	Present a clear statement of the specific RAOs for
the operable unit or site {e.g., treatment of contami-
nated soils above health-based action levels,
restoration of ground-water plume to drinking water
levels, and containment of DNAPL source areas)
and reference a list or table of the individual perfor-
mance standards.
~	Discuss the basis and rationale for RAOs {e.g.,
current and reasonably anticipated future land use
and potential beneficial ground-water use).
~	Explain how the RAOs address risks identified in
the risk assessment {e.g., how will the risks driving
the need for action be addressed by the response
action?).
I.	Description of Alternatives
The objective of this section is to provide a brief under-
standing of the remedial alternatives developed for the
site.
Remedy Components
Provide a bulleted list of the major components of each
alternative, including but not limited to:
~	Treatment technologies and materials they will be
used to address {e.g., principal threats).
~	Containment components of remedy {e.g., engi-
neering controls, cap, hydraulic barriers) and
materials they will be used to address {e.g., low
concentration source materials, treatment residu-
als).
~	Institutional controls (and entity responsible for
implementing and maintaining them).
~	Operations and Maintenance (O&M) activities
required to maintain the integrity of the remedy {e.g.,
cap maintenance).
~	Monitoring requirements.
[See Highlight 6-22 for examples of remedy compo-
nents.!
6-62

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Common Elements and Distinguishing Features of
Each Alternative
Describe common elements and distinguishing
features unique to each response option. Examples of
these elements include:
~	Key ARARs (or ARAR waivers) associated with each
alternative {e.g., action- and/or location-specific
ARARs, including the control of air, emissions from
ground-water treatment units, manifesting of
hazardous waste, and regulating solid waste
landfills).
~	Long-term reliability of remedy (potential for remedy
failure/replacement costs).
~	Quantity of untreated waste and treatment residuals
to be disposed off-site or managed on-site in a
containment system and degree of residual
contamination remaining in such waste.
~	Estimated time required for design and construction
(i.e., implementation time frame).
~	Estimated time to reach cleanup levels (i.e., time of
operation, period of performance).
~	Estimated capital, annual O&M, and total present
worth costs, discount rate, and the number of years
over which the remedy cost estimate is projected.
~	Describe uses of presumptive remedies and/or
innovative technologies.
Expected Outcomes of Each Alternative
~	Available land uses upon achieving performance
standards. Note time frame to achieve performance
standards (e.g., commercial or light industrial use
available in three years when cleanup levels are
achieved).
~	Available ground water uses upon achieving
performance standards . Note time frame to
achieve performance standards (e.g., restricted
use for industrial purposes in Tl waiver zone,
drinking water use in non-TI zone upon achieving
cleanup levels in 50-70 years).
~	Other impacts or benefits associated with each
alternative.
J. Comparative Analysis of Alternatives
~	Compare the relative performance of each alterna-
tive against the others with respect to the nine
evaluation criteria (summarize in a table if appropri-
ate).
[See Highlight 6-23 for tips on presenting the compara-
tive analysis of alternatives, Highlight 6-24 for example
text, and Highlight 6-25 for an example table format.]
K. Principal Threat Wastes
~	Identify the source materials constituting principal
threats at the site and discuss how the alternatives
will address them.
Note: The Statutory Determinations section of the ROD
should explain whether or not the Selected Remedy
satisfies the statutory preference for remedies employ-
ing treatment that reduces toxicity, mobility, or volume as
a principal element. By indicating whether the principal
threats will be addressed by the alternatives, this section
of the Decision Summary should provide the basis for
that statutory determination.
[See Highlight 6-26 for key definitions.]
L. Selected Remedy
Summary of the Rationale for the Selected Remedy
~	Provide a concise discussion of the key factors for
remedy selection.
Detailed Description of the Selected Remedy
~	Expand on the description of the Selected Remedy
from that which was provided in the Description of
Alternatives section and provide a brief overview of
the RAO's and performance standards.
[See Highlight 6-27 for tips on writing the "Selected
Remedy" section]
Cost Estimate for the Selected Remedy
~	Present a detailed, activity-based breakdown of the
estimated costs associated with implementing and
maintaining the remedy (include estimated capital,
annual O&M, and total present worth costs discount
rate and the number of years over which the remedy
cost estimate is projected).
[See Highlight 6-28 for standard language, Highlight 6-
29 for an example table format, and Highlight 6-30 for
tips on presenting the cost estimate summary.]
Estimated Outcomes of Selected Remedy
~	Available land use(s) upon achieving cleanup
levels. Note time frame to achieve available use
(e.g., commercial or light industrial use available in
3 years when cleanup levels are achieved).
~	Available ground-water use(s) upon achieving
cleanup levels. Note time frame to achieve avail-
able use (e.g., restricted use for industrial pur-
poses in Tl waiver zone, drinking water use in non-
TI zone upon achieving cleanup levels in 50-70
years).
~	Final cleanup levels for each medium (i.e., contami-
nant specific cleanup levels), basis for cleanup
levels, and risk at cleanup levels (if appropriate)
6-63

-------
Chapter 6: Writing the Record of Decision
[see Highlight 6-32 for an example table format],
~	Anticipated socio-economic and community
revitalization impacts {e.g., increased property
values, reduced water supply costs, jobs created,
increased tax revenues due to redevelopment,
environmental justice concerns addressed, en-
hanced human uses of ecological resources).
~	Anticipated environmental and ecological benefits
{e.g., restoration of sensitive ecosystems, protection
of endangered species, protection of wildlife
populations, wetlands restoration).
[See Highlight 6-31 for examples of expected outcomes.]
M. Statutory Determinations
~	Explain how the remedy satisfies the requirements
of §121 of CERCLA to:
Protect human health and the environment.
Comply with ARARs, or justify a waiver [see
Highlight 6-34 for an example table format].
Be cost-effective [see Highlight 6-35 for an
example matrix].
[See Highlight 6-38 for examples of changes and
documentation requirements.]
PART 3: RESPONSIVENESS SUMMARY
The Responsiveness Summary serves the dual pur-
poses of: (1) presenting stakeholder concerns about the
site and preferences regarding the remedial alterna-
tives; and (2) explaining how those concerns were
addressed and the preferences were factored into the
remedy selection process. This discussion should
cross-reference sections of the Decision Summary that
demonstrate how issues raised by the community have
been addressed.
A Stakeholder Issues and Lead Agency Responses
~	Summarize and respond concisely to issues raised
by stakeholders.
B. Technical and Legal Issues
~	Expand on technical and legal issues, if necessary.
Utilize permanent solutions and alternative
treatment technologies or resource recovery
technologies to the maximum extent practicable
{i.e., explain why the Selected Remedy repre-
sents the best option).
Satisfy the preference for treatment as a
principal element, or justify not meeting this
preference [see Highlight 6-33 for an illustration
of the relationship between statutory determina-
tions and the nine criteria],
~	Explain five-year review requirements for the
Selected Remedy [see Highlight 6-36 for informa-
tion regarding five-year reviews],
[See Highlight 6-37 for example language for the
statutory determinations section.]
N. Documentation of Significant Changes from
Preferred Alternative of Proposed Plan
If there are significant changes in the Selected Remedy
from the Preferred Alternative:
~	Discuss the Preferred Alternative originally pre-
sented in the Proposed Plan.
~	Describe the significant changes in the Selected
Remedy.
~	Explain the rationale for the changes and how they
could have been reasonably anticipated based on
information presented in the Proposed Plan or the
Administrative Record file.
6-64

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
7.0 DOCUMENTING POST-ROD CHANGES: MINOR CHANGES,
EXPLANATIONS OF SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES, AND ROD
AMENDMENTS1
7.1 EVALUATING POST-RECORD OF
DECISION INFORMATION
After a ROD is signed, new information may be
received or generated that could affect the implemen-
tation of the remedy selected in the ROD, or could
prompt the reassessment of that remedy.1 The infor-
mation could be identified at any time during, immedi-
ately prior to, or after the implementation of the rem-
edy. Where information is submitted by a PRP, the
public, or the support agency after a ROD is signed,
the lead agency must consider and respond to this in-
formation and place such comments and responses in
the Administrative Record file when all of the follow-
ing criteria are met (per NCP §300.825(c)):
•	Comments contain significant information;
•	The new information is not contained else-
where in the Administrative Record file;
•	The new information could not have been sub-
mitted during the public comment period; and
•	The new information substantially supports the
need to significantly alter the response action.
The lead agency also may evaluate whether a rem-
edy change is warranted on its own merits, even where
the requirements of NCP §300.825(c) are not triggered.2
1	It is I '.P A's policy to encourage appropriate remedy changes in
response to advances in remediation science and technology
(Superfund Reforms: Updating Remedy Decisions, (EPA 540-F-96-026,
September 1996).
2	Responding to post-ROD comments submitted by PRPs, the
public, or the support agency may only require a general overview
of the comments and a simple EPA response if no change to the
remedy is involved or the change is minor (see Answers to Comments
Submitted After the Superfund ROD Is Signed\ EPA memorandum,
October 11, 1995, http://es.epa.gov/oeca/osre/951011. html).
However, a formal public comment period may be conducted de-
pending upon whether the change is significant or fundamental (for
definitions of these types of changes see Section 7.2).
7.2 TYPES OF POST-RECORD OF
DECISION CHANGES
The lead agency's categorization of a post-ROD
change to the Selected Remedy is a site-specific deter-
mination and must consider the following as set out in
NCP §300.435(c)(2).
•	Scope. Does the change alter the scope of the
remedy (e.g., type of treatment or containment
technology, the physical area of the response,
remediation goals to be achieved, type and
volume of wastes to be addressed)?
•	Performance. Would the change alter the perfor-
mance (e.g., treatment levels to be attained, long-
term reliability of the remedy)?
•	Cost. Are there significant changes in costs from
estimates in the ROD, taking into account the
recognized uncertainties associated with the
hazardous waste engineering process selected?
(Feasibility Study cost estimates are expected
to provide an accuracy of +50 percent to -30
percent.)
Based on this evaluation, and depending on the
extent or scope of modification being considered, the
lead agency must make a determination as to the type
of change involved (i.e., nonsignificant or minor, sig-
nificant, or fundamental change). Remedy changes
should fall along a continuum from minor to funda-
mental. Similarly, an aggregate of nonsignificant or sig-
nificant changes could result in a fundamental change.
Post-ROD changes fit into one of the three fol-
lowing categories:
•	Nonsignificant or Minor Changes usually arise dur-
ing design and construction, when modifica-
tions are made to the functional specifications
of the remedy to address issues such as per-
formance optimization, new technical informa-
7-1

-------
Chapter 7: Documenting Post-ROD Changes
tion, support agency/community concerns
and/or cost minimization (e.g., value engineer-
ing process). Such changes may affect things
such as the type or cost of materials, equip-
ment, facilities, services, and supplies used to
implement the remedy. The change will not
have a significant impact on the scope, perfor-
mance or cost of the remedy.
•	Significant Changes generally involve a change to
a component of a remedy that does not fun-
damentally alter the overall cleanup approach.
•	fundamental Changes involve an appreciable
change or changes in the scope, performance,
and/or cost or may be a number of signifi-
cant changes that together have the effect of a
fundamentalchange. An example of a funda-
mental change is one that results in a reconsid-
eration of the overall waste management ap-
proach selected in the original ROD.
Highlight 7-1 provides examples of post-ROD
changes. (See also NCP preamble, 55 FR 8772 for
more information.) Please note that the examples pre-
sented in Highlight 7-1 are not meant to present strict
thresholds for changes in cost, volume, or time.
7.3 DOCUMENTING POST-RECORD
OF DECISION CHANGES
The type of documentation required for a post-
ROD change depends on the nature of the change.
Changes that significantly or fundamentally affect the
remedy selected in the ROD will require more explana-
tion and/or opportunity for public comment than those
that do not. Each type of post-ROD change is associ-
ated with one of three documentation procedures: (1)
a memo or note to the post-ROD file for an insignifi-
cant or minor change; (2) an explanation of significant
differences (ESD) for a significant change, and (3) a
ROD amendment for a fundamental change. Sample
outlines for ESDs and ROD Amendments are pro-
vided in Highlight 7-2.
7.3.1 Documenting Non-Significant (or
Minor) Post-ROD Changes: Memo to
the Site File
Any non-significant or minor changes should be
recorded in the post-ROD site file (e.g., the RD/RA
case file). If the lead agency chooses, non-significant
changes can also be documented for the public in a
Remedial Design Fact Sheet. Although not legally re-
quired, a written statement describing the change is gen-
erally recommended (See "Answers to Comments Submit-
ted After the Superfund ROD is Signed" EPA memoran-
dum, October 11, 1995, http://es.epa.gov/oeca/osre/
951011. html).
7.3.2 Documenting Significant Post-ROD
Changes: Explanation of Significant
Differences
When documenting significant changes made to a
remedy, the lead agency must comply with CERCLA
§117(c) and NCP §§300.435(c)(2)(i) and 300.825(a)(2).
An ESD must describe to the public the nature of the
significant changes, summarize the information that led
to making the changes, and affirm that the revised rem-
edy complies with the NCP and the statutory require-
ments of CERCLA.
To describe the nature of the significant changes, it
is suggested that a side-by-side comparison of the origi-
nal and proposed remedy components be used to clearly
display the significant differences.
The ESD should provide additional information
on changes that have resulted in the remedy as a result
of the change (e.g., changes in the cleanup cost estimate
or remediation time frame). Generally, a new nine-cri-
teria analysis is not required; however, the ESD should
include a statement that the ROD remains protective
and continues to meet ARARs (NCP
§§300.430(f)(1)(ii)(B)(1) and (2)).3 It is also generally
appropriate to prepare an ESD document when the
lead agency decides to exercise a contingency remedy
that was previously described in the ROD (see Section
8.3).
While the ESD is being prepared and made avail-
able to the public, the lead agency may proceed with
the pre-design, design, construction, or operation ac-
tivities associated with the remedy. The lead agency
3 Ail ESD does not generally reopen consideration of ARARs
for the remedy since an ESD does not fundamentally change the
remedy However, if an ESD results in the addition of any new
components to the remedy, any ARARs that apply to the change
that the ESD describes must be discussed and met or waived.
For example, if any ARARs apply to an ESD change which adds
stabilization of residuals to a thermal treatment remedy, they
must be discussed in the ESD and met or waived.
7-2

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 7-1: Examples of Post-Record of Decision Changes
(NOTE: Examples are not meant to present strict thresholds for changes in cost, volume, or time.)
Minor Changes
Small Increase in Volume: Remedial design testing shows that the volume of soil requiring treatment is
75,000 cubic yards rather than the 60,000 estimated in the ROD, but the estimated cost of the overall remedy
will only increase by a small percentage.
Disposal Location: During remedial design, it is discovered that it is not feasible to construct the on-site
landfill (which is part of the Selected Remedy) in the location specified in the ROD. However, another similar
location at the site is suitable for a landfill, and this location is chosen.
Ground-Water Monitoring: The Selected Remedy calls for long-term pump and treat of contaminated ground
water with monitoring on a quarterly basis. After a period of time, a determination is made that no significant
change in data quality or monitoring effectiveness will occur if monitoring contaminant levels in the ground
water is less frequent. Ground-water monitoring is changed to semi-annual sampling.
Significant Changes
Large Increase in Volume/ Cost Increase: Sampling during the remedial design phase indicates the need
to significantly increase the volume of contaminated waste material to be incinerated in order to meet se-
lected cleanup levels, thereby substantially increasing the estimated cost of the remedy.
Disposal Location: The lead agency determines that it is not feasible to construct an on-site landfill for
treated waste in accordance with the remedy selected in the ROD. The treated wastes must be sent to an off-
site landfill. Although the overall management approach for the treated waste (landfill disposal) will remain
the same, the costs and implementation time will increase significantly.
Contingency Remedy: As part of an active ground-water pump and treat system, contaminant concentrations
decrease to an asymptotic level which is close to attainment of the cleanup level. Investigation shows that
adding additional wells to pump and treat ground water will not improve the performance of the remedy in
attaining the cleanup level. The ROD included contingency language that the pump and treat remedy would
continue operating until contaminant levels were reduced by at least 90%. At such time, monitored natural
attenuation would be relied upon to attain the cleanup levels specified in the ROD (if performance monitoring
data indicated that this would be an effective method of achieving the final cleanup levels). A decision is
made to implement the contingency, thus changing the remedy from pump and treat to monitored natural
attenuation. This represents a significant change in achieving the cleanup levels at the site.
New ARAR Promulgated (Impacts on Cleanup Levels and Other Parameters): The lead agency deter-
mines that the attainment of a newly promulgated requirement is necessary, based on new scientific evi-
dence, because the existing ARAR is no longer protective. Although this new requirement will significantly
change the remedy (i.e., cleanup level, timing, volume, or cost), it will not fundamentally alter the remedy
specified in the ROD (i.e., the selected technology will not change) and it will not impact the level of protection
(i.e., risk reduction) that the remedy will provide.
Land Use: During remedial design, the local zoning board decides to change the current land use from
residential to commercial. Although this new requirement will significantly change features of the remedy
(i.e., determination of principal or low level threats, reasonable risk scenarios, appropriate cleanup levels), it
will not fundamentally alter the remedy specified in the ROD (e.g., the selected technology will not change).
Secondary Technology: The lead agency decides to use a biological treatment method instead of air
stripping (which was specified in the ROD) for ex-situ treatment of extracted ground water. The basic pump
and treat approach remains unaltered and the cleanup level specified in the ROD will be met by the alternate
technology; the change is significant, but not fundamental. [See Presumptive Response Strategy and Ex-Situ
Treatment Technologies for Contaminated Ground Water at CERCLA Sites (EPA 540-R-96-023, October
1996).]
7-3

-------
Chapter 7: Documenting Post-ROD Changes
Highlight 7-1: Examples of Post-Record of Decision Changes (continued)
Institutional Controls: During a five-year review, the lead agency reviews institutional control measures
implemented at the site and determines that additional measures, that differ significantly from what was
described in the ROD, are necessary to be protective {e.g., need for an easement to replace a deed notice).
Change in ARARs: At a five-year review, it is determined that a cleanup level is not consistent with an updated
State cleanup standard, and thus is not protective and needs to be modified. This change will not cause a
fundamental change in the volume of waste to be remediated.
Fundamental Changes
Change Primary Treatment Method: The in-situ soil washing remedy selected in the ROD proves to be
infeasible to implement after testing during remedial design. A decision is made to fundamentally change
the remedy to excavate and thermally treat the waste.
Change Primary Treatment Method with Cost Increase: Additional information obtained during remedial
design testing demonstrates that the Selected Remedy for ground water, monitored natural attenuation, will
not meet cleanup levels, as had been originally predicted in the RI/FS. The lead agency decides to funda-
mentally change the remedy from monitored natural attenuation to pump and treat. The estimated cost of the
cleanup increases significantly.
Change Primary Treatment Method with Cost Decrease: Pump and treat is the Selected Remedy for ground
water. Prior to construction of a pump and treat system, interested parties collect and present ground-water
information to the lead agency showing that contaminant concentrations are decreasing due to natural
processes {e.g., biodegradation, dilution, adsorption, dispersion). Modeling indicates that monitored natural
attenuation will achieve cleanup levels in a time frame comparable to pump and treat at substantially less
cost.
Change from Containment to Treatment with Cost Increase: At a five-year review for a small industrial site,
tests indicate that the containment remedy will not be protective and now a more active response approach
{e.g., treatment) is necessary. A new remedy must be selected that will meet protectiveness requirements,
resulting in unanticipated costs for the site.
Technical Impracticability Waiver: While implementing an active pump and treat remedy, the presence of
DNAPL is discovered. A determination is made to invoke a Technical Impracticability Waiver of the ARAR
because treatment of the DNAPL zone is impracticable from an engineering perspective. Rather than treat
the source material (DNAPL) a decision is made to implement a containment approach {e.g., slurry wall) for
the DNAPL zone. Pump and treat will continue outside the containment zone. As a result, the scope,
performance, and cost of the original remedy is fundamentally changed.
Community Preference: The original remedy selected in the ROD was on-site incineration of contaminated
soils with estimated costs of $50 million. The community opposes the building of an incinerator and re-
quests that an alternate remedy be selected. New information received after the ROD was signed demon-
strates that thermal desorption can meet the cleanup goals in a reasonable time frame for less cost with no
loss in protection. This change is based on the community's preference for an alternative to the original
Selected Remedy.
Volume Decrease Changes Primary Treatment Method: The Selected Remedy called for treatment by lead
recovery and recycling of lead contaminated materials. Additional investigation in design showed the volume
of waste to be smaller than originally presumed. The decrease in volume made recycling uneconomical.
The amended remedy calls for treatment and containment such that waste is stabilized and consolidated in
a lined and capped on-site containment facility. The scope of the new remedy is more efficient, is cost-
effective, and is supported by the State and the community.
7-4

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
should consult with the support agency, as appropriate,
before issuingan ESD (NCP §300.435(c)(2)). Although
not specifically required by CERCLA §121 (f) and NCP
§300.435(c)(2) (i), it is also recommended that the lead
agency provide the support agency the opportunity to
comment, and summarize the support agency's com-
ments in the ESD. The lead agency also must publish a
notice of availability and a brief description of the ESD
in a major local newspaper of general circulation (as
required by NCP §300.435(c) (2) (i)(B)). The ESD must
be made available to the public by placing it in the Ad-
ministrative Record file and information repository
(NCP §§300.435(c) (2)(i)(A) and 300.825(a)(2)). A for-
mal public comment periodis not required when issuing
an ESD.
In some cases, an additional public comment pe-
riod or public meeting may be held voluntarily on a
planned ESD (NCP §300.825(b)). This may be useful
where there is considerable public or PRP interest in the
matter. The Office of Emergency and Remedial Re-
sponse (OERR) recommends issuing the ESD in a fact
sheet format as outlined in Highlight 7-2. The Regional
Administrator (or their designee) must sign an ESD. In
such cases it may be appropriate to delay implementa-
tion of the remedy relating to the ESD to allow a con-
sideration of possible concerns.
7.3.3 Documenting Fundamental Post-
ROD Changes: ROD Amendment
When a fundamental change is made to the basic
features of the remedy selected in a ROD with respect
to scope, performance, or cost, the lead agency is re-
quired to develop and document the change consistent
with the ROD process (NCP §§300.435(c)(2)(ii)(A)
through (H)). This entails the issuance of a revised Pro-
posed Plan that highlights the proposed changes. An
amended ROD that documents the change follows the
Proposed Plan. The portion of the ROD being
amended is evaluated using the nine criteria, focusing
on those central to the rationale for the Selected Rem-
edy.
In general, the introductory sections of the ROD
do not need to be readdressed in the ROD Amend-
ment but may be referenced from the previous ROD.
The focus of the amendment should be to document
the rationale for the amendment and provide assurances
that the proposed remedy satisfies the statutory require-
ments. This is accomplished through an evaluation, uti-
lizing the nine criteria, of the portion of the remedy
being changed.
To describe the nature of the changes, it is sug-
gested that a side-by-side comparison of the original
and proposed remedy components be used to clearly
display the differences.
The information included in a ROD Amendment
is a function of the type of change made and the ratio-
nale for that change. If the amended ROD addresses
the entire response action for the site or a series of op-
erable units (e.g., soil, surface water, ground water), only
the portion of the remedy that is being changed
(e.g.,ground water) requires an amendment. For the
portion of the ROD being amended, a new nine-crite-
ria analysis, including a new ARARs analysis, will be nec-
essary (see NCP §300.430(f)(l)(ii) (B)(2)). Portions of the
analysis in the original ROD can be cross-referenced,
where appropriate. RD/RA activities being conducted
on other portions of the site or at operable units not
proposed for changes may continue during the amend-
ment process.
When fundamental changes are proposed to the
ROD, the lead agency must conduct the public partici-
pation and documentation procedures specified in NCP
§§300.435(c)(2)(ii) and 300.825(a)(2). This would in-
clude issuing a revised Proposed Plan that highlights the
proposed changes. The format should follow that of
the Proposed Plan described in Chapter 3. The final
decision to amend is not made until after consideration
of public comment (NCP §300.435(c)(2)(ii)).
If a fundamental change is made after a consent
decree has been entered at an enforcement-lead site, the
decree may need to be modified to conform to the
amended ROD, and perhaps involve the Department
of Justice or the Court. RPMs should check with their
Regional Counsel on how this may be accomplished.
ROD Amendments, like RODs, must be signed
by the Regional Administrator (or their designee). A
recommended outline and checklist can be found in
Highlight 7-2.
7-5

-------
Chapter 7: Documenting Post-ROD Changes
7.4 HEADQUARTERS REVIEW AND
FILING OF DECISION CHANGES
Draft ESDs and ROD Amendments (including
revised Proposed Plans) should be submitted to EPA
Headquarters for review and comment pursuant to Focus
Areas for Headquarters OERR Supportfor Regional Decision
Making (OSWER 9200.1-17,May 22,1996). In the event
that the remedy change meets the criteria for review by
the National Remedy Review Board, the appropriate
consultation procedures should be followed. For more
information on the National Remedy Review Board,
see http://www.epa. gov/superfund/programs/nrrb/
index.htm. See also Appendix C, Consolidated Guide to
ConsultationProceduresforSuperfund Response Decisions (EPA
540-F-97-009, May 1997).
A copy of a signed final ESD or ROD Amend-
ment should be submitted within 30 days of signature
to the following Headquarters office:
ROD Clearinghouse
Superfund Document Center
U.S. EPA Mail Code 5202G
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
Please refer to Appendix D for guidance on sub-
mitting decision documents to EPA Headquarters.
7-6

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight 7-2: Sample Outline and Checklist for ESDs and ROD Amendments
Component
Explanation of Significant Differences
ROD Amendment
Introduction to the
Site and Statement
of Purpose
•	Site name and location.
•	Identification of lead and support agencies.
•	Citation of CERCLA §117(c) and NCP
§300.435(c)(2)(l).
•	Include date of ROD signature.
•	Summary of circumstances that led to the
need for an ESD.
•	Statement that ESD will become part of
Administrative Record file (NCP
300.825(a)(2)).
•	Address of location where the file is
available and hours of availability.
•	Site name and location.
•	Identification of lead and support agencies
•	Citation of CERCLA §117 and NCP
§300.435(c)(2)(H).
•	Include date of original ROD signature.
•	Summary of circumstances that led to the
need for a ROD Amendment.
•	Statement that ROD Amendment will become
part of Administrative Record file (NCP
300.825(a)(2)).
•	Address of location where the file is
available and hours of availability.
Site History,
Contamination, and
Selected Remedy
•	Brief summary of contamination problems
and site history.
•	Present the Selected Remedy, as originally
described in the ROD.
•	Brief summary of contamination problems
and site history.
•	Present the Selected Remedy, as originally
described in the ROD.
Basis for the
Document
•	Summarize information that prompted and
supports significant differences from the
Selected Remedy, including the results of
the treatability studies or other information
developed or provided during the remedial
design process.
•	Reference any information in the Administra-
tive Record file that supports the need for
the change.
•	Summarize the information that prompted and
supports fundamentally changing the remedy
selected in the ROD, including the results of
treatability studies or other information
developed or provided during the remedial
design process that supports the amend-
ment.
•	Reference any information in the Administra-
tive Record file that supports the need for
the amendment.
Description of
Significant
Differences or New
Alternatives
•	Describe the significant differences
between the remedy as presented in the
ROD and the action now proposed,
highlighting scope, performance, and cost.
•	Describe any changes in Expected
Outcomes that will result from the ESD (e.g.,
change in time to achieve cleanup objec-
tives).
•	Describe original Selected Remedy and new
proposed remedy in the same manner as in a
standard ROD, highlighting the following:
Treatment components.
Containment or storage components.
Institutional Control components.
Key ARARs.
•	Explain how the change will affect the
Remedial Action Objectives for the site.
•	Describe any changes in Expected Out-
comes that will result from the ROD
Amendment (e.g., change in land use,
change in cleanup levels).
Evaluation of
Alternatives
Not Applicable to ESDs.
• Use the nine criteria to compare the original
and the new proposed remedies.
Support Agency
Comments
• Include a summary of support agency
comments on the ESD.
• Include a summary of support agency
comments on the ROD Amendment.
Statutory
Determinations
• State that the modified remedy satisfies
CERCLA §121.
• State that the modified remedy satisfies
CERCLA §121.
Public Participation
Compliance
• Document that the public participation
requirements set out in NCP
§300.435(c)(2)(i) have been met.
• Document that the public participation
requirements set out in NCP
§300.435(c)(2)(H) have been met.
7-7

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
8.0 DOCUMENTING NO ACTION, INTERIM ACTION, AND
CONTINGENCY REMEDY DECISIONS
This chapter discusses the essential components of
RODs that are prepared to document three specific
types of remedial action decisions: no action, interim
action, and contingency remedies. In preparing one of
these three types of RODs, RPMs should modify the
recommended format of the "standard ROD" for fi-
nal response actions (see Highlight 8-1 and the checklist
at the end of Chapter 6) as indicated in this chapter. In
the examples provided here, for each type of ROD,
sections of the standard ROD that should be elimi-
nated have been crossed out (e.g., Statutory Determina-
tions), and remaining sections should be modified ac-
cording to the directions provided. All other sections
should be prepared as in a standard ROD (see Chapter
6 for complete descriptions).
8.1 DOCUMENTING NO ACTION
DECISIONS
The lead agency may determine that no action (i.e.,
no treatment, engineering controls, or institutional con-
trols1) is warranted under the following general sets of
circumstances:
•	When the site or a specific problem or area of
the site (i.e., an operable unit) poses no current
or potential threat to human health or the envi-
ronment;
•	When CERCLA does not provide the author-
ity to take remedial action; or
•	When a previous response (s) has eliminated the
need for further remedial response.
Examples of potential situations where no action
decisions may be appropriate are provided in Highlight
8-2. Highlights 8-4, 8-5, and 8-6 outline ROD formats
for situations where a no action ROD may be war-
ranted.
	
Highlight 8-1: Recommended
Outline for Standard Recordof
Decision*
PART 1: DECLARATION
•	Site Name and Location
•	Statement of Basis and Purpose
•	Assessment of Site
•	Description of Selected Remedy
•	Statutory Determinations
•	ROD Data Certification Checklist
•	Authorizing Signatures
PART 2: DECISION SUMMARY
•	Site Name, Location, and Brief Description
•	Site History and Enforcement Activities
•	Community Participation
•	Scope and Role of Operable Unit or
Response Action
•	Site Characteristics
•	Current and Potential Future Site and
Resource Uses
•	Summary of Site Risks
•	Remedial Action Objectives
•	Description of Alternatives
•	Comparative Analysis of Alternatives
•	Principal Threat Waste
•	Selected Remedy
•	Statutory Determinations
•	Documentation of Significant Changes
PART 3: RESPONSIVENESS SUMMARY
•	Stakeholder Comments and Lead Agency
Responses
•	Technical and Legal Issues
•	See Chapter 6 for an expanded outline/
checklist.
1 An alternative may include monitoring only and still be con-
sidered "no action." However, monitored natural attenuation is
not a "no action" decision. See Appendix B for a detailed discussion
of this distinction and for monitored natural attention documenta-
tion recommendations.
8-1

-------
Chapter 8: Documenting No Action, Interim Action, and Contingency Remedy Decisions
	
Highlight 8-2: Examples of
Situations Where No Action
Decisions May Be Appropriate
Example 1:
•	Where the baseline risk assessment con-
cludes that current or potential future site con-
ditions pose no unacceptable risks to hu-
man health or to the environment (section
8.1.1).
Example 2:
•	Where a release involves only a pure petro-
leum product that is exempt from the defini-
tions of hazardous substances, pollutants,
and contaminants under CERCLA §101
(section 8.1.2).
Example 3:
•	Where a previous removal or remedial ac-
tion eliminates existing and potential risks to
human health and the environment so that
no further action is necessary (section 8.1.3).
8.2 DOCUMENTING INTERIM ACTION
DECISIONS
During scoping, or at other points in the RI/FS,
the lead agency may determine that an interim remedial
action is appropriate.2 An interim action is limited in
scope and only addresses areas/media that also will be
addressed by a final site/operable unit ROD. Reasons
for taking an interim action could include the need to:
•	Take quick action to protect human health and
the environment from an imminent threat in
the short term, while a final remedial solution
is being developed; or
•	Institute temporary measures to stabilize the site
or operable unit and/or prevent further mi-
gration of contaminants or further environmen-
tal degradation.
Interim actions either are implemented for sepa-
rate operable units or may be a component of a final
ROD for other portions of the site. In either case, an
2 A removal action also may be appropriate to address imme-
diate risks at an NPL site. See Interim Guidance on Addressing Imme-
diate Threats at NPL Sites (OSWER 9200.2-03, January 1990).
interim action must be followed by a final ROD, which
must satisfy all of the following:
•	Provide long-term protection of human health
and the environment;
•	Comply with ARARs;
•	Fully address the principal threats posed by the
site or operable unit; and
•	Address the statutory preference for treatment
that reduces the toxicity, mobility, or volume
of wastes.
The basic format presented in this section will be
the same for all interim actions. However, the detailed
information required within each section of the ROD
may vary, depending on whether the action addresses
ground water or source materials.
8.2.1 Interim A ctions Vers us Early A ctions
Interim remedial actions should not be confused
with "early remedial actions." "Early" in this case is
simply a description of when the action is taken in the
Superfund process.3 Thus, an early action is one that is
taken before the RI/FS for the site or operable unit has
been completed. Hence, early actions may be either
interim or final. An example of an early interim action
would be to provide a temporary alternative water sup-
ply and seal wells that are pumping from a contami-
nated aquifer, whereas an early final action might in-
volve the complete removal of drums and a limited
amount of surrounding contaminated soil that, with-
out early attention, could result in contamination to cur-
rently uncontaminated areas. More detailed examples
of early interim and early final actions are described in
Highlight 8-3.
When an interim action is taken early in the process
to mitigate immediate threats, it is likely that no formal
RI/FS Report will be available yet. Although prepara-
tion of an RI/FS Report is not required for an interim
action, there must be documentation that supports the
rationale for the action to fulfill the NCP's Administra-
tive Record requirements. The ROD serves this pur-
3 For more EPA guidance on early actions, see Early Action and
Long-Term Action Under the Superfund Accelerated Cleanup Model
(SACM) (OSWER 9203.1-051, Vol. 1, No. 2, September 1992).
8-2

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
	
Highlight 8-3: Examples of
Possible Interim and Early Actions
Interim Actions
•	Installing and operating extraction wells in
an aquifer to restrict migration of a contami-
nated ground-water plume with the intention
of later installing additional wells (or taking
other action) to address the contamination
in a final action.
•	Providing a temporary alternate source of
drinking water with the intention of later, in a
subsequent action, remediating the source
of contamination and/or the aquifer.
•	Constructing a temporary cap to control or
reduce exposures until subsequent action
is taken.
•	Relocating contaminated material from one
area of a site {e.g., residential yards) to an-
other area of the site for temporary storage
until a decision on how best to manage site
wastes is made.
Early Actions
•	Early interim action. Any of the interim ac-
tions discussed above, if taken before the
completion of the RI/FS for site or OU, would
constitute an early action.
•	Early final action. Before the RI/FS is com-
pleted, drums are removed from the site
along with surrounding contaminated soil
that, without early attention, could result in
contamination of currently uncontaminated
areas. [This action, although taken early, is
final because the removed drums and soil
were taken off-site for final disposal.]
pose. A summary of site data collected during field
investigations should be sufficient to document a prob-
lem in need of response. In addition, a short analysis
of remedial alternatives considered, those rejected, and
the basis for the evaluation (as is done in a focused FS)
should be summarized to support the selected action.
8.2.2 Interim A ction Record of Decision
Format4
The interim action ROD should be tailored to the
limited scope and purpose of the interim action. The
format for an interim action ROD is outlined in High-
light 8-7.
8.3 DOCUMENTING CONTINGENCY
REMEDY DECISIONS
The lead agency, in consultation with the support
agency, may decide to incorporate a contingency rem-
edy in the ROD. A contingency ROD may be appro-
priate when there is significant uncertainty about the
ability of remedial options to achieve cleanup levels (e.g.,
cleanup of an aquifer to MCLs or non-zero MCLGs).
For example, a contingency ROD may be appropriate
when the performance of a treatment technology (or a
demonstrated technology being used on a waste for
which performance data are not available) appears to
be the most promising option, but additional testing
will be needed during remedial design to verify the
technology's performance capabilities; in this case, a
more "proven approach" could be identified as a con-
tingency remedy.5 The ROD should specify under what
circumstances the contingency remedy would be imple-
mented. Be as specific as possible with the criteria that
the lead agency will use to decide to implement the
contingency option as opposed to the selected remedy
(e.g., failure to achieve desired performance levels). The
process by which the contingency will be invoked should
be discussed as well. Generally, an ESD will be re-
quired to invoke a contingency. However, if the con-
4	In some cases, RODs will include both interim actions and a
final action; such RODs should clearly specify which components
of the action are interim and which are final. For any final action
components, the ROD should include the information and docu-
mentation required for the "standard ROD" (see Chapter 6). For
example, where a ROD includes a final source control measure and
a temporary alternate water supply, the ROD must provide the
documentation required in the "standard format" for the final source
control action, as well as addressing in the streamlined manner
above, the rationale and justification for the interim water supply
action. In this example, it would be necessary to address the con-
taminated ground water in a final action ROD at a later time.
5	The use of contingency remedies should be considered care-
fully. Treatability studies and/or field investigations necessary to
evaluate a technology's applicability to the site should be completed
during the RI/FS. More detailed testing necessary to establish
design parameters and performance requirements may be performed
during remedial design.
8-3

-------
Chapter 8: Documenting No Action, Interim Action, and Contingency Remedy Decisions
tingency remedy or the criteria for its selection are not
well-documented in the ROD, a ROD amendment may
be required to invoke this cleanup option at a later point
in time.
The recommended format for contingency rem-
edy RODs is outlined in Highlight 8-8.
8-4

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
	
Highlight 8-4: Documenting a No Action Decision: Action Not Necessary for Protection
Part 1: The Declaration
Site Name and Location
Statement of Basis and Purpose
Assessment of Site
Description of Selected Remedy: The lead agency should state that no CERCLA action is necessary for the
site or operable unit, although it may authorize monitoring to verify that no unacceptable exposures to
potential hazards posed by the site or operable unit occur in the future.
Statutory Determinations: None of the CERCLA §121 statutory determinations are necessary in this
section since no remedy is being selected. Instead, the lead agency should state briefly that no remedial
action is necessary to ensure protection of human health and the environment.
ROD Data Certification Checklist
Authorizing Signatures
Part 2: Decision Summary
Site Name, Location, and Description
Site History and Enforcement Activities
Community Participation
Scope and Role of Operable Unit or Response Action
Site Characteristics
Current and Potential Future Site and Resource Uses: This section establishes the foundation for the site
risks section, which provides the primary basis for the no action decision. Current and potential future land
and ground-water resource uses should be clearly explained and documented. Site use characteristics
shape the formation of realistic exposure scenarios for the baseline risk assessment.
Site Risks: This section provides the primary basis for the no action decision. The discussion should
support the determination that no remedial action is necessary to ensure protection of human health and
the environment. The lead agency should explain the basis for its conclusion that unacceptable exposures
to hazardous substances will not occur. (In most cases, this will be based on the baseline risk assessment
conducted during the Rl.) This information should correlate with the Current and Potential Future Site
Resource Uses. In limited cases where alternatives were developed in the FS, the lead agency should
reference the RI/FS Report. Generally, an FS is not necessary for a no action decision.
Remedial Action Objectives Development of this and the four subsequent sections is unnecessary when
the baseline risk assessment shows no unacceptable risks at the site.
Description of Alternatives
Comparative Analysis of Alternatives
Principal Threat Waste
Selected Remedy
Statutory Determinations
Documentation of Significant Changes
Part 3: Responsiveness Summary
Stakeholder Issues and Lead Agency Responses
Technical and Legal Issues
8-5

-------
Chapter 8: Documenting No Action, Interim Action, and Contingency Remedy Decisions
	
Highlight 8-5: Documenting a No Action Decision: No CERCLA Authority to Take Action
Part 1: The Declaration
•	Site Name and Location
•	Statement of Basis and Purpose
•	Assessment of the Site
•	Description of Selected Remedy: The lead agency should state that no CERCLA remedial action can be
taken for the site or operable unit, although it may authorize monitoring to verify that no releases that can be
addressed under CERCLA occur in the future.
•	Statutory Determinations: No §121 statutory determinations are necessary in this section since no remedy
is being selected. This section should explain that EPA does not have authority under CERCLA §§104 or
106 to address the problem(s) posed by the site or operable unit. Explain if the problem has been referred
to other authorities.
•	ROD Data Certification Checklist
•	Authorizing Signatures
Part 2: Decision Summary
•	Site Name, Location, and Description
•	Site History and Enforcement Activities
•	Community Participation
•	Scope and Role of Operable Unit or Response Action
•	Site Characteristics (if necessary)
•	Current and Potential Future Site and Resource Uses (if necessary)
•	Site Risks
•	Remedial Action Objectives
•	Description of Alternatives
•	Comparative Analysis of Alternatives
•	Principal Threat Waste
•	Selected Remedy
•	Statutory Authority Finding: The concluding statement of the absence of CERCLA authority to address the
problem should be the same as in the Declaration.
•	Documentation of Significant Changes
Part 3: Responsiveness Summary
•	Stakeholder Issues and EPA Responses
•	Technical and Legal Issues
8-6

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
	
Highlight 8-6: Documenting a No Action Decision: No Further Action Necessary
Part 1: The Declaration
•	Site Name and Location
•	Statement of Basis and Purpose
•	Assessment of Site
•	Description of Selected Remedy: The lead agency should state that no CERCLA remedial action is neces-
sary for the site or operable unit, although it may authorize monitoring to verify that no unacceptable expo-
sures to risks posed by the site or operable unit occur in the future.
•	ROD Data Certification Checklist
•	Statutory Determinations: This Declaration should state that it has been determined that no remedial
action is necessary at the site or operable unit. The Declaration should explain that previous response(s) at
the site or operable unit eliminated the need to conduct further remedial action. This section should also
note whether a five-year review is required based on the earlier response action(s). "If a remedial action is
selected that results in hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants remaining at the Site above
levels that allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure, the lead agency shall review such action no
less often than every five years after initiation of the selected remedial action" (NCP §300.430(f)(4)(ii)).
•	Authorizing Signatures
Part 2: Decision Summary
•	Site Name, Location, and Description
•	Site History and Enforcement Activities: Information related to site history provides perspective, especially
where previous removal(s) have occurred. This information is useful if the No Action ROD is a closeout
ROD.
•	Community Participation
•	Scope and Role of Operable Unit or Response Action
•	Site Characteristics
•	Current and Potential Future Site and Resource Uses: This section establishes the foundation for the site
risks section, which provides the primary basis for the no action decision. Current and potential future land
and ground-water resource uses should be clearly explained and documented. Site use characteristics
shape the formation of realistic exposure scenarios for the baseline risk assessment.
•	Site Risks: This section provides the primary basis for the no action decision. The discussion should
support the determination that no remedial action is necessary to ensure protection of human health and
the environment. The lead agency should explain the basis for its conclusion that unacceptable exposures
to hazardous substances will not occur. (In most cases, this will be based on the baseline risk assessment
conducted during the Rl.) Any previous responses that were conducted at the site or operable unit that
served to eliminate the need for additional remedial action should be summarized in this discussion. In
limited cases where alternatives were developed in the FS, the lead agency should reference the RI/FS
Report.
•	Remedial Action Objectives
•	Description of Alternatives
•	Comparative Analysis of Alternatives
•	Principal Threat Waste
•	Selected Remedy
•	Statutory Determinations
•	Documentation of Significant Changes
Part 3: Responsiveness Summary
•	Stakeholder Issues and Lead Agency Responses
•	Technical and Legal Issues
8-7

-------
Chapter 8: Documenting No Action, Interim Action, and Contingency Remedy Decisions
	
Highlight 8-7: Documenting an Interim Action Decision
Part 1: The Declaration
•	Site Name and Location
•	Statement of Basis and Purpose
•	Assessment of the Site
•	Description of the Selected Remedy
•	Statutory Determinations: The declaration statement should generally read as follows'. This interim action
is protective of human health and the environment in the short term and is intended to provide adequate
protection until a final ROD is signed; complies with (or waives) those federal and state requirements that
are applicable or relevant and appropriate for this limited-scope action; and is cost-effective. This action is
an interim solution only, and is not intended to utilize permanent solutions and alternative treatment (or
resource recovery) technologies to the maximum extent practicable for this [site/operable unit], [NOTE:
Where treatment is utilized, replace the previous sentence with the following: "Although this interim action is
not intended to address fully the statutory mandate for permanence and treatment to the maximum extent
practicable, this interim action does utilize treatment and thus supports that statutory mandate."] Because
this action does not constitute the final remedy for the [site/operable unif\, the statutory preference for
remedies that employ treatment that reduces toxicity, mobility, or volume as a principal element [NOTE:
Include if treatment is being used: "although partially addressed in this remedy,"] will be addressed by the
final response action. Subsequent actions planned to address fully the threats posed by conditions at this
[site/operable unit]. Because this remedy will result in hazardous substances remaining on-site above
health-based levels, a review will be conducted to ensure that the remedy continues to provide adequate
protection of human health and the environment within five years after commencement of the remedial
action. Because this is an interim action ROD, review of this site and remedy will be ongoing as EPA
continues to develop remedial alternatives for the [site/operable unit].
•	ROD Data Certification Checklist
•	Authorizing Signatures
Part 2: Decision Summary
•	Site Name, Location, and Description
•	Site History and Enforcement Activities
•	Community Participation
•	Scope and Role of Operable Unit: This section provides the rationale for taking the limited action. To the
extent that information is available, the section should detail how the response action fits into the overall site
strategy. This section should state that the interim action will neither be inconsistent with, nor preclude,
implementation of the final remedy.
•	Site Characteristics: This section should focus on the description of those site or operable unit to be
addressed by the interim remedy.
•	Current and Potential Future Site and Resource Uses
•	Site Risks: This section should focus risks addressed by the interim action and should provide the ratio-
nale for the limited scope of the action. The rationale can be supported by facts that indicate that temporary
action is necessary to stabilize the site or a portion of the site, prevent further environmental degradation, or
achieve significant risk reduction quickly while a final remedial solution is being developed. Qualitative risk
information may be presented if quantitative risk information is not yet available. The more specific findings
of the baseline risk assessment, and the ultimate clean-up objectives (i.e., acceptable exposure levels) for
the site or unit, should be included in the subsequent final action ROD for the operable unit.
•	Remedial Action Objectives
•	Description of Alternatives: This section should describe the limited alternatives (including the no action
alternative) that were considered for the interim action (generally three or fewer). Only those requirements
that are applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs) to the limited-scope interim action
should be incorporated into the description of alternatives.
•	Comparative Analysis of Alternatives: The comparative analysis should be presented in light of the limited
scope of the action. Evaluation criteria not relevant to evaluation of interim actions need not be addressed
in detail. Rather, their irrelevance to the decision should be noted briefly.

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
	
Highlight 8-7 (cont.): Documenting an Interim Action Decision
•	Principal Threat Waste
•	Selected Remedy
•	Statutory Determinations: The interim action should protect human health and the environment from the
exposure pathway or threat it is addressing and the waste material being managed at least in the short term
(until a final ROD is implemented). The ARARs discussion should focus only on those ARARs specific to
the interim action {e.g., residuals management during implementation). An interim action waiver may be
appropriate where a requirement that is an ARAR cannot be met as part of the interim remedy, but will be
attained (unless use of one of the five waivers is justified) by the final site remedy (CERCLA §121 (d)(4)(A)
and NCP §300.430(f) (1 )(ii)(C)(1)). The discussion under "utilization of permanent solutions and treatment
to the maximum extent practicable" should indicate that the interim action is not designed or expected to be
final, but that the selected remedy represents the best balance of trade-offs among alternatives with respect
to pertinent criteria, given the limited scope of the action. The discussion under the preference for treatment
section should note that the preference will be addressed in the final decision document for the site or final
operable unit, although treatment components "that support the preference" should be noted.
•	Documentation of Significant Changes
Part 3: Responsiveness Summary
•	Stakeholder Issues and Lead Agency Responses
•	Technical and Legal Issues
8-9

-------
Chapter 8: Documenting No Action, Interim Action, and Contingency Remedy Decisions
	
Highlight 8-8: Documenting a Contingency Remedy Decision
Part 1: The Declaration
•	Site Name and Location
•	Statement of Basis and Purpose
•	Assessment of the Site
•	Description of the Selected Remedy: Both the selected remedy and the contingency remedy should be
described in bullet form.
•	Statutory Determinations: The Declaration should be modified to indicate that both the selected remedy
and the contingency remedy will satisfy the statutory requirements.
•	ROD Data Certification Checklist
•	Authorizing Signatures
Part 2: Decision Summary
•	Site Name, Location, and Description
•	Site History and Enforcement Activities
•	Community Participation
•	Scope and Role of Operable Unit or Response Action
•	Site Characteristics
•	Current and Potential Future Site and Resource Uses
•	Site Risks
•	Remedial Action Objectives: This is a crucial section for RODs that contain selected remedies with contin-
gency provisions. A very explicit statement of the RAOs should be included. Other remedy performance
expectations and criteria should be included as well.
•	Description of Alternatives: This section should identify any uncertainties about the use of the technologies
being considered and the extent additional testing is needed. The selected remedy and the contingency
remedy must be fully described.
•	Comparative Analysis of Alternatives: The selected remedy, the contingency remedy, and other alternatives
considered should be evaluated fully against the nine criteria; the uncertainties should be noted, as well as
the expectations for performance. Community (and support agency) acceptance of an innovative technology
should be discussed.
•	Principal Threat Waste
•	Selected Remedy: The selected and contingency remedies should be identified. Additional testing/investi-
gations to occur as part of remedial design to further evaluate the selected remedy should be discussed.
The criteria that will be used to decide to implement the contingency remedy and the vehicle for invoking the
contingency (i.e., ESD) should be identified.
•	Statutory Determinations: The statutory determination discussion should document that both remedies
fulfill CERCLA §121.
•	Documentation of Significant Changes
Part 3: Responsiveness Summary
•	Stakeholder Issues and Lead Agency Responses
•	Technical and Legal Issues
8-10

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
9.0 DOCUMENTING SPECIFIC REMEDY SELECTION SITUATIONS
9.1	INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to provide suggested
language and recommendations for documenting the
following remedy selection cases:
•	Presumptive remedy decisions.
•	Response actions for lead (Pb) in soil.
•	Response actions for ground water.
•	Response actions involving the use of a techni-
cal impracticability waiver.
For each of the special cases listed above, this chapter
provides general background information; details the
sections of the remedy selection decision documents
which may require modification; describes the infor-
mation that should be included in the sections identi-
fied; provides sample language; and identifies sources
of additional information. This chapter does not re-
peat the information presented in Chapters 3 and 6. It
details how the recommended outline and checklist pre-
sented in those chapters should be modified to address
the situations named above.
9.2	DOCUMENTING PRESUMPTIVE
REMEDY DECISIONS
EPA developed the presumptive remedy initiative
to expedite remedy selection at sites with similar char-
acteristics (e.g., municipal landfills) or contaminants (e.g.,
volatile organic compounds (VOCs)). The selection of
presumptive remedies is based on historical patterns of
remedy selection and current scientific and engineering
information. To date, EPA has issued presumptive rem-
edies for YOCs in soil, municipal landfills, and
woodtreater sites. In addition, EPA issued a presump-
tive response strategy for contaminated ground water
at CERCLA sites and will soon be finalizing a presump-
tive remedy for sites with metals in soils.
9.2.1 Modifications to Remedy Selection
Decision Documents
The presumptive remedy selection approach is con-
sistent with the standard RI/FS and remedy selection
process and requires the same basic remedy selection
documentation requirements, with some modifications
as described below. Certain sections of remedy selec-
tion decision documents should be modified to explain
the context and rationale for a remedy selection deci-
sion based on a presumptive remedy. The recom-
mended documentation approach is described below.
Community Participation Section
Additional community outreach will usually be ap-
propriate when implementing a presumptive remedy
approach to ensure that the community understands the
rationale and basis of the streamlining of remedial al-
ternatives analysis. Any additional community outreach
efforts should be documented in this section.
Scope and Role of Operable Unit or Response
Action Section
This section should describe the role of the pre-
sumptive remedy in the response action for this oper-
able unit (e.g., the soils are contaminated with YOCs or
the site was formerly a wood treatment facility). A brief
description of the lead agency's basis for the use of the
presumptive remedy should be provided in this section
(i.e., the site matches the type of site for which the pre-
sumptive approach was designed to address). Infor-
mation on why and how the presumptive remedy pro-
cess streamlines the RI/FS process should be summa-
rized as well. Highlight 9-1 provides sample language
for this section.
Site Characteristics Section
If streamlining mechanisms associated with a pre-
sumptive remedy were used, describe how the site char-
acterization was affected. For example, in the case of a
municipal landfill, describe how the presumptive rem-
edy of containment eliminated the need to characterize
the contents of the landfill, and that site characterization
focused on ground-water contamination.
9-1

-------
Chapter 9: Documenting Specific Remedy Selection Situations
	
Highlight 9-1: Sample Language
for Describing a Presumptive
Remedy Approach
Soil vapor extraction (SVE) is considered by EPA
to be a highly effective way to cleanup volatile
organic compounds (VOCs) in soils in many
cases. SVE has been identified as a presump-
tive remedy by EPA for VOCs in soil because it
repeatedly has been shown to be effective at
treating similar wastes at other CERCLA sites.
Presumptive remedies were developed by EPA
to streamline the selection of cleanup meth-
ods for certain categories of sites by narrowing
the consideration of cleanup methods to treat-
ment technologies or remediation approaches
that have a proven track record in the Superfund
program. EPA has determined that it is appro-
priate to apply the presumptive remedy for
VOCs in soil at this Operable Unit based on the
soil and contaminant characteristics found at
the site and guidance provided in the directive,
Presumptive Remedies: Site Characterization
and Technology Selection for CERCLA Sites
with Volatile Organic Compounds in Soils (EPA
540-F-93-048). Further information on the se-
lection of presumptive remedies for VOC soil
contamination is presented in User's Guide to
the VOCs in Soils Presumptive Remedy (EPA
540-F-96-008).
Site Risks Section
A streamlined site risk analysis is possible for some
categories of presumptive remedy sites. For example,
in the case of municipal landfills, the risk evaluation may
be streamlined if ground-water contamination at the
site is sufficient to provide the basis for remedial action.
If a streamlined risk evaluation is performed, a brief
description of the process should be provided in this
section. This description should identify the exposure
pathways evaluated and their associated risk. An expla-
nation should be provided for pathways not quantita-
tively evaluated (e.g., a direct contact threat was not evalu-
ated due to the nature of the cap that is being con-
structed at the site).
Description of Alternatives Section
In addition to the descriptions of alternatives that
are generally found in this section, a brief explanation
of how the alternatives were selected within the con-
text of the presumptive remedy should be provided.
This is particularly important for the presumptive rem-
edies that identify a "suite" of acceptable remediation
technologies or approaches with a preferred technol-
ogy identified (i.e., VOCs in soil, woodtreater sites, and
metals in soils). If the preferred technology is judged
appropriate based on the circumstances of the specific
site in question, an explanation that the preferred tech-
nology and the no action alternatives were the only al-
ternatives considered should be provided. If the pre-
ferred technology was eliminated from consideration
during the RI/FS, an explanation of the factors influ-
encing that decision should be provided, along with any
site-specific factors affecting consideration of the re-
maining presumptive remedies for that category. In
some cases, it also may be appropriate to attach a tech-
nical appendix that provides more information about
the presumptive remedy selected.
9.2.2	Special Considerations for the
Administrative Record File
In order to meet NCP requirements, it is recom-
mended that the Administrative Record file for a pre-
sumptive remedy site generally include the following:
(1) relevant OSWER generic presumptive remedy docu-
ments (listed below); (2) a "bridging" memorandum
or other documentation which shows that the presump-
tive remedy is appropriate to apply to the site in ques-
tion; and (3) a notice in the Administrative Record file
and in the Administrative Record file index regarding
the availability of the data upon which the presumptive
remedy is based. For additional information about
Administrative Record file requirements specific to the
presumptive remedy process, see "Presumptive Remedies and
NCP Compliance, a memorandum from James E. Costello,
Chairperson CERCLA Administrative Records
Workgroup, ORC Region VI, and George B. Wyeth,
Office of General Counsel, dated June 14, 1995 con-
tained in Implementing Presumptive Remedies: ^4 Notebook of
Guidance and Resource Materials (EPA 540-R-97-029, Oc-
tober 1997).
9.2.3	Additional Guidance
The following presumptive remedy directives have
been issued to date, and are available through the
Superfund homepage, http://www.epa.gov/
superfund/oerr/techres/index.htm. All of these docu-
ments are also contained in ImplementingPresumptive Rem-
9-2

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
edies: ^4 Notebook of Guidance and Resource Materials (EPA
540-R-97-029, October 1997).
•	Presumptive Remedies: Policy and Procedures (EPA
540-F-93-047, September 1993).
•	Presumptive Remedies andNCP Compliance (Memo-
randum from James E. Costello, Chairperson
CERCLA Administrative Records Workgroup,
ORC Region VI, and George B. Wyeth, Office
of General Counsel, dated June 14, 1995).
•	Presumptive Remedies: Site Characterisation and Tech-
nology Selection for CERCLA Sites with Volatile
Organic Compounds in Soils (EPA 540-F-93-048,
September 1993).
•	Presumptive Remedyfor CERCLA Municipal Landfill
Sites (EPA 540-F-93-035, September 1993).
•	Presumptive Remedies for Soils, Sediments, and Slud-
ges at Wood Treater Sites (EPA 540-R-95-128,
December 1995).
•	Presumptive R^ponse Strategy and Ex-situ Treatment
Technologies for Contaminated Ground Water at
CERCLA Sites (EPA 540-R-96-023, October
1996).
•	Application of the CERCLA Municipal Landfill
Presumptive Remedy to Military Landfills (EPA 540-
F-96-020, December 1996).
•	User's Guide to the VOCs in Soils Presumptive Rem-
edy (EPA 540-F-96-008, July 1996).
•	Presumptive Remedy: Supplemental bulletin Multi-
Phase Extraction (MPE) Technology for VOCs in
Soil and Ground Water (EPA 540-F-97-004, April
1997).
•	Presumptive Remedy for Sites with Metals in Soils
(Forthcoming).
9.3 DOCUMENTING RESPONSE
ACTIONS THAT ADDRESS LEAD
(Pb) IN SOIL
Sites with lead (Pb) contamination require special
documentation because a unique risk assessment meth-
odology is employed to evaluate potential threats to
human health at such sites. As a result, the Summary of
Site Risks, Selected Remedy, and Remedial Action Objectives
sections should address the issues that are unique to sites
contaminated with Pb.
9.3.1 Modifications to Remedy Selection
Decision Documents
Site Risks Section and Selected Remedy Section
(Expected Outcomes)
The Summary of Site Risks and Selected Remedy sec-
tions should document the use of Pb models and the
site-specific assumptions that were made to determine
remediation goals (e.g., cleanup levels) for Pb in soil.
Any studies of blood lead levels (PbBs) performed by
the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry
(ATSDR), as well as any additional EPA technical re-
views should also be summarized. The information in
the following discussion is intended to complement the
suggested content for these sections, as described in
Sections 6.3.7 and 6.3.12.
Important issues to document in these sections will
depend on which methodology was used to assess Pb
risks at the site. Three scenarios are described below:
Scenario 1: IEUBK Modelfor Children1 Used to Determine
Cleanup Levels for Lead in Soil
If the IEUBK Model was used, the Summary of
Site Risks section should explain the following informa-
tion:
1 The Integrated Exposure Uptake Biokinetic (IEUBK) Model
for Lead (Pb) in Children predicts PbB levels for children (age six
months to seven years) exposed to Pb in their environment. The
IEUBK model takes into account site-specific concentrations of
Pb in various media in evaluating children's exposure to Pb con-
tamination. Common site-specific inputs include Pb concentra-
tions in soil, dust, air, water, and paint. In the absence of site-
specific data, the model utilizes default values stored in the model.
These values represent typical background concentrations in the
United States. The IEUBK model employs the user-specified and
default Pb values in a series of complex equations to estimate the
potential concentration of Pb in the blood of a hypothetical child
or population of children.
9-3

-------
Chapter 9: Documenting Specific Remedy Selection Situations
•	Range of Pb concentrations detected for me-
dium-specific inputs (e.g., concentrations in soil,
air, and water).
•	Exposure pathway (e.g., ingestion of soil, paint)
associated with the exceedance of acceptable
blood lead concentration.
•	Summary of site-specific studies conducted
(e.g., PbB, relative bioavailability (RBA)).
•	Output of the model (e.g., percentage of chil-
dren with PbBs in excess of 10 micrograms
per deciliter (jag/dL)).
•	References to the portions of the RI/FS or
risk assessment that detail use of the model.
The Selected Remedy section should contain a com-
plete discussion of expected outcomes, including a dis-
cussion of the selected cleanup levels for the remedial
action. In the Proposed Plan, this discussion should
contain preliminary remediation goals (PRCs) for site
soils and other media that address Pb risk. In the ROD,
this discussion should contain the final cleanup levels
and the rationale for any modifications from the PRCs.
The following source provides additional informa-
tion on the IEUBI-C model: Guidance Manualfor the Inte-
grated Exposure Uptake Isokinetic (IEUBK) Modelfor Lead
in Children (EPA 540-R-93-089, February 1994).
Scenario 2: Interim Adult Methodology1 Used to Determine
Cleanup levels for Lead in Soil
If the Interim Adult methodology was used, the
Summary of Site Risks section should explain the follow-
ing information:
•	Range of Pb concentrations detected for me-
dium-specific inputs (e.g, Pb concentrations in
soil, air, and water).
2 The Interim Approach to Assessing Risks Associated with
Adult Exposures to Lead in Soil guidance utilizes a methodology
for assessing risks associated with non-residential adult exposures
to Pb in soil. This approach primarily focuses on estimating fetal
PbB concentrations in pregnant women exposed to Pb-contami-
nated soils. This approach also provides tools that can be used to
evaluate the risk of elevated PbB concentrations among exposed
adults.
•	Exposure scenario (e.g., commercial or indus-
trial).
•	References to the portions of the RI/FS or
risk assessment that detail use of the method-
ology.
The Selected Remedy section should contain a com-
plete discussion of expected outcomes, including a dis-
cussion of the selected cleanup levels for the remedial
action. In the Proposed Plan, this discussion should
contain preliminary remediation goals (PRCs) for site
soils and other media that address Pb risk. In the ROD,
this discussion should contain the final cleanup levels
and the rationale for any modifications from the PRCs.
Scenario 3: Neither of the above methodologies used to develop
soil cleanup levels
If neither of the above methods was used, the Se-
lected Remedy section should explain the following:
•	The basis and rationale for the final cleanup
levels for lead in soils.
•	Why neither of the above tools was used to
determine these levels.
Highlight 9-2 provides sample language for these
discussions.
Remedial Action Objectives Section
The Remedial Action Objectives section should also
address the unique circumstances posed by a site con-
taminated with Pb. The Revised Interim Soil Lead Guid-
ance for CERCLA Sites and RCRA Corrective Action facili-
ties (EPA 540-F-94-043, July 1994) provides the fol-
lowing guidance for how the remedial action objec-
tives should be described for site contaminated with
Pb: "EPA will generally take a response action if cir-
cumstances indicate that there is a greater than 5% prob-
ability that the blood lead levels of a child (age 6 to 84
months) may exceed 10 micrograms per deciliter. In
accordance with this policy, one of the remedial action
objectives at this site is that there will be no more than a
5% chance of a child's blood lead value exceeding 10
micrograms per deciliter."
9-4

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
•	Clarification to the 1994 Revised Interim Soil Lead
Guidance for CERCLA Sites and RCRA Correc-
tive Action Facilities (EPA 540-F-98-030, August
27, 1998).
•	Guidance Manual for the Integrated Exposure Up-
take Bio kinetic (IEUBK) Model for Eead in Chil-
dren (OSWER Directive 9285.7-15-1, Febru-
ary 1994).
9.
EPA's Technical Review Workgroup for Lead
Home Page provides information regarding lead risk
assessment and the use of the IEUBK model and In-
terim Adult methodology (http://www.epa.gov/
superfund/programs/lead/index.htm), including the
following documents:
• Revised Interim Soil Eead Guidance for CERCEA
Sites and RCRA Corrective Action Facilities (EPA
540-F-94-043, July 1994).
•	Recommendations of the Technical Review
Workgroup for Lead for an Interim Approach
to Assessing Risks Associated with Adult Ex-
posures to Lead in Soil, December 1996.
9.4 DOCUMENTING GROUND-WATER
REMEDY DECISIONS
This section presents the suggested documentation
approach when selected remedies address contaminated
ground water. Ground-water remedy decisions often
involve complex site conditions or remedy components
that require additional explanation. Appendix B con-
tains sample language for documenting specific ground-
water remediation scenarios {e.g., phased approach,
NAPLs, monitored natural attenuation), and should be
used in conjunction with this chapter when writing a
remedy selection decision document.
9.4.1 Modifications to the Remedy
Selection Decision Documents
Site Characteristics Section
In documenting ground-water remedy decisions it
is important that the Site Characteristics section reflect
specific information unique to a ground-water site. In
particular, this section should include the following in-
formation:
•	Nature and extent of ground-water contami-
nation including source(s) of contamination,
COCs, estimated extent and volume of con-
taminated plume and the potential for migra-
tion of the contaminant plume.
•	Geology and hydrogeology of the site and
surroundings (in addition to the topography and
geography), including the following:
Highlight 9-2: Sample Language for
Evaluation of Human Health Risks
at Sites with Lead (Pb)
Contamination
The Integrated Exposure Uptake Biokinetic
(IEUBK) model for lead (Pb) in children was
used to evaluate the risks posed to young chil-
dren as a result of the lead (Pb) contamination
at this site. Because Pb does not have a na-
tionally approved reference dose (RfD), slope
factor, or other accepted toxicological factor
which can be used to assess risk, standard
risk assessment methods cannot be used to
evaluate the health risks associated with Pb
contamination. The IEUBK model was run us-
ing site-specific data to predict a Pb soil level
that will be protective of children and other resi-
dents. Site-specific soil and ground-water Pb
concentrations, as detailed in the summary
tables for the Chemicals of Concern (COCs) in
this ROD, were used in place of model default
values. The IEUBK Model predicted that expo-
sure to site soils would result in children's blood
lead (PbB) levels that range from 7.8 to 12.5
[jg/dL. Assuming a geometric standard devia-
tion of 1.6, this range of values results in a dis-
tribution of PbB levels where approximately
15% of children aged 6 months to 7 years have
blood lead (PbB) levels in excess of the level of
concern recommended by the Centers for Dis-
ease Control and Prevention (10 |jg/dL). A PbB
study was not conducted at this site because
the site is primarily industrial and has localized
Pb contamination that has not impacted nearby
residential areas. In addition, residents were
not supportive of a community PbB study. To
protect future residents in the local area, the
IEUBK model was used to calculate a prelimi-
nary remediation goal (PRG) for Pb in soil of
540 ppm.
3.2 Additional Guidance
9-5

-------
Chapter 9: Documenting Specific Remedy Selection Situations
Aquifer(s) affected or threatened by site
contamination, types of geologic materi-
als, approximate depths, whether aquifer
is confined or unconfmed.
Ground-water flow directions within each
aquifer and between aquifers and ground-
water discharge locations (e.g., surface wa-
ters, wetlands, other aquifers).
Interconnection between surface contami-
nation (e.g., soils) and ground-water con-
tamination.
Confirmed or suspected presence and lo-
cation of NAPLs.
If ground-water models were used to de-
fine the fate and transport of COCs, iden-
tify the model used and major model as-
sumptions.
Current and Potential Future Site and Resource
Uses Section
This section of the ROD (and the relevant discus-
sion in the Proposed Plan) should explain the current
ground-water uses and document the basis for future
ground-water use assumptions. If the State has a Com-
prehensive State Ground Water Protection Plan
(CSGWPP), its impact on future use assumptions also
needs to be addressed (see The Role of CSGWPPs in
EEA Remediation Programs (EPA 540-F-95-084, April 4,
1997)). If a potential future use of the ground water is
as a drinking water source, the approximate time frame
of this potential future use should be estimated and
reported in this section as it may have an impact on the
remediation time frames evaluated in subsequent sec-
tions (e.g., use as a drinking water source not anticipated
within the next 20 years).
Remedial Action Objectives Section
When addressing ground-water contamination, the
Remedial Action Objectives section of the Proposed Plan
and ROD needs to clearly present the intended results
of the remedial action. A range of Remedial Action
Objectives (RAOs) may be applicable to ground-water
remedy decisions. Some of these objectives may be
achievable in a relatively short time frame (e.g., exposure
control, plume containment), while other objectives may
require a much longer time frame (e.g., plume restora-
tion) . For this reason, ground-water decision documents
must present clear and precise documentation of the
RAOs. The information presented in this section should
be of sufficient detail to allow for a comprehensive
analysis of remedial alternatives.
Ground-water remedies should be expressed in
terms of the following overall objectives, clearly indi-
cating which objectives are to be achieved over which
portion of the plume, whether they are interim or final,
and in what time frames these objectives are expected
to be achieved:
1.	Prevent exposure to contaminated ground
water, above acceptable risk levels.
2.	Prevent or minimize further migration of the
contaminant plume (source control).
3.	Prevent or minimize further migration of con-
taminants from source materials to ground
water (source control).
4.	Return ground water to its expected beneficial
uses wherever practicable (aquifer restoration).
Description of Alternatives Section
This section should highlight the following infor-
mation for ground-water response decisions:
• Ground-Water Extraction and Treatment Compo-
nents. Describe the following as appropriate:
Ground-water extraction method.
Location for discharging treated ground
water.
Technologies for treating extracted ground
water. Discuss whether presumptive treat-
ment technologies or innovative technolo-
gies are being used for this purpose.
Additional treatment and/or management
for treatment residuals.
Other methods/technologies that will be
used for aquifer remediation (e.g., air
9-6

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
sparging, in-situ bioremediation, monitored
natural attenuation) and indicate whether
any are innovative technologies.
•	Ground-water or Source Containment (e.g., NAPE)
Components. Describe the following as appro-
priate:
Containment method (e.g., subsurface bar-
riers, hydraulic control).
Area of source material or ground-water
plume to be contained (both areal extent
and vertical extent).
Basis for establishing containment area (e.g.,
known or suspected extent of NAPLs,
extent of plume above MCLs).
Geologic stratum that will serve as a bot-
tom for the containment system. If none,
explain how containment system will be
effective.
•	Ground-Water Components that Incorporate Moni-
tored Natural Attenuation. Describe the follow-
ing as appropriate:
Portions of the plume that will be ad-
dressed using a monitored natural attenua-
tion approach.
Explain why monitored natural attenuation
is expected to attain cleanup levels (or other
remedial action objectives) in a time frame
that is reasonable when compared to the
cleanup time frames of the other alterna-
tives and when compared to the time frame
of the anticipated resource use.
Institutional controls that will restrict the
use of ground water until cleanup levels
are attained.
Selected Remedy Section
This section should expand on the level of detail
provided in the previous discussion, especially with re-
gard to the following:
•	Presentation of a detailed (e.g., 1-2 page) cost
estimate for the selected remedy.
•	Phased implementation stages of the remedy
that will be used to optimize the remedy for
site conditions and increase cost-effectiveness.
•	Remedy refinements that may be needed dur-
ing the life of the remedy (e.g., adjusting the
number of extraction wells, adjusting the
pumping rate, pulsed pumping of some wells).
•	If applicable, the contingency actions that will
be implemented in the event that remedy does
not perform as expected (especially important
for remedies such as natural attenuation).
•	Brief discussion of the monitoring program
necessary to ensure remedy effectiveness as well
as the entity responsible for maintaining the
monitoring program (especially important for
remedies with long durations such as natural
attenuation).
•	Provisions for ground-water monitoring once
the system is shut off to ensure cleanup levels
are maintained.
•	Identification and description of institutional
controls to be implemented.
9.4.2 Additional Guidance
Additional guidance can be found in Appendix B
of this document and in the following:
•	Presumptive 'Response Strategy and Ex-Situ Treat-
ment Technologies for Contaminated Ground Water at
CERCLA Sites (EPA 540-R-96-023, October
1996).
•	Considerations in Ground-Water Remediation of
Superfund Sites and RCRA Facilities (OSWER
9283.1-06, May 1992).
•	Guidance for Evaluating the Technical Impracticabil-
ity of Ground-Water Restoration (EPA 540-R-93-
080, October 1993).
9-7

-------
Chapter 9: Documenting Specific Remedy Selection Situations
9.5 DOCUMENTING TECHNICAL
IMPRACTICABILITY (Tl) WAIVERS
Since Technical Impracticability (IT) waivers are only
used when site-specific cleanups cannot meet regula-
tory requirements, their use requires special documen-
tation in Proposed Plans, RODs, ROD Amendments,
and ESDs. This section describes how a technical im-
practicability (TI) waiver of an Applicable or Relevant
and Appropriate Requirement (ARAR) should be docu-
mented in these decision documents.
Technical impracticability is the basis for one of the
six statutory and regulatory ARAR waivers provided
for in CERCLA §121(d)(4)(C) and NCP
§300.430(^(1) (ii) (C)(3). A technical impracticability
waiver may be used when compliance with an ARAR is
technically impracticable; that is, compliance is not fea-
sible from an engineering standpoint or because of ex-
cessive costs, particularly in relation to performance.3
TI waivers most often are used for ARARs that are
used to establish cleanup performance standards or lev-
els such as Maximum Achievable Control Technology
(MACT) under the Clean Air Act or Maximum Con-
taminant Levels (MCLs) under the Safe Drinking Water
Act, or State requirements that are more stringent than
MCLs.
A decision to propose or invoke a TI waiver can
be made at any time during the remedial process, but
must be included in a remedy selection decision docu-
ment. Information supporting the TI decision can be
included in the RI/FS, a separate TI evaluation report,
or in a separate section or technical appendix of the
decision document itself. When a TI waiver is invoked,
an alternative remediation strategy must be developed
that ensures protection of human health and the envi-
ronment. Both the TI waiver decision and the alterna-
tive remedial strategy must be documented in an ap-
propriate decision document. A TI waiver decision
can be made prior to implementation of the ground-
water remedy, if sufficient information is available to
support such a decision; or after implementation of the
ground-water remedy when remedy performance data
demonstrate that a TI waiver is justified.
3 Cost is relevant to the technical impracticability waiver be-
cause engineering feasibility is ultimately limited by cost. EPA's
policy is that cost can be considered in evaluating technical imprac-
ticability although it "should generally play a subordinate role" and
should not be a major factor unless compliance would be "inordi-
nately cosdy" (55 FR at 8748, March 8, 1990).
Remedial Project Managers should contact the ap-
propriate Regional Coordinator at EPA Headquarters
to determine the review procedure for invoking a tech-
nical impracticability waiver. As summarized below,
certain issues should be addressed in a Proposed Plan,
ROD, ROD Amendment, or ESD when a TI waiver is
invoked. More specific documentation recommenda-
tions are provided in Highlight 9-4.
9.5.1	Discussion of a TI Waiver in a
Proposed Plan
If sufficient site characterization and other support-
ing information is available as a result of the RI/FS, a
decision to invoke a TI waiver can be made in a subse-
quent decision document. In such a case, the Proposed
Plan should explain that the lead Agency plans to in-
voke a TI waiver in the subsequent ROD or ROD
amendment and describe the site conditions that make
compliance with the ARAR technically impracticable.
The Proposed Plan provides the foundation for invok-
ing the TI waiver in the ROD. CERCLA and the NCP
specify that the Proposed Plan must provide an expla-
nation of any proposed ARAR waiver to allow the
public an opportunity to comment on the waiver (NCP
§300.430(f) (2) (iv)). EPA must respond to any signifi-
cant Federal agency, State or public comments concern-
ing the use of ARAR waivers. (Requirements for State
and community involvement are provided in NCP
§§300.430 and 300.500 - 300.515.) More detailed ex-
planation supporting the TI waiver determination should
be included in the subsequent ROD or ROD amend-
ment.
9.5.2	Discussion of a TI Waiver in a ROD
or ROD Amendment
A Technical Impracticability Waiver should be pre-
sented in a ROD only if it has been preceded by a
public announcement of the waiver in a Proposed Plan.
In the case of a ROD amendment, public comment on
the appropriateness of a TI waiver should also be so-
licited. The most important sections of the ROD for
documenting a TI waiver are as follows:
•	Site Characterization.
•	Remedial Action Objectives.
•	Selected Remedy.
•	Statutory Determinations.
9-8

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
A decision to modify the remedy selected in a pre-
viously signed ROD by invoking a TI waiver may con-
stitute a fundamental change, and thus warrant a ROD
amendment and requisite public comment procedures.
When a fundamental change is proposed for a ROD,
the lead agency must adhere to the public participation
and documentation procedures specified in the NCP
which include issuance of a proposed amendment to
the ROD for public comment (NCP §300.435(c) (2) (ii)).
A ROD or ROD Amendment supporting a TI
waiver should document the following:
•	Site conditions that justify the TI waiver. This
will generally be a summary of information
contained in the TI evaluation report, or simi-
lar technical document.
•	Explanation of how the TI waiver is reflected
in the Remedial Action Objectives and how it
modifies the objectives.
•	How human health and the environment will
be protected by an alternate remedial strategy.
•	Specific changes in the remedy that will result
from the TI waiver.
•	Specific ARARs that are waived due to TI and
whether the requirements are applicable or rel-
evant and appropriate.
9.5.3 Discussion of a TI Waiver in an
Explanation of Significant
Differences
In some instances an ESD may be used to invoke a
TI waiver. For instance, an ESD can be used in cases
where the revised remedy is generally consistent with
the contingency remedy discussed in the original ROD
and that ROD satisfied the following conditions:
1. Contained detailed discussions of the potential
need for a future TI waiver;
If an ESD is determined to be sufficient, public
notice and opportunity for comment should also be
provided (although not required by the NCP, public
comment is highly recommended when invoking a TI
waiver). For more information on an ESD or ROD
Amendment, see Chapter 7 of this document.
9.5.4 Additional Guidance
Highlight 9-3 provides tips for documenting the
use of TI waivers. The following documents provide
more detailed guidance for evaluation of Technical
Impracticability and use of Technical Impracticability
waivers:
•	Guidance for Evaluating the Technical Impracticabil-
ity of Ground-Water Restoration (EPA 540-R-93-
080, October 1993).
•	Presumptive Response Strategy and Ex-Situ Treat-
ment Technologies for Contaminated Ground Water at
CERCLA Sites, Tinal Guidance (EPA 540-R-96-
023, October 1996).
	
Highlight 9-3: Tips for Documenting
Use of a Technical Impracticability
Waiver
•	Often a decision to modify the remedy selected
in a previous ROD by invoking a TI waiver will
constitute a fundamental change in the rem-
edy and will require a ROD amendment.
•	The most important parts of the ROD for docu-
menting a TI waiver are the site characteriza-
tion, remediation objectives, selected remedy
description, and statutory determinations sec-
tions.
•	Where the TI waiver applies to several alterna-
tives, and the waived ARAR(s) and justification
are identical, this information can be described
once and referenced in the text for other alter-
natives.
•	The ROD should state which ARAR(s) are be-
ing waived and whether the requirement is ap-
plicable, or relevant and appropriate.
•	The decision to invoke a TI waiver can occur at
any time during implementation of a remedial
action, regardless of whether the decision
document contains contingency language.
2.	Identified a contingency remedy (e.g., alternate
remedial strategy) to be used in the event a TI
waiver was determined to be appropriate for
the site (such an alternate remedial strategy must
have been discussed in the nine criteria analysis
in the original ROD); and
3.	Specific conditions were identified that would
be used as the basis for implementing the con-
tingency remedy (i.e., triggers).
9-9

-------
	 	
Highlight 9-4: Technical Impracticability Waiver Information for Proposed Plans and RODs
This table shows the additional information that should be included in a Proposed Plan or ROD when a Tl waiver is proposed or invoked.
Section
Proposed Plan
ROD
DECLARATION
Description of Selected
Remedy
Not Applicable
~ Identify the Tl waiver as a component of the remedy and provide a brief justification for
the waiver.
Statutory Determinations
Not Applicable
~ Use the following standard language: "The Selected Remedy is protective of human
health and the environment, complies with or meets the requirements for a waiver of
Federal and State requirements that are legally applicable or relevant and appropriate
to the remedial action, is cost effective, and utilizes permanent solutions and alternative
treatment (or resource recovery) technologies to the maximum extent practicable."
DECISION SUMMARY
Site Background
(Proposed Plan)/
Site Characteristics
(ROD)
Site Characteristics is
presented as a separate
section in the ROD,
however it is included as a
component of the Site
Background in the
Proposed Plan.
Describe site characteristics that show there are constraints on attaining ARAR(s), (The Tl
waiver does not need to be mentioned in this section; however, the foundation for proposing the
waiver later in the decision document should be provided.)
Site characteristics include the following:
~	The nature and extent of contamination.
~	Key site conditions shown in the Site Conceptual Model that limit restoration of media
and attainment of ARAR (e.g., geologic or hydraulic conditions, contaminant fate and
transport, contaminant sources).
~	Briefly describe remedy performance data if appropriate, under the Site Background
section in the Proposed Plan, (e.g., studies show no technology is effective in removing
contaminant X from the media under certain conditions found at the site).
Describe site charactenstics that show there are constraints on attaining ARAR(s). (The Tl
waiver does not need to be mentioned in this section, however, the foundation for proposing the
waiver later in the decision document should be provided.)
Site characteristics include the following:
~ The nature and extent of contamination.
o Key site conditions shown in the Site Conceptual Model that limit restoration of media
and attainment of ARAR (e.g., geologic or hydraulic conditions, contaminant fate and
transport, contaminant sources). The ROD should provide more information on this
topic than the Proposed Plan, such as specific site characterization studies and
diagrams showing the extent of contamination.
o Describe remedy performance data pertinent to invoking the Tl waiver, if available. This
information could be included at the conclusion of the Site Characteristics section.
Remedial Action
Objectives
~ Describe how the Remedial Action Objectives, such as those related to attaining ARARs
and cleanup levels for the site, were modified by the Tl waiver (e.g., the Tl waiver may
have been factored into the cleanup goals by assuming ARARs would not be met in part
of the ground-water plume).
~ Describe how the Remedial Action Objectives, such as those related to attaining ARARs
and cleanup levels for the site, were modified by the Tl waiver (e.g., the Tl waiver may
have been factored into the cleanup levels by assuming ARARs would not be met in part
of the ground-water plume).
Summary of Alternatives
(Proposed Plan)/
Description of
Alternatives (ROD)
n For each alternative where a Tl waiver is proposed or invoked, identify the ARAR(s)
being waived.
~ For each alternative where a Tl waiver is proposed or invoked, generally describe the
ARAR(s) being waived (e.g., Federal and State drinking water standards).
o
ra-
ti)
t3
CD
o
o
c
3
-&
CD
O
=Q
CD
3
CD
X
tn
CD
c/>

-------
Section
Proposed Plan
ROD
Evaluation of
Alternatives (Proposed
Plan)/ Comparative
Analysis of Alternatives
(ROD)
Threshold criteria:
~	Overall protection of human health and the environment.
- Briefly address how alternatives with a Ti ARAR waiver component will be
protective (this criterion draws on ARARs, among other factors, to assess
protectiveness).
~	Compliance with ARARs (or justify a waiver).
Identify the specific ARARs under each alternative for which a waiver is
proposed or invoked.
Provide a brief justification for the TI waiver, and explain that more detailed
justification is provided in the preferred alternative section of the Proposed
Plan.
Balancing criteria:
~	Describe, where appropriate, how the TI waiver will impact the performance of each
balancing criterion (e.g., will there be less reduction in toxicity, mobility or volume
because of the waiver?)
Modifying Criteria:
~	Describe both the State and the community positions on the TI waiver. (The State's
position is especially important when State ARARs are waived. This information may
not be available for Proposed Plans.)
Threshold criteria:
~	Overall protection of human health and the environment.
Briefly address how alternatives with a TI ARAR waiver component will be
protective (this criterion draws on ARARs, among other factors, to assess
protectiveness).
~	Compliance with ARARs (or justify a waiver).
Identify the specific ARARs under each alternative for which a waiver is
proposed or invoked.
Provide a brief justification for the TI waiver, and explain that more detailed
justification is provided in the Selected Remedy section of the ROD.
Balancing criteria:
~	Describe, where appropriate, how the TI waiver will impact the performance of each
balancing criterion (e.g., will there be less reduction in toxicity, mobility or volume
because of the waiver?)
Modifying Criteria:
~	Describe both the State and the community positions on the TI waiver. (The State's
position is especially important when State ARARs are waived.)
Preferred Alternative
(Proposed Plan)/
Selected Remedy (ROD)
~	State that a TI ARAR waiver is a component of the remedy but that other components
of the remedy will provide protection from site contamination {i.e., the alternative
remedial strategy).
~	In the expected outcomes section, explain the impact the TI waiver will have on land and
water uses and on risk reduction.
Describe the TI waiver in a separate sub-section under the Selected Remedy description.
Include the following information:
~	Generally describe the ARARs for which a TI waiver will be invoked.
~	Summary of the most important data, analysis, studies, and remedy performance
information that provide the foundation for the waiver (reference Technical
Impracticability Evaluation or other relevant documents in the Administrative Record file
as a source of additional information).
~	Describe components of the remedy that constitute the alternate remedial strategy.
Even though some ARARs are waived, the remedy must protect human health and the
environment. For example, the alternative strategy should prevent further contamination
migration and prevent exposure to the contaminated ground water. Describe remedy
components used to achieve these objectives.
~	In the expected outcomes section, explain the impact the TI Waiver will have on land
and water uses and on risk reduction.
G)
c
a
CD
O
5
CD
Qj
3'
CQ
CO
-g
CD
6
=5
a
o
o
(ft
CD
a
"T3
cy
=5
33
CD
3
CD
X
CO
CD
CD

-------
Section
Proposed Plan
ROD
Statutory Determinations
Not Applicable
A remedy is required to comply with ARARs, and if it does not, a waiver must be justified:
~	Cite each ARAR for which a Tl waiver will be invoked. Identify whether it is an
applicable requirement or a requirement that is relevant and appropriate.
~	Reference the statutory and regulatory authority for a Tl waiver (CERCLA §121 (d)(4)(C)
and NCP §300.430(f)(1)(ii)(C)(3)).
~	Summarize the principal reasons that justify the waiver (be specific).
~	Cite ARARs that are expected to be attained by the remedy
A remedy must satisfy the preference for treatment, and if it does not, justification for not
meeting this preference must be provided:
~	Describe any impact the Tl waiver will have on complying with the statutory requirement
to reduce toxicity, mobility or volume through treatment.

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
APPENDIXA
SAMPLE PROPOSED PLAN

-------
Superfund Program
Proposed Plan
EIO Industrial Site
Region 4
EPA ANNOUNCES PROPOSED PLAN
This Proposed Plan identifies the Preferred
Alternative for cleaning up the contaminated soil and
ground water at the EIO Industrial Site and provides the
rationale for this preference. In addition, this Plan
includes summaries of other cleanup alternatives evaluated
for use at this site. This document is issued by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the lead agency
for site activities, and the Tennessee Department of
Environment and Conservation (TDEC), the support
agency. EPA, in consultation with the TDEC, will select
a final remedy for the site after reviewing and considering
all information submitted during the 30-day public
comment period. EPA, in consultation with the TDEC,
may modify the Preferred Alternative or select another
response action presented in this Plan based on new
information or public comments. Therefore, the public is
encouraged to review and comment on all the alternatives
presented in this Proposed Plan.
EPA is issuing this Proposed Plan as part of its public
participation responsibilities under Section 300.430(f)(2)
of the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution
Contingency Plan (NCP). This Proposed Plan summarizes
information that can be found in greater detail in the RI/FS
report and other documents contained in the
Administrative Record file for this site. EPA and the State
Dates to remember:
MARK YOUR CALENDAR
PUBLIC COMMENT PERIOD:
March 1 - March 30,1999
U.S. EPA will accept written comments on the Proposed
Plan during the public comment period.
PUBLIC MEETING:
March 13,1999
U.S. EPA will hold a public meeting to explain the
Proposed Plan and all of the alternatives presented in the
Feasibility Study. Oral and written comments will also be
accepted at the meeting. The meeting will be held at
Nameless Community Hall, 237 Appleton Street,
Nameless, TN at 7:30 p.m.
For more information, see the Administrative Record
at the following locations:
Public Library	U.S. EPA Records Center
619 South 20th Street Region 4
Nameless, TN 00000 61 Forsyth Street, S.W.
(101) 999-1099	Atlanta, GA 30303-3104
Hours: Mon-Sat,	(555)-555-5555
9 a.m. to 9 p.m.	Hours: Mon-Fri,
8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Pro -Remfirtial
The Superfund Pipeline
Remedial Response Process
/T~	:—		T				:—				\			— \
Prctawwry Assessment i \	I	\	\	\
^ >SS," I | «¦? J "ST*
Placement on National y j	/ ' Dl / ' • /	' /
Mrtonty List
y
Proposed Rer-yrd of
Plan Decision
(ROD)
A-1

-------
encourage the public to review these documents to gam a
more comprehensive understanding of the site and
Superfund activities that have been conducted at the site.
SITE HISTORY
Beginning in the early 1980s, the EIO Industrial
Company disposed of liquid industrial wastes at its plant
located at 81 North Delaware Avenue in Nameless,
Tennessee. The wastes were disposed of in four unlined
lagoons on the ten-acre site until site operations ceased in
1990. As a result of disposal activities, contaminants
seeped from the lagoons into site soil. Although the EIO
Industrial Company emptied the lagoons in 1991, the soil
remained contaminated. In addition, ground water is
contaminated at and around the site. The ground water
served as a drinking water source for area residents until
EPA provided an alternate water supply in 1996.
The site was placed on the Superfund National
Priorities List (NPL) in 1994. On January 11, 1995, a
consent decree was lodged among EPA, TDEC, and the
EIO Industrial Company outlining the terms by which the
cleanup would be conducted. Under the terms of the
consent decree, which was approved by an Administrative
Judge following a public comment period, the EIO
Industrial Company will implement, and incur all costs
associated with, the agreed upon response action.
SITE CHARACTERISTICS
In 1996 and 1997, the EIO Industrial Company
conducted a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study
(RI/FS) under EPA's oversight. The RI/FS identified the
types, quantities, and locations of contaminants and
developed ways to address the contamination problems.
The RI indicated that:
•	Within the former lagoon area, on-site surface and
subsurface soils are contaminated with
benzo(a)pyrene (B[a]P), 4,4'-DDT, and dieldrin.
Contamination extends to a depth of three feet over a
225' x 300' area.
•	A plume of ground water contaminated with
trichloroethylene (TCE) extends from the site to the
XYZ River, which is a half-mile away. The plume of
{¦'
' y .jsfi.oiy' " Ljikft'ort
¦ /'J / 3/
Extent of soil
contamination
F-'ro|>5rty Line
= Primary TCE Plume.TCE concentration is greater than 100 ppb.
= SecondaivTCE Plume. TCE ooriapn trail on le greater than a ppb
and lass than 100 ppb.
WHAT ARE THE "CONTAMINANTS OF CONCERN"?
EPA and the TDEC have identified four contaminants that pose the
greatest potential risk to human health at this site.
Benzo(a)pyrene (B(a)P): Benzo(a)pyrene, detected onsite at
concentrations ranging from 100 to 430 ppm, is a polycyclic
aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) that is formed when gasoline,
garbage, or any animal or plant material is burned. It is found in
cigarette smoke, soot, creosote, and the coal tar pitch that industry
uses to join electrical parts together. B(a)P is a probable human
carcinogen. According to information provided by the Agency for
Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR), B(a)P has been
found to cause cancer in laboratory animals when applied to their
skin. It has also been shown to be harmful to mice fetuses,
causing birth defects and lower-than-normal body weight in
newborns. B(a)P is not very mobile and binds readily to soils.
4,4'-DDT: DDT, detected onsite at concentrations ranging from 20
to 350 ppm, is an organochlorine compound widely used after
WWII as an agricultural pesticide and malaria control agent. The
United States banned the use of DDT in 1372 because of its
adverse environmental and health effects. DDT is a probable
human carcinogen. Short-term exposure to DDT primarily affects
the central nervous system; direct contact may cause rashes or
irritation of the eyes, nose and throat. Long-term exposure at low
doses causes some changes in the level of liver enzymes in
humans. DDT can persist for a long time in the environment,
bound to soils.
Dieldrin: Dieldrin, detected onsite at concentrations ranging from
15to 60 ppm, is an organochlorine compound widely used from the
1950s to 1970s as an insecticide in agriculture, for subsurface
termite treatment, and for control of disease vectors such as
mosquitos. Most uses of dieldrin (termite control was an exception)
were banned in 1974 because of its adverse environmental and
health effects. In 1987 EPA banned all uses of dieldrin. Dieldrin
is a probable human carcinogen. Short-term exposure to dieldrin
can cause headaches, dizziness, loss of consciousness, nausea,
and loss of appetite, Dieldrin can persist for a long time in the
environment, bound to soils.
Trichloroethylene (TCE): TCE, detected in ground water at
concentrations ranging from 0.055 to 12 ppm, is a halogenated
organic compound historically used as a solvent and degreaser in
many industries. Exposure to this compound has been associated
with deleterious health effects in humans, including anemia, skin
rashes, diabetes, liver conditions, and urinary tract disorders.
Based on laboratory studies, TCE is considered a probable human
carcinogen.
A-2

-------
CofY.w- ¦ act Licit Ion u»-d U>. nanwitl
r n i du-.ii - ? ik
5 1 QOppc
/ <	i	Ct*> Cu»f n«ifl Luyvf,
NOT TO SCALE	/	/ /
contaminants is confined to the surficial aquifer, and
has not penetrated a clay confining layer that occurs
approximately 45' below ground surface. TCE was not
detected in any of the soil samples collected from the
site.
• In the immediate vicinity of the former lagoons,
concentrations of ground water contaminants exceed
100 parts per billion (ppb) (the "primary" plume). The
remainder of the plume (the "secondary" plume) is
delineated as the area in which TCE concentrations
exceed 5 ppb, the Maximum Contaminant Level
(MCL) for TCE in drinking water.
The contaminated soils in the area of the lagoons are
considered to be "principal threat wastes" because the
chemicals of concern are found at concentrations that pose
a significant risk. The excess carcinogenic risk to an
individual posed by these materials is upwards of one in
one hundred (1 x 10"2). In other words, if the contaminated
soil at the EIO Site is not remediated, as many as one out
of every 100 individuals exposed to the soil could develop
cancer as a result of that exposure. Although contaminated
ground water also poses a risk, it is
not considered a "principal threat"
as defined by EPA guidance.
SCOPE AND ROLE OF THE
ACTION
This action, referred to as
Operable Unit 2 (OU2), will be
the final action for the site. A
1996 ROD for Operable Unit 1
(OU1) provided for an alternate
water supply by connecting 50
homes to the public water
distribution system. The Remedial
Action Objectives for OU2 are to
prevent current and future
exposure to contaminated media through a combination of
treatment and containment of soil and ground water at the
EIO Site. Through the use of treatment technologies, this
response will permanently reduce the toxicity, mobility,
and volume of those source materials that constitute the
principal threat wastes at the site.
SUMMARY OF SITE RISKS
As part of the RI/FS, EPA conducted a baseline risk
assessment to determine the current and future effects of
contaminants on human health and the environment.
According to the zoning board of Nameless, TN, the area
adjacent to the site is zoned for residential usage.
Therefore, this is the reasonably anticipated future land use
for the site itself. In addition, the potential future use of
ground water will be as a drinking water source for the
community once safe cleanup levels have been achieved.
Hence, the baseline risk assessment focused on health
effects for both children and adults, in a residential setting,
that could result from current and future direct contact
with: (1) contaminated soil (e.g., children ingesting soil
while playing in the area), and (2) contaminated ground
water (e.g., through ingestion and inhalation of volatile
contaminants). It is the lead agency's current judgment
that the Preferred Alternative identified in this Proposed
Plan, or one of the other active measures considered in the
Proposed Plan, is necessary to protect public health or
welfare or the environment from actual or threatened
releases of hazardous substances into the environment.
Human Health Risks
EPA's statistical analysis of soil sampling data indicates
that probable exposure concentrations of B[a]P, 4,4'-DDT, and
dieldrin in soil are 300 parts per million (ppm), 350 ppm, and
40 ppm, respectively. These concentrations are associated with
WHAT IS A "PRINCIPAL THREAT"?
The NCP establishes an expectation that EPA will use treatment to
address the principal threats posed by a site wherever practicable (NCP
Section 300.430(a)(1)(iii)(A)). The "principal threat" concept is applied
to the characterization of "source materials" at a Superfund site. A
source material is material that includes or contains hazardous
substances, pollutants or contaminants that act as a reservoir for
migration of contamination to ground water, surface water or air, or acts
as a source for direct exposure. Contaminated ground water generally
is not considered to be a source material; however, Non-Aqueous Phase
Liquids (NAPLs) in ground water may be viewed as source material.
Principal threat wastes are those source materials considered to be
highly toxic or highly mobile that generally cannot be reliably contained,
or would present a significant risk to human health or the environment
should exposure occur. The decision to treat these wastes is made on a
site-specific basis through a detailed analysis of the alternatives using
the nine remedy selection criteria This analysis provides a basis for
making a statutory finding that the remedy employs treatment as a
principal element.
A-3

-------
WHAT IS RISK AND HOW IS IT CALCULATED?
A Superfund human health risk assessment estimates the "baseline
risk." This is an estimate of the likelihood of health problems
occurring if no cleanup action were taken at a site. To estimate the
baseline risk at a Superfund site, EPA undertakes a four-step
process:
Stepl: Analyze Contamination
Step 2: Estimate Exposure
Step 3: Assess Potential Health Dangers
Step 4: Characterize Site Risk
In Step 1, EPA looks at the concentrations of contaminants found at
a site as well as past scientific studies on the effects these
contaminants have had on people (or animals, when human studies
are unavailable). Comparisons between site-specific concentrations
and concentrations reported in past studies helps EPA to determine
which contaminants are most likely to pose the greatest threat to
human health.
In Step 2, EPA considers the different ways that people might be
exposed to the contaminants identified in Step 1, the concentrations
that people might be exposed to, and the potential frequency and
duration of exposure. Using this information, EPA calculates a
"reasonable maximum exposure" (RME) scenario, which portrays
the highest level of human exposure that could reasonably be
expected to occur.
In Step 3, EPA uses the information from Step 2 combined with
information on the toxicity of each chemical to assess potential
health risks. EPA considers two types of risk: cancer risk and non-
cancer risk. The likelihood of any kind of cancer resulting from a
Superfund site is generally expressed as an upper bound
probability; for example, a "1 in 10,000 chance." In other words, for
every 10,000 people that could be exposed, one extra cancer may
occur as a result of exposure to site contaminants. An extra cancer
case means that one more person could get cancer than would
normally be expected to from all other causes. For non-cancer
health effects, EPA calculates a "hazard index." The key concept
here is that a "threshold level" (measured usually as a hazard index
of less than 1) exists below which non-cancer health effects are no
longer predicted.
In Step 4, EPA determines whether site risks are great enough to
cause health problems for people at or near the Superfund site. The
results of the three previous steps are combined, evaluated and
summarized. EPA adds up the potential risks from the individual
excess lifetime cancer risk levels due to ingestion of
contaminated soil of 1.2 x 10"2, 6.5 x 10"4, and 3.5 x 10"3,
respectively for current residents. Hazard quotients of 3.9
for 4,4'-DDT and 4.4 for dieldrin also are associated with
these exposure concentrations.
Similarly, EPA's statistical analysis of ground water
sampling data found that the average exposure
concentration of TCE in the ground water was 8,400 ppb,
which is in excess of the Safe Drinking Water Act MCL of
5 ppb. In addition, this concentration is associated with an
excess lifetime cancer risk of 2.5 x 10"3 for current
residents. Dieldrin, 4,4'-DDT and B[a]P were not found in
ground water at concentrations above their detection
limits.
These risks and hazard levels indicate that there is
significant potential risk to children and adults from direct
exposure to contaminated soil and ground water. These
risk estimates are based on current reasonable maximum
exposure scenarios and were developed by taking into
account various conservative assumptions about the
frequency and duration of an individual's exposure to the
soil and ground water, as well as the toxicity of B[a]P,
4,4'-DDT, dieldrin, and TCE.
Ecological Risks
A screening ecological risk assessment indicated that
the potential for significant ecological impacts to occur
was small. Based upon the relatively small size of the
contaminated source areas (i.e.. the soil that had been
under the lagoons) in comparison to the home ranges of
the target ecological receptor habitats and the lack of any
current natural habitat in these areas, there was little
potential for significant exposure of wildlife to the
contaminants. The concentrations of TCE found in the
XYZ River is below the freshwater screening level of 350
Mg/1 (ppb).
REMEDIAL ACTION OBJECTIVES
The Remedial Action Objectives (RAOs) for the site
are to:
•	Restore the aquifer to drinking water standards within
a reasonable time frame.
•	Minimize future migration of ground-water
contamination.
•	Reduce or eliminate further contamination of ground
water.
•	Reduce or eliminate the direct contact threat
associated with contaminated soil.
•	Minimize or eliminate contaminant migration to the
ground water and surface waters to levels that ensure
the beneficial reuse of these resources.
This proposed action will reduce the excess cancer
risk associated with exposure to contaminated soil to one
in one million. This will be achieved by reducing the
concentrations of the soil contaminants to the following
target levels:
Benzo(a)pyrene	0.026 ppm
DDT	0.012 ppm
Dieldrin	0.54 ppm
A-4

-------
Because there are no Federal or State cleanup standards
for soil contamination, EPA established these targets, or
Preliminary Remediation Goals (PRGs), based on the
baseline risk assessment. Targets were selected that would
both reduce the risk associated with exposure to soil
contaminants to an acceptable level, and ensure minimal
migration of contaminants into the ground water. The
Preliminary Remediation Goal for TCE in ground water is
0.005 ppm, which is based on the Maximum Contaminant
Level (MCL) established under the Safe Drinking Water
Act.
SUMMARY OF REMEDIAL ALTERNATIVES
Remedial alternatives for the EIO Site are presented
below. The alternatives are numbered to correspond with
the numbers in the RI/FS Report.
Common Elements. Many of these alternatives
include common components. The soil contains hazardous
waste as defined by the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) and is therefore subject to the
RCRA land disposal restrictions (LDRs) if the waste is
excavated and treated or removed from the area of
contamination. All remedies involving such activities will
comply with the LDR (63 FR 28555; May 26, 1998) and
will meet 90% removal efficiency or ten times the
universal treatment standard for that contaminant in the
material prior to land disposal in a RCRA-compliant
landfill.
The ground water does not contain RCRA hazardous
waste and therefore the LDR standards are not applicable,
and are also not relevant or appropriate requirements.
Several of the remedies require institutional controls
(e.g., deed restrictions such as an easement or covenant)
to limit the use of portions of the property or to ensure
that the water is not used for drinking water purposes.
These resource use restrictions are discussed in each
alternative as appropriate. The type of restriction and
enforceability will need to be determined for the selected
remedy in the ROD. Consistent with expectations set out
in the Superfund regulations, none of the remedies rely
exclusively on institutional controls to achieve
protectiveness. Monitoring to ensure the effectiveness of
the remedy, including deed restrictions, are a component
of each alternative except the "no-action" alternative.
Each ground water alternative (except the "no action"
and the monitored natural attenuation alternatives)
requires extraction of ground water prior to treatment.
Additionally, each treatment alternative is evaluated
under two ground water disposal options: (1) discharge to
XYZ River, and (2) reinjection into the aquifer. All soil
and ground water alternatives, except the "no action"
alternatives, are expected to attain the Remedial Action
Objectives.
NO ACTION ALTERNA TIVES
Alternative Sl/Gl: NO ACTION
Estimated Capital Cost: $0
Estimated Annual O&M Cost: $0
Estimated Present Worth Cost: $0
SUMMARY OF REMEDIAL ALTERNATIVES
EIO INDUSTRIAL SITE
Medium
RI/FS
Designation
Description
SOIL
S1
No action
S2
Cap waste in place; institutional controls; monitoring
S3
Excavate wastes; on-site thermal desorption; on-site disposal of residual
wastes with vegetative cover
S5
Excavate wastes; off-site thermal destruction; off-site disposal of residual
wastes
GROUND
WATER
G1
No action
G2
Pump and treat the entire plume; discharge to XYZ River
G3
Pump and treat the entire plume; vicinity reinjection
G5
Pump and treat the "primary" plume; discharge to XYZ River; natural
attenuation of "secondary" plume
G7
Pump and treat the "primary" plume; vicinity reinjection; natural
attenuation of "secondary" plume
G8
Monitored natural attenuation of the entire plume

-------
Estimated Construction Timeframe: None
Regulations governing the Superfund program
generally require that the "no action" alternative be
evaluated generally to establish a baseline for
comparison. Under this alternative, EPA would take no
action at the site to prevent exposure to the soil and
ground water contamination.
SOIL ALTERNATIVES
Alternative S2: CAPPING WASTE IN PLACE,
INSTITUTIONAL CONTROLS,
MONITORING.
Estimated Capital Cost: $3,500,000
Estimated Annual O&M Cost: $0
Estimated Present Worth Cost: $3,500,000
Estimated Construction Timeframe: 9 months
Estimated Time to Achieve RAOs: 9 months
Approximately 7,500 cubic yards of soil would be
capped in place with a RCRA hazardous waste
compliance cap. Institutional controls would be put in
place to prevent the use of the area for any purposes other
than waste management. This is necessary to ensure that
the cap is not impaired due to other activities. Since
direct contact exposure will not pose a risk with a cap,
restricting access to the capped area will not be required.
However, signs will be posted around the perimeter of the
area that provides notice that hazardous waste are
contained in the area. The area would be monitored in
perpetuity to verify that the cap retains integrity, is not
leaking, and that the institutional controls remained
effective.
Alternative S3: EXCAVATION, ON-SITE
THERMAL DESORPTION, AND
ON-SITE DISPOSAL OF
RESIDUALS.
Estimated Capital Cost: $6,230,000
Estimated Annual O&M Cost: $0
Estimated Present Worth Cost: $6,230,000
Estimated Construction Timeframe: 3 months
Estimated Time to Achieve RAOs: 24 months
Approximately 7,500 cubic yards of soil would be
excavated and would be treated by on-site thermal
desorption. The treated soil will be returned to the
excavated area and capped with a vegetative cover if the
material meets the final cleanup levels. If the technology
does not achieve the remedial cleanup level standards for
the waste left in place, the waste would be disposed of
off-site at a RCRA hazardous waste Subtitle C facility.
(Such material would meet the LDR standards prior to
disposal.) It is expected that thermal treatment will
achieve the health-based standards. The contaminants
collected from the thermal desorption process will be
sent off-site to a RCRA Subtitle C hazardous waste
facility for treatment and disposal in accordance with the
RCRA LDR standards.
Since this alternative will achieve Preliminary
Remediation Goals or better that are protective for
residential land use, and which are protective for all
other uses, institutional controls and monitoring will not
be needed for this alternative.
Alternative S5: EXCAVATION, OFF-SITE
THERMAL DESTRUCTION, AND
OFF-SITE DISPOSAL OF
RESIDUALS
Estimated Capital Cost: $6,731,317
Estimated Annual O&M Cost: $ 0
Estimated Present Worth Cost: $6,731,317
Estimated Construction Timeframe: 0
Estimated Time to Achieve RAOs: 12 months
This alternative is the same as S3 except that the
waste is transported off-site to a RCRA hazardous waste
Subtitle C facility for the treatment and disposal of the
soil. For the purposes of developing a cost estimate, the
assumed treatment technology was an off-site
incinerator, but any technology that can achieve the
LDR treatment standards for contaminated soil could be
used during the actual implementation of the remedy.
GROUND WATER ALTERNATIVES
Alternative G2: PUMP AND TREAT THE ENTIRE
PLUME WITH DISCHARGE TO
THE XYZ RIVER
Estimated Capital Cost: $ 3,650,000
Estimated Annual O &M Cost: $ 124,000
Estimated Present Worth Cost: $ 4,779,000
Estimated Construction Timeframe: 15 to 18 months
Estimated Time to Achieve RAOs: 15 years
Ground water extraction wells would be placed at
locations selected to capture the entire area of the
contaminated ground-water plume. Once extracted, the
contaminated ground water would be treated on site by
A-6

-------
using a combination of air-stripping and/or carbon
adsorption and would then be discharged to the XYZ
River. The ground water would be restored to drinking
water quality through treatment to meet the final cleanup
levels throughout the entire plume. Restrictions on the
installation of new drinking water wells will be
implemented by the town zoning authority. Existing
wells will be sealed to prevent exposure to contaminated
ground water.
During the remedial design phase, EPA will
determine the most cost-effective technology for treating
the extracted ground water. These technologies will
include either carbon adsorption or air stripping alone or
in combination to meet the National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) requirements and State
and/or local air quality standards. Any carbon units used
for on-site treatment will be regenerated off-site. Used
carbon units will be disposed of in accordance with
RCRA requirements.
Alternative G3: PUMP AND TREAT THE ENTIRE
PLUME WITH VICINITY
REINJECTION
Estimated Capital Cost: $10,752,000
Estimated Annual 0& M Cost: $ 167,000
Estimated Present Worth Cost: $ 12,078,000
Estimated Construction Timeframe: 18 to 24 months
Estimated Time to Achieve RAOs: 12 years
The components and requirements of this alternative
are the same as those described in Alternative G2, with
the exception that the treated ground water would be
reinjected into the aquifer rather than discharged to the
XYZ River. Reinjection wells would be located at
selected points to enhance flushing within the
contaminant plume.
Alternative G5: PUMP AND TREAT THE
PRIMARY PLUME WITH
DISCHARGE TO THE XYZ RIVER
AND MONITORED NATURAL
ATTENUATION OF THE
SECONDARY PLUME.
Estimated Capital Cost: $ 2,850,000
Estimated Annual 0& M Cost: $ 84,000
Estimated Present Worth Cost: $ 3,695,000
Estimated Construction Timeframe: 12 to 15 months
Estimated Time to Achieve RAOs: 18 years
In this alternative, ground-water extraction wells
would be placed at locations selected to capture the
primary plume and the secondary plume would be
allowed to remediate through natural physical, chemical
and biological processes (also known as natural
attenuation). Isolation and cleanup of the primary plume
would prevent further contamination to the secondary
plume and expedite attainment of final cleanup levels in
the secondary plume through natural attenuation.
Ground water extracted from the primary plume would
be treated in the same manner as described in
Alternative G2. The ground water would be restored to
drinking water use through treatment and natural
attenuation to meet the final cleanup levels throughout
the entire plume.
Alternative G7: PUMP AND TREAT THE
PRIMARY PLUME WITH
VICINITY REINJECTION AND
MONITORED NATURAL
ATTENUATION OF THE
SECONDARY PLUME.
Estimated Capital Cost: $ 8,250,000
Estimated Annual 0& M Cost: $ 107,000
Estimated Present Worth Cost: $ 9,225,000
Estimated Construction Timeframe: 15 - 18 months
Estimated Time to Achieve RAOs: 15 years
The components and requirements of this alternative are
the same as those described in Alternative G5, with the
exception that the treated ground water would be
reinjected into the aquifer rather than discharged to the
XYZ River. Reinjection wells would be located at
selected points to enhance flushing of contaminants
within the contaminant plume and facilitate natural
attenuation processes.
Alternative G8: MONITORED NATURAL
ATTENUATION OF ENTIRE
PLUME
Estimated Capital Cost: $ 15,000
Estimated Annual 0& M Cost: $ 34,000
Estimated Present Worth Cost: $ 501,000
Estimated Construction Timeframe: 3 months
Estimated Time to Achieve RAOs: 220 years
This alternative would utilize natural physical, chemical
and biological processes (i.e., natural attenuation) to
restore ground water to drinking water use. Final
cleanup levels would be met throughout the entire plume
within an estimated timeframe of 220 years.
A-7

-------
EVALUATION CRITERIA FORSUPERFUND REMEDIAL ALTERNATIVES
Overall Protectiveness of Human Health and the Environment determines whether an alternative eliminates,
reduces, or controls threats to public health and the environment through institutional controls, engineering controls,
or treatment.
Compliance with ARARs evaluates whether the alternative meets Federal and State environmental statutes,
regulations, and other requirements that pertain to the site, or whether a waiver is justified.
Long-term Effectiveness and Permanence considers the ability of an alternative to maintain protection of human
health and the environment overtime.
Reduction of Toxicity, Mobility, or Volume of Contaminants through Treatment evaluates an alternative's use
of treatment to reduce the harmful effects of principal contaminants, their ability to move in the environment, and the
amount of contamination present.
Short-term Effectiveness considers the length of time needed to implement an alternative and the risks the
alternative poses to workers, residents, and the environment during implementation.
Implementability considers the technical and administrative feasibility of implementing the alternative, including
factors such as the relative availability of goods and services.
Cost includes estimated capital and annual operations and maintenance costs, as well as present worth cost.
Present worth cost is the total cost of an alternative over time in terms of today's dollar value. Cost estimates are
expected to be accurate within a range of +50 to -30 percent.
State/Support Agency Acceptance considers whether the State agrees with the EPA's analyses and
recommendations, as described in the RI/FS and Proposed Plan.
Community Acceptance considers whether the local community agrees with EPA's analyses and preferred
alternative. Comments received on the Proposed Plan are an important indicator of community acceptance.	
EVALUATION OF ALTERNATIVES
Nine criteria are used to evaluate the different
remediation alternatives individually and against each
other in order to select a remedy. This section of the
Proposed Plan profiles the relative performance of each
alternative against the nine criteria, noting how it
compares to the other options under consideration. The
nine evaluation criteria are discussed below. The
"Detailed Analysis of Alternatives" can be found in the
FS.
1. Overall Protection of Human Health and the
Environment
All of the alternatives except the "no action"
alternative would provide adequate protection of human
health and the environment by eliminating, reducing, or
controlling risk through treatment, engineering controls,
and/or institutional controls. Chemicals of concern are
treated to risk-based levels by Alternative S3 (on-site
thermal desorption) and Alternative S5 (off-site thermal
destruction). Alternative S2 would provide protection by
preventing direct contact exposure to contaminated soils
and prevent leakage of these contaminated source
materials to the ground water by capping the area;
however, long-term maintenance and monitoring would
be required to ensure that the cap remained protective.
With the exception of Alternative G8 (monitored
natural attentuation), all ground water alternatives would
eliminate human and environmental risks from direct
contact with contaminated ground water through
treatment. Although Alternative G8 does not prevent
migration of contaminants to the XYZ River, surface
water quality standards are not being exceeded and
therefore is still considered protective. Experience has
shown that in some cases reinjecting ground water
(Alternatives G3 and G7) may cause some horizontal or
downward migration of contaminants, increasing the
potential for exposure to contaminated ground water. At
this site, such contaminant migration is not likely to
occur due to the presence of a confining clay layer and
the site's proximity to the river. All alternatives include
institutional controls as an added means of protecting
human health.
Because the "no action" alternatives (SI and Gl) are
not protective of human health and the environment,
they were eliminated from consideration under the
remaining eight criteria.
2.	Compliance with ARARs
All soil and ground water alternatives would meet
their respective ARARs from Federal and State laws.
3.	Long-term Effectiveness and Permanence
Alternative S3 (on-site thermal desorption) and
Alternative S5 (off-site thermal destruction) would
reduce the inherent hazards posed by the contaminants
at the site to health-based levels and further controls
A-8

-------
would not be necessary to ensure the long-term
effectiveness and permanence. Alternative S2 (capping)
would prevent the direct contact exposure and
contaminant migration, however, monitoring would be
necessary to ensure the long-term effectiveness and
permanence of this alternative.
All ground water alternatives would be effective in
the long term by reducing contaminant concentrations in
ground water. The adequacy and reliability of the pump
and treatment technologies have been well proven for the
chemicals of concern. However, experience has shown
that reinjection systems (G3, G7) have extensive
maintenance problems and as such may not be considered
reliable. Natural attenuation has some uncertainty
associated with the remediation methods and the time
required to reach the final cleanup levels (G5, G7, G8).
4.	Reduction of Toxicity, Mobility, or Volume of
Contaminants through Treatment
Both Alternative S3 (on-site thermal desorption, the
preferred alternative) and Alternative S5 (off-site,
thermal destruction) would remove or destroy the
contaminants from soil, and may in fact get the soil down
to the Preliminary Remediation Goals without further
need for subsequent containment. Alternative S2
(capping) will not achieve reduction of toxicity, mobility
or volume through treatment.
All ground water alternatives, except for G8, use
treatment to reduce toxicity, mobility and volume of
contaminants. Alternative G8 uses natural processes to
achieve the same goals. For all other alternatives,
carbon units containing treatment residuals would be
thermally destroyed or recycled, and managed in
accordance with RCRA.
5.	Short-term Effectiveness
Both Alternative S3 (on-site thermal desorption) and
Alternative S5 (off-site thermal destruction) involve
excavation of contaminated soils and thus present a
potential for short-term exposure. Alternative S5
presents a higher short-term risk than Alternative S3
because of the potential for exposure to contaminated
soils by trucking the 7,500 cubic yards of material to an
off-site facility.
The contaminants are not volatile so the risk of
release is principally limited to wind blown soil transport
or surface water run off. Control of dust and run-off will
limit the amount of materials that may migrate to a
potential receptor. Alternative S3 and Alternative S5 also
present a potential risk for short-term exposure to
releases of contaminants or products of combustion as a
result of the treatment technology. In both cases the
treatment unit will be required to meet the RCRA
emissions standards (i.e., RCRA Subpart X would apply
to thermal desorbption units and Subpart O would apply
to incineration units). Alternative S2 (capping) does not
present a short-term threat except to the extent that area
presents direct contact or migration potential during the
time it takes to fully implement the remedy.
Construction of Alternative S3 (on-site thermal
desorption) could be completed in 3 months, with
achievement of remedial action objectives within 2
years. Alternative S5 (off-site thermal destruction) will
not require construction, and would thus enable cleanup
objectives to be achieved in less than 2 years.
Completion of Alternative S2 (capping) would take 9
months to construct.
Precautions will be taken during construction of the
extraction wells under Alternatives G2, G3, G5 and G7
to eliminate any risk to the public from excavation.
Because ground water remediation will occur after
completion of soil remediation, air emissions during
well-drilling should not constitute a threat. Short-term
risk to workers associated with normal construction
hazards and potential contact with contaminated water
will be eliminated through appropriate controls and
adherence to proper health and safety protocols. G2,
G3, G5, and G7 will take approximately the same
amount of time to achieve final cleanup levels.
However, Alternative G3 would require a longer
construction period due to the installation of reinjection
wells or infiltration basins, and piping systems to
transport the treated ground water to the wells or basins.
Under Alternative G2, only a small amount of time is
needed to construct the pipeline to the XYZ River.
Alternative G8 has no risks associated with
implementation and requires little or no implementation
time.
6. Implementability
All soil technologies and remedies are readily
available and generally proven.
All ground water alternatives are equally
implementable without construction difficulties. Ground
water "pump and treat" is well-proven and fully capable
of removing the contamination. There is a potential for
operation and maintenance problems associated with
reinjecting the large volume of water into the aquifer,
under Alternatives G3 and G7. All alternatives have
few associated administrative difficulties.

-------
7.	Cost
The estimated present worth cost of Alternative S3
is less than that of Alternatives S5. The estimated
present worth cost of Alternative G5 is less than G2, G3,
and G7. Even though Alternative G8 is the least costly
of the remedial alternatives, the time frame required to
achieve final cleanup levels is excessive.
8.	State/Support Agency Acceptance
The State of Tennessee supports the Preferred
Alternative without comment.
9.	Community Acceptance
Community acceptance of the preferred alternative
will be evaluated after the public comment period ends
and will be described in the ROD for the site.
SUMMARY OF THE PREFERRED
ALTERNATIVE
The Preferred Alternative for cleaning up the EIO
Site is a combination of Soil Alternative S3 (Excavation,
On-Site Thermal Desorption, and On-Site Disposal of
Residuals) and Ground-Water Alternative G5 (Pump and
Treatment of the Primary Plume with Discharge to the
XYZ River and Monitored Natural Attenuation of the
Secondary Plume).
The preferred soil alternative was selected over other
alternatives because it is expected to achieve substantial
and long-term risk reduction through treatment, and is
expected to allow the property to be used for the
reasonably anticipated future land use, which is
residential. The preferred ground-water alternative was
selected over the other alternatives because it is expected
to achieve substantial risk reduction through treatment of
contaminants in the ground water and provides measures
to prevent future exposure to currently contaminated
ground water. Hence the combination of Alternatives S3
and G5, hereafter referred to as the Preferred Alternative,
reduces the risk within a reasonable time frame and at
less cost than the off-site treatment alternative and
provides for long-term reliability of the remedy.
Based on the information available at this time, EPA
and the State of Tennessee believe the Preferred
Alternative would be protective of human health and the
environment, would comply with ARARs, would be cost-
effective, and would utilize permanent solutions and
alternative treatment technologies to the maximum
extent practicable. Because it would treat the source
materials constituting principal threats, the remedy also
would meet the statutory preference for the selection of
a remedy that involves treatment as a principal element.
The Preferred Alternative can change in response to
public comment or new information.
COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION
EPA and TDEC provide information regarding the
cleanup of the EIO Industrial Site to the public through
public meetings, the Administrative Record file for the
site, and announcements published in the Nameless,
Tennessee Newspaper. EPA and the State encourage the
public to gain a more comprehensive understanding of
the site and the Superfund activities that have been
conducted at the site.
The dates for the public comment period , the date,
location, and time of the public meeting, and the
locations of the Administrative Record files, are
provided on the front page of this Proposed Plan.
For further information on the EIO Industrial Site,
please contact:


John Doe

Joan Nameless
Remedial Project

Community Relations
Manager

Coordinator
(000) 000-0000

(000) 000-0000

U.S.
EPA
61 Forsyth Street, S.W.
Atlanta
GA
30303-3104
A-10

-------
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Specialized terms used in this Proposed Plan are defined below:
Applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs) -
the Federal and State environmental laws that a selected remedy will
meet. These requirements may vary among sites and alternatives.
Bioremediation - the use of microorganisms to transform or alter,
through metabolic or enzymatic action, hazardous organic
contaminants into nonhazardous substances.
Carbon adsorption - a process using activated carbon to remove
primarily soluble organics from air and water. There are granular
and powdered activated carbon based on the size of the carbon
particles.
Consent Decree - a legal document, approved by a judge, that
formalizes an agreement between EPA and one or more potentially
responsible parties (PRPs) outlining the terms by which the
response action will take place. A Consent Decree is subject to a
public comment period prior to its approval by a judge, and is
enforceable as a final judgement by a court.
Contaminant plume - a column of contamination with measurable
horizontal and vertical dimensions that is suspended in and moves
with ground water.
Ex situ - the removal of a medium (for example, water or soil) from
its original place, as through excavation, in order to perform the
remedial action
Ground water - underground water that fill pores in soils or
openings in rocks to the point of saturation. Ground water is often
used as a source of drinking water via municipal or domestic wells.
LDR - Land Disposal Restriction. The land disposal restrictions
program requires certain wastes to be treated before they may be
disposed of in the land.
Monitoring - ongoing collection of information about the
environment that helps gauge the effectiveness of a clean-up action.
Monitoring wells drilled at different levels at the EIO Site would be
used to detect any leaks from containment structures.
Organic compounds - carbon compounds, such as solvents, oils,
and pesticides. Most are not readily dissolved in water. Some
organic compounds can cause cancer.
Present Worth Analysis - a method of evaluation of expenditures
that occur over different time periods. By discounting all costs to a
common base year, the costs for different remedial action
alternatives can be compared on the basis of a single figure for each
alternative. When calculating present worth cost for Superfund
sites, total operations & maintenance costs are to be included.
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) - the Federal act
that established a regulatory system to track hazardous wastes from
the time they are generated to their final disposal. RCRA also
provides for safe hazardous waste management practices and
imposes standards for transporting, treating, storing, and disposing
of hazardous waste.
Revegetate - to replace topsoil, seed, and mulch on prepared soil to
prevent wind and water erosion.
Safe Drinking Water Act Maximum Contaminant Level (SDWA
MCL) - the maximum permissible level of a contaminant in water
that is delivered to any user of a public water system.
Treatability Variance - where a remedial alternative cannot achieve
a LDR treatment standard, treatability variance may be granted. A
treatability variance establishes alternate treatment standards.
A-11

-------
USE THIS SPACE TO WRITE YOUR COMMENTS
Your input on the Proposed Plan for the EIO Industrial Site is important to EPA. Comments provided by the public are
valuable in helping EPA select a final cleanup remedy for the site.
You may use the space below to write your comments, then fold and mail. Comments must be postmarked by March 30,
1999. If you have any questions about the comment period, please contact Joan Nameless at (000) 000-0000 or through
EPA's toll-free number at 1-800-000-0000. Those with electronic communications capabilities may submit their comments
to EPA via Internet at the following e-mail address: nameless.joan@epa.gov.
Name	
Address	
City	
State	 Zip
A-12

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
APPENDIX B:
DOCUMENTING SPECIAL GROUND-WATER REMEDY DECISIONS
This section presents recommendations and sug-
gested language for remedy selection decision docu-
ments when ground-water remedies involve the fol-
lowing situations:
•	Use of a phased approach to ground-water
restoration.
•	Remediation of sites where non-aqueous phase
liquids (NAPLs) are present (or highly sus-
pected) in the subsurface.
•	Deferral of ex-situ treatment components of
a pump and treat remedy until Remedial De-
sign.
•	Remedies using monitored natural attenuation
to achieve remediation objectives.
General background information, examples of how
the situations named above should be documented, and
references to additional information are detailed be-
low.
B.1 PHASED APPROACH
Where complex ground-water contamination prob-
lems are present at a site (e.g., complex hydrogeology
or non-aqueous phase liquids), it will generally be nec-
essary to implement a phased approach toward the
cleanup of that site. In a phased remedy, site response
activities are implemented in a sequence of steps so that
the information gained in earlier phases can be used to
refine subsequent investigation objectives or actions.
Ground-water response actions, in particular those us-
ing extraction and treatment, should generally be imple-
mented in more than one phase. Phased response ac-
tions can be implemented by either two separate ac-
tions where an early or interim ground-water remedy is
followed by a later, more comprehensive, long-term
remedy (i.e. using separate decision documents), or one
action that is implemented in more than one phase (in
one decision document).
The following information should be included in
the Selected Remedy section of a ROD (and Preferred Al-
ternative section of the Proposed Plan when phased
implementation of a remedy is planned):
•	Ultimate remedial action objectives for con-
taminated ground water at the site.
•	Clear identification of the purpose and scope
of each phase and the interrelationships be-
tween the phases.
•	Estimated time period for operation and moni-
toring of each phase.
•	Explanation of how performance data from
an earlier phase will be used to refine scope or
design of later phases.
•	Explanation that the last phase of the remedy
will consist of refinement of the remedy to
increase remedy performance during the op-
erating life of the remedy. Such refinements
are relatively minor modifications that would
not be considered significant changes (e.g., op-
timizing pumping rates or placement/abandon-
ment of ground-water extraction wells).
Where appropriate, this section should also state
that performance data from an early phase of the rem-
edy may show that attainment of the ultimate
remediation objectives is not technically practicable,
which would result in re-evaluation of the Selected Rem-
edy and preclude implementation of later remedy
phases.
Highlight B-l illustrates how a phased approach
for a single action is described in the Selected Remedy sec-
tion of a ROD.
B-1

-------
Appendix B: Documenting Special Ground-Water Remedy Decisions
Highlight B-1: Example Language for Documenting Use of Phased Implementation
for the Extraction Component of a Remedy at a DNAPL Site in the Selected
Remedy Section of a ROD
The ultimate objectives for the ground-water portion of this remedial action is to restore Aquifer A to its beneficial
uses to the maximum extent practicable. The beneficial use of Aquifer A is as a source of drinking water and is
currently used off-site for this purpose. Based on information obtained during the remedial investigation and a
careful analysis of all remedial alternatives, EPA and the State believe that the Selected Remedy will achieve this
objective in a reasonable time frame.
The extraction portion of the ground-water remedy will be implemented in two phases. During phase one, a
sufficient number of extraction wells will be installed and operated to achieve the following remedial objectives:
1) minimize further migration of contaminants from suspected subsurface DNAPL areas to the surrounding
ground water; and 2) minimize further migration of the leading edge of the contaminant plume. After construction
of phase one is complete, the extraction system will be monitored on a regular basis and its performance
evaluated. Operation and monitoring of phase one may be necessary for a period of up to two years to provide
enough information to complete the phase two design.
Evaluation of the monitoring data collected during phase one may provide further information concerning the
likelihood that DNAPLs are present in the aquifer, and if so, the likely extent of the DNAPL zone. EPA will use this
information to determine whether an ARAR-waiver is appropriate for the suspected DNAPL zone. If EPA deter-
mines that attaining cleanup levels is "technically impracticable from an engineering perspective," these cleanup
levels would be waived over the suspected DNAPL zone (a Tl waiver). If EPA determines that a Tl waiver is
appropriate for this site, the selected remedy will be re-evaluated. In this event EPA would issue a ROD Amend-
ment and phase two of the remedy may be modified from that described below.
During phase two of this remedy, additional extraction wells will be installed with the objective of restoring Aquifer
A as a viable source of drinking water to the maximum extent practicable. Reinjection wells and related pumping
equipment for flushing a portion of the treated ground water through the aquifer (water flooding) will be installed
to enhance the recovery of contaminants. Restoration is defined as attainment of required cleanup levels in the
aquifer, over the full extent of the contaminant plume. Cleanup levels for each ground-water contaminant of
concern are specified in Table	.
Current estimates indicate that cleanup levels can be attained in the portion of Aquifer A outside the suspected
DNAPL zone within a time frame of approximately 25 years. Monitoring and evaluation of the performance of
phase one will be used to determine the actual number and placement of wells for phase two. The system's
performance will be carefully monitored, in accordance with the monitoring plan defined in Section	of the
ROD, and adjusted and refined as warranted by the performance data collected during operation.
Once phase two of the remedy has been implemented, some refinement to the extraction component of the
remedy may still be needed to enhance remedy performance or to maintain performance at reduced cost. These
minor adjustments could include one or more of the following:
•	Adjusting the rate of extraction from some or all wells.
•	Discontinuing pumping at individual wells where cleanup levels have been attained.
•	Pulsed pumping of some or all extraction wells to eliminate flow stagnation areas, allow sorbed contami-
nants to partition into ground water, or otherwise facilitate recovery of contaminants from the aquifer.
•	Installing additional ground-water extraction wells to facilitate or accelerate cleanup of the contaminant
plume.
For the purpose of estimating the approximate cost of the treatment component of the Selected Remedy, it is
estimated that three to five extraction wells will need to be installed as part of phase one and an additional two to
six extraction wells and two to four reinjection wells will need to be installed as part of phase two.
NOTE: Ex-situ treatment component of remedy and discharge of treated water are discussed in subsequent
paragraphs of the Selected Remedy section of the ROD (See Highlight B-2).
B-2

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
B.2 NONAQUEOUS PHASE LIQUIDS
(NAPLS)
Nonaqueous phase liquids (NAPLs) are either sin-
gular free product organic compounds or mixtures of
organic compounds that are resistant to mixing with
water. There are two types of NAPLs, Light Non-
aqueous Phase Liquids (LNAPLs) and Dense Nonaque-
ous Phase Liquids (DNAPLs). LNAPLs are less dense
than water and tend to float on the water table (e.g.,
gasoline). DNAPLs have a density greater than water.
This property allows them to sink through the water
table and penetrate the deeper portions of an aquifer,
making them difficult to locate and remediate. Ex-
amples of DNAPLs include some chlorinated solvents
(e.g., TCE), coal tar wastes, creosote based wood-treat-
ing oils, and some pesticides. NAPL zones are the de-
lineated portions of the subsurface (including one or
more aquifers) where immiscible liquids (free-phase or
residual NAPL) are present.
In general, restoration of an aquifer contaminated
with DNAPLs to ARARs or risk-based cleanup levels
in a reasonable time frame will not be attainable in the
DNAPL zone unless the DNAPLs can be removed.
Removing DNAPLs from the subsurface is often not
practicable. Due to the inherent difficulty in the treat-
ment of DNAPLs, Technical Impracticability (IT) Waiv-
ers are often appropriate for areas of an aquifer associ-
ated with DNAPLs (the DNAPL zone). That portion
of the contamination plume outside of the DNAPL
zone can often be restored to beneficial uses. Different
remediation objectives should be developed for the
DNAPL zone and for the portion of the aquifer out-
side of the DNAPL zone.
Highlight B-l also presents example language for
the Selected Remedy section of a ROD for a DNAPL site
where the remedy is to be implemented in phases. Please
refer to Chapter 9 for details on the sections of the
Proposed Plan and ROD that will be impacted by use
of a TI waiver.
B.3 DEFERRAL TO THE DESIGN
PHASE - SELECTION OF EX-SITU
TREATMENT METHODS
Although the technologies employed for treating
extracted ground water are important components of
a remedy, they have little influence on reducing con-
taminant levels in the aquifer or minimizing plume mi-
gration. Presumptive technologies for the ex-situ treat-
ment component of a pump and treat remedy are iden-
tified in Presumptive Response Strategy and Ex-Situ Treat-
ment Technologies for Contaminated Ground Water at
CERCLA Sites (EPA 540-R-96-023, October 1996). A
given treatment train could include a combination of
one or more of the presumptive technologies for treat-
ment of dissolved contaminants as well as other tech-
nologies for other purposes (e.g., separation of solids
or treatment of vapor phase contaminants).
Presumptive technologies for ex-situ treatment of
dissolved organic contaminants (e.g., volatiles,
semivolatiles) are:
•	Air stripping
•	Granular activated carbon (GAC)
•	Chemical/UV oxidation (for cyanides also)
•	Aerobic biological reactors
Presumptive technologies for ex-situ treatment of
dissolved metals are:
•	Chemical precipitation
•	Ion exchange/adsorption
•	Electrochemical methods (when metals are the
only dissolved contaminants)
•	Aeration of background metals
At the ROD stage, the lead agency often lacks
important site information needed for optimizing the
selection of technologies to treat extracted ground wa-
ter. In such cases it may be appropriate to defer final
selection among ex-situ treatment technologies to the
remedial design phase, when the needed information
will be available. The technologies that may ultimately
be selected and the timing and criteria for the future
technology selection should be described in sufficient
detail in the Proposed Plan so that the public can evalu-
ate and comment on the proposal. The Proposed Plan
provides the foundation for the ROD to defer the final
technology selection to the remedial design phase.
The following information should be provided in
the Selected Remedy section of the ROD (and the Preferred
Alternative section of the Proposed Plan):
B-3

-------
Appendix B: Documenting Special Ground-Water Remedy Decisions
•	Statement that one or more of the presump-
tive treatment technologies described in Pre-
sumptive 'Response Strategy and Ex-Situ Treatment
Technologies for Contaminated Ground Water at
CERCLA Sites will be used.
•	Statement that the actual technologies and se-
quence in which they will be employed is being
deferred until the remedial design stage, when
additional information will be available.
•	Description of what the treatment system will
be designed to accomplish (e.g., attain State re-
quirements for discharge to surface water).
•	Reference the presumptive remedy guidance
cited above for a description of presumptive
technologies and their advantages and limita-
tions.
•	Assumed treatment sequence and statement that
this will be used only as a basis for estimating
remedy costs (in this case, for the aqueous and
vapor phase contaminants in ground water).
Highlight B-2 provides example Selected Remedy
language for a case where selection of a specific pre-
sumptive technology for treatment of extracted ground
water was deferred until the Remedial Design phase.
B.4 DOCUMENTING REMEDIES USING
MONITORED NATURAL
ATTENUATION
Monitored natural attenuation (MNA) may be uti-
lized as a remedy or as a portion of a remedy, to ad-
dress site contamination. Guidance on the use of moni-
tored natural attenuation for the remediation of con-
taminated soil and ground water can be found in Use of
Monitored Natural Attenuation at Superfund, RCRA Correc-
tive Action, and Underground Storage Tank Sites (EPA 540-
F-99-009, April 1999).
Monitored natural attenuation, as defined in the
OSWER Directive, "refers to the reliance on natural
attenuation processes (within the context of a carefully
controlled and monitored site cleanup approach) to
achieve site-specific remediation objectives within a time
frame that is reasonable compared to that offered by
other more active methods. The 'natural attenuation
processes' that are at work in such a remediation ap-
proach include a variety of physical, chemical, or bio-
logical processes that, under favorable conditions, act
without human intervention to reduce the mass, toxic-
ity, mobility, volume, or concentration of contaminants
in soil or ground water."1
EPA does not view MNA to be a "no action" rem-
edy2, but rather considers it to be a means of address-
ing contamination under a limited set of site circum-
stances where its use meets the applicable statutory and
regulatory requirements. Also, MNA should be evalu-
ated and compared to other viable remediation meth-
ods (including innovative technologies) during the study
phases leading to the selection of a remedy and should
not be considered a "presumptive" or "default"
remediation alternative. The decision to implement
MNA should include a comprehensive site character-
ization, risk assessment where appropriate, and mea-
sures to treat or otherwise control sources. In addition,
the progress of natural attenuation towards a site's
remediation objectives should be carefully monitored
and compared with expectations to ensure that it will
meet site remediation objectives within a time frame
that is reasonable compared to time frames associated
with other methods. Where MNA's ability to meet these
expectations is uncertain and based predominantly on
predictive analyses, decision-makers should incorporate
contingency measures into the remedy.
If monitored natural attenuation comprises all or
part of the remedy, the following points should be in-
cluded in the Summary of Alternatives section of a Pro-
posed Plan or the Description of Alternatives section of a
ROD:
• A brief explanation of why natural processes
are expected to achieve remedial objectives in
a time frame that is reasonable in comparison
to other alternatives.
1	Natural attenuation processes can also convert some con-
taminants to more toxic forms.
2	A remedial alternative using natural attenuation as the cleanup
method is not the same as the "no action alternative." When cleanup
is required, natural attenuation may be able to attain cleanup levels
in a timeframe that is "reasonable" when compared to other compa-
rable alternatives. In general, the "no action" alternative is appro-
priate only when cleanup is not required.
B-4

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight B-2: Example Language for Selected Remedy Section of a ROD Deferring
Selection of Treatment Component
The ex-situ treatment component of the ground-water remedy will utilize presumptive technologies identified in
Presumptive Response Strategy and Ex-Situ Treatment Technologies for Contaminated Ground Water at CERCLA
Sites (EPA 540-R-96-023, October 1996), included as Appendix	of the ROD. Since contaminants of concern
include volatile and semivolatile organic compounds, one or more of the presumptive technologies - air stripping,
granular activated carbon (GAC), chemical/UV oxidation and aerobic biological reactors - will be used for treating
aqueous contaminants in the extracted ground water. Other technologies will also be needed in the treatment
system for removal of suspended mineral solids and treatment of vapor phase contaminants. The actual
technologies and sequence of technologies used for the treatment system will be determined during the reme-
dial design. Final selection of these technologies will be based on additional site information to be collected
during the remedial design. (See Section 3.4 and Appendix C3 of EPA 540-R-96-023 for a discussion of site
information needed for selection and design of the ex-situ treatment system.) Based on this additional informa-
tion and sound engineering practice the treatment system shall be designed to accomplish the following:
•	Attain the chemical-specific treatment levels specified in the State NPDES permit (see Table	) and other
performance criteria specified in Table	of the ROD.
•	Treat, or be easily modified to treat, the expected flow increase from phase one to phase two of the extraction
system.
Other design factors shall include the following:
•	Maximizing long-term effectiveness.
•	Maximizing long-term reliability (i.e., minimize the likelihood of process upsets).
•	Minimizing long-term operating costs.
Additional information concerning presumptive technologies for the ex-situ treatment component of the remedy is
provided in EPA 540-R-96-023. In this directive, descriptions of each of the presumptive technologies are pre-
sented in Appendices D1 through D8, and advantages and limitations of each of these technologies are listed in
Appendix C4.
For the purpose of estimating the approximate cost of the treatment component of the Selected Remedy, the
following treatment sequence is assumed for contaminants dissolved in ground water: flow equalization tanks,
a gravity oil-water separator, an air stripper, followed by GAC units. GAC will also be used to treat vapor phase
contaminants from the air stripper. The GAC units will be thermally reactivated at an off-site facility. Separated
DNAPL compounds will be recycled if possible, but since the actual composition of the recovered liquids is
unknown, costs for incineration at an off-site facility were used for the cost estimate.
B-5

-------
Appendix B: Documenting Special Ground-Water Remedy Decisions
•	If a relatively long time frame is required for
natural processes to attain remediation goals,
explain why this remediation time period is
appropriate for conditions at the site (e.g., no
anticipated need for site ground water during
this period).
•	A description of the performance monitoring
that will be part of the remedy and will be
used to determine if natural attenuation is pro-
ceeding as anticipated.
•	If applicable, a description of the contingency
measures that will be implemented should the
monitoring show that natural attenuation is
unable to achieve the cleanup goals. Condi-
tions that would trigger the contingency should
also be specified (e.g., continued plume migra-
tion or contaminant levels are well above levels
predicted for a specified time)
•	Describe the institutional controls that will be
implemented to prevent use of contaminated
ground water until cleanup levels are achieved.
Example language for documenting use of moni-
tored natural attenuation in the Selected Remedy section
of the ROD is provided in Highlight B-3.
B.5 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR
SPECIAL GROUND-WATER
REMEDIES
Additional guidance can be found in Sections 9.4
and 9.5 of this document and in the following:
•	Presumptive Response Strategy and Ex-Situ Treat-
ment Technologies for Contaminated Ground Water at
CERCLA Sites, Final Guidance (EPA 540-R-96-
023, October 1996) (Note: Highlights B-l and
B-2 in this Appendix were adapted from Ap-
pendix B of this guidance document.)
•	Considerations in Ground-Water Remediation of
Superfund Sites and RCRA Facilities (OSWER
9283.1-06, May 1992).
Guidance for Evaluating the Technical Impracticabil-
ity of Ground-Water Restoration (EPA 540-R-93-
080, October 1993).
Use of Monitored Natural Attenuation at Superfund,
RCRA Corrective Action, and Underground Storage
Tank Sites (EPA 540-F-99-009, April 1999)
B-6

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Highlight B-3: Example Language for Documenting Use of Monitored Natural
Attenuation in the Selected Remedy Section of the ROD
The ultimate objective for the ground-water portion of this remedial action is to restore contaminated ground
water in Aquifer A to its beneficial uses. This aquifer could be used as a future source of drinking water, but is not
being used currently for this purpose either on-site or off-site. Based on information obtained during the remedial
investigation and a careful analysis of all remedial alternatives, EPA and the State believe that the Selected
Remedy will achieve this objective in a reasonable time frame.
Monitored natural attenuation (Alternative 4) will be used to restore Aquifer A to its future beneficial use as a
source of drinking water. Cleanup levels for each ground-water chemical of concern (COC) are specified in Table
	. Current estimates indicate that cleanup levels will be attained throughout the contaminated portion of
Aquifer A within approximately 25 years. This compares to an estimated time frame of ten years for those
alternatives that involve pumping and treating of ground water (Alternatives 2 and 3). (See Appendix	of the Rl/
FS for further information concerning the predictive models used for this estimate.) Although the estimated time
for natural processes to attain remediation objectives is longer than that required for alternatives using pump and
treat, twenty-five years is considered a reasonable remedial time for this site because there is no anticipated
need for the contaminated ground water within this period (see Current and Potential Future Site Use section of
the ROD).
In addition to the modeling estimates, concentration levels for all COCs have decreased since source control
measures were completed (OU1). This trend of declining contaminant levels has been confirmed in four succes-
sive rounds of sampling over a period of three years, indicating that source control measures have been effective
and are reducing the uncertainty of the modeling predictions.
Since two separate lines of evidence (trends of declining COCs and predictive modeling) were used to indicate
that monitored natural attenuation would be successful in attaining remediation objectives for site ground water,
EPA and the State have determined that contingency measures are not needed as part of the remedy selected in
this ROD.
Actual performance of the natural attenuation remedy will be carefully monitored in accordance with the monitor-
ing plan detailed in Section	of the ROD. If monitoring data indicate that contaminant levels do not continue to
decline, as estimated in the modeling predictions, EPA and the State will reconsider the remedy decision. One
or more of the following observations could lead to re-consideration of the remedy, if confirmed by four or more
rounds of sampling:
•	Increase in levels of parent contaminants, indicating that other sources may be present.
•	Concentration levels of parent contaminants and/or daughter products differ significantly from modeling pre-
dictions.
•	Contaminant plume for parent contaminants and daughter products increases significantly in areal or vertical
extent and/or volume from that predicted by modeling estimates.
Institutional controls will be implemented to prevent the use of contaminated ground water until the cleanup
levels specified in Table	have been attained throughout Aquifer A. These institutional controls will consist of
a county ordinance prohibiting drilling of wells within the vicinity of the plume. An ordinance is expected to be
effective in preventing ground-water use, because the county requires that a permit be obtained prior to drilling a
public or private water supply well and no permit can be issued in areas known to be contaminated.
B-7

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
APPENDIX C
CONSULTATION PROCEDURES FOR SUPERFUND RESPONSE
DECISIONS
Consolidated Guide to Consultation Procedures for Superfund Response Decisions
Fact Sheet with transmittal memorandum dated May 14,1997

-------


UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
S	WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
\PR<^°
OFFICE OF
SOLID WASTE AND EMERGENCY
RESPONSE
Signed May 14, 1997
OSWER Directive 9200.1-18FS
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Transmittal of "Consolidated Guide to Consultation
Procedures for Superfund Response Decisions" and FY97
Focus Areas for OERR regional coordination support
FROM:	Stephen D. Luftig, Director
Office of Emergency and Remedial Response
TO:	Director, Office of Site Remediation and Restoration
Region I
Director, Emergency and Remedial Response Division
Region II
Director, Hazardous Waste Management Division
Regions III, IX
Director, Waste Management Division
Region IV
Director, Superfund Division
Regions V, VI, VII
Assistant Regional Administrator, Office of Ecosystems
Protection and Remediation
Region VIII
Director, Environmental Cleanup Office
Region X
This memorandum: 1) transmits a completed fact sheet
entitled "Consolidated Guide to Consultation Procedures for
Superfund Response Decisions,-" and 2) communicates the FY97 Focus
Areas for OERR Regional coordination support.
Consolidated Guide to Consultation Procedures for Superfund
Response Decisions
The goal of this fact sheet is to describe management review

-------
procedures employed by EPA to ensure that national remedy
selection policies and procedures are being implemented in a
reasonable and appropriately consistent manner. EPA believes
that consistent application of national policy and guidance is an
important means by which we ensure the reasonableness,
predictability, and cost-effectiveness of Superfund decisions.
This document has been developed as a result of the National
Consistency directive (OSWER Directive 9200.0-21) and the Remedy
Selection "Rules of Thumb" Superfund Reform efforts announced by
Administrator Carol Browner in October 1995.
This fact sheet provides a consolidated guide to EPA
Headquarters and Regional consultation procedures for response
decisions management. Pursuant to the final report of the
Superfund Delegations Workgroup (OSWER Directive 9242.2-10), the
Remedy Delegation Report was eliminated in favor of managing
necessary Headquarters consultations through individual OSWER
directives (this report had been used in the past to manage
consultation requirements and procedures for Superfund remedy
selection decisions). This fact sheet was developed to clarify
and consolidate the various consultation procedures that have
been established for both remedial and removal response selection
decision making through various OSWER Directives, memoranda, and
recommendations of national policy workgroups.
FY97 Focus Areas
As part of our effort to ensure appropriate national
consistency, last year OERR established four technical and policy
focus areas for Headquarters regional coordination efforts. The
four focus areas include: l)risk management and cost-
effectiveness decision documentation; 2)ground water policy;
3)lead policy; and 4) presumptive remedies. (See "Focus Areas
for Headquarters OERR Support for Regional Decision Making,"
OSWER Directive 9200.1-17, May 22, 1996.)
In FY97, OERR plans to continue to use the focus areas and
consultation procedures outlined in this May 1996 memorandum, and
refined through your work with individual Regional Center
management and staff over the course of the past year. The
primary goal of OERR's regional coordination effort is to
communicate and coordinate nationally on cross-cutting issues to
ensure that we all share a common understanding of program
policies and, as a result, approach site cleanups in a consistent
manner. OERR staff will flag any inconsistencies with respect to
focus area policies and will work with Regional staff on an
informal basis to resolve these issues in a timely manner. At
C-2

-------
the same time, Regional staff should look upon OERR staff as a
resource that can provide assistance in working through issues as
early as possible during the development of site response
strategies and draft Proposed Plans.
Thank you for your assistance in recent efforts to promote
appropriate national consistency. Please continue to contact my
staff as early as possible in the response selection process as
relevant issues arise.
Attachment
cc: Larry Reed, OERR
Elaine Davies, OERR
OERR Regional Accelerated Response Center Directors
David Evans, OERR
Suzanne Wells, OERR
OERR Senior Process Managers
Jim Woolford, FFRRO
Liz Cotsworth, OSW
Barry Breen, OSRE
Craig Hooks, FFEO
C-3

-------
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of
Solid Waste and
Emergency Response
OSWER 9200.1-18FS
EPA540-F-97-009
PB97-963216
May 1997
oEPA Consolidated Guide to
Consultation Procedures for
Superfund Response
Decisions
Office of Emergency and Remedial Response	Quick Reference Fact Sheet
The goal of this fact sheet is to describe management review procedures employed by EPA to ensure that national
remedy selection policies and procedures are being implemented in a reasonable and appropriately consistent manner.
EPA believes that consistent application of national policy and guidance is an important means by which we ensure the
reasonableness, predictability, and cost-effectiveness of Superfund decisions. This document has been developed as
a result of the National Consistency directive (OSWER Directive 9200.0-21) and the Remedy Selection "Rules of
Thumb" Superfund Reform efforts announced by Administrator Carol Browner in October 1995.
This fact sheet provides a consolidated guide to EPA Headquarters and Regional consultation procedures for response
decisions management. This document was developed to clarify and consolidate the various consultation procedures
that have been established for both remedial and removal response selection decision making through various OSWER
Directives, memoranda, and recommendations of national policy workgroups.
NOTE: This fact sheet only highlights the review and/or consultation procedures that exist between EPA headquarters
and EPA Regional offices for Superfund response selection decision-making. Every response decision goes through
a rigorous technical and management review process within each Regional EPA office as well. The specific
management review procedures are unique to each Region, and have evolved over time to reflect the best technical and
program management expertise as well as the different organizational structures in each office.
^OCU^RE^EVIEW^
In May 1996, the Office of Emergency and
Remedial Response (OERR) issued a directive
describing the goal of promoting "appropriately
consistent CERCLA program implementation. . . and
effective communication between Headquarters and the
Regions" with a focus on four technical and policy
areas. (Focus Areas for Headquarters OERR Support
for Regional Decision Making, OSWER Directive
9200.1-17, May 22, 1996).
The four focus areas include: risk management and
cost-effectiveness decision documentation; ground
water policy; lead (Pb) policy; and presumptive
remedies.
The consultation procedures outlined in the
memorandum involve the review of draft proposed
plans by staff in OERR's Accelerated Response
Centers. In some circumstances, OERR may request
the review of draft decision documents such as
Records of Decision (RODs), ROD amendments,
Explanations of Significant Differences (ESDs), or
Action Memoranda for non-time-critical removal
C-4

-------
actions. Consultations are still required for non-time-
critical removal actions costing over $5 million (see
SACM Regional Decision Teams and Early Action and
Long-Term Action Under SACM, OSWER Directive
9203.1-051, December 1992). Headquarters staff will
flag any inconsistencies with respect to focus area
policies and will work with Regional staff, on an
informal basis, to resolve these issues in a timely
manner. Issues of a national precedent-setting nature
may be discussed with management as well.
At the same time, this memorandum encourages
Regional staff to look upon Headquarters staff as a
resource that can provide assistance in working through
issues as early as possible during the development of
site response strategies and draft proposed plans. The
specific elements within each focus area are
summarized in Table 1 and discussed in more detail in
the May 1996 Focus Area memorandum.
HEADQUARTERS
APPROVAL/CONCURRENCE ON
REMOVAL ACTIONS
The Superfund statute established certain limitations
on the use of removal actions. Some of the approval
authority for exceeding these statutory limitations has
been delegated to EPA Regional offices, and some
approval authority remains at Headquarters. Table 2
lists the specific elements of the Headquarters
approval/concurrence consultation process for removal
actions.
CROSS-REGIONAL RESPONSE
DECISIONS MANAGEMENT GROUPS
Cross-regional response decisions management
groups have also been formed to share critical site
information and improve remedy selection decision
making. (See Table 3). Sharing draft proposed plans,
decision documents, or other site-specific response
strategies with these review groups as early as possible
in the remedy selection process, will help facilitate a
quick and efficient review.
The National Remedy Review Board was formed to
promote cost-effectiveness and national consistency in
remedy selection at Superfund sites. The Board is
staffed with technical experts and senior managers
from each EPA Region and several EPA Headquarters
offices and focuses its reviews on high cost remedies.
(National Remedy Review Board Progress Report:
Fiscal Year 1996, OSWER Directive 9220.0-24,
January 1997; and National Remedy Review Board
Review Criteria for Federal Facility Superfund Sites,
OSWER Directive 9220.0-25, draft).
Lead is one of the most frequently encountered
chemicals at Superfund sites. Lead cleanups are also
some of the most costly cleanups. As a result, a Lead
Sites Management Workgroup has been formed by the
Superfund Waste Management Division Directors in
order to have management level involvement in key
lead site decisions across the nation. Criteria will be
developed in the near future and will provide proposed
action levels and/or risk management alternatives that
trigger a review by this group. (Per direction of
Superfund Waste Management Division Directors'
Lead Policy Forum on February 6, 1997.)
CROSS-REGIONAL TECHNICAL
REVIEW WORKGROUPS
Finally, cross-regional technical review workgroups
have also been formed to focus on technical issues
underlying risk assessment and response management
issues. (See Table 4).
In order to support site-specific lead risk
assessments and assist in the development of national
lead policy for Superfund, the Technical Review
Workgroup for lead was established. This group of
scientists and technical experts is familiar with the
development and refinement of the Integrated Exposure
Uptake Biokinetic Model for Lead in Children
(IEUBK) and provides advice on questions relating to
site-specific lead risk assessments. OERR has asked
Regional offices to identify any application of the
IEUBK model that is expected to be challenged or will
set a precedent in IEUBK model application so that the
Technical Review Workgroup can be informed of the
issues and provided an opportunity to comment on the
approach undertaken. (Revised Interim Soil Lead
Guidance for CERCLA Sites and RCRA Corrective
Action Facilities, OSWER Directive 9355.4-12, July
14, 1994; and Administrative Reforms for Lead Risk
Assessment, OSWER Directive 9200.4-20, April 17,
1996).
For sites where EPA is developing dioxin soil
cleanup levels, OERR asks the Regions to consult with
Headquarters and the Superfund Dioxin Workgroup as
early as possible in the remedy selection process. This
consultation process is needed to ensure a consistent
transition in implementing the results of the Agency
Dioxin Reassessment. (Headquarters Consultation for
Dioxin Sites, OSWER Directive 9200.4-19, December
13, 1996).
C-5

-------
POINTS OF CONTACT
OERR Focus Area Reviews: Contact staff in individual
OERR Regional Accelerated Response Centers.
Removal Program Concurrences: Contact staff in
individual OERR Regional Accelerated Response
Centers.
National Remedy Review Board: Regional Remedy
Review Board members or Bruce Means (OERR) at
703-603-8815.
Lead Sites Management Workgroup: Nick Ceto
(Region 10) at 206-553-1816 or Shahid Mahmud
(OERR) at 703-603-8789.
Lead Technical Review Workgroup: Pat Van Leeuwen
(Region 5) at 312-886-4904, Paul White (Office of
Research and Development) at 202-260-2589, or Larry
Zaragoza (OERR) at 703-603-8867.
Dioxin Review Workgroup: Marlene Berg (OERR) at
703-603-8701, Elmer Akin (Region 4) at 404-562-
8634, or Dwain Winters (Office of Prevention,
Pesticides, and Toxic Substances) at 202-260-8558.
EPA employees can obtain copies of OSWER directives cited in this guide by calling
the Superfund Document Center at (703) 603-9232 or sending an e-mail to:
"superfund.documentcenter@epamail.epa.gov"
C-6

-------

1
2
3
TABLE 1
R
E
O
E

OERR FOCUS AREA REVIEWS
A
A

G
R

Levels of Management Review
I
R

1. Regional Staff (S) and Management (M) (Region)
O


2. Office of Emergency and Remedial Response Staff (S) or Management (M) (OERR)
N


3. Assistant Administrator for the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (AA)



Submit draft proposed plans1 to OERR Regional Center Staff for reviews in the following focus



areas: (Focus Areas for Headquarters OERR Support for Regional Decision Making, OSWER



Directive 9200.1-17, May 22, 1996)



1) Risk management and cost-effectiveness decision documentation
S
S

• Clear presentation of risks that justify action, using reasonable land use and exposure



assumptions



• Description of how response action will address risks



• Description of other benefits of response action



• Determination that effectiveness of response justifies cost



2) Ground water policy
S
S

• Consistent implementation of presumptive response strategy for contaminated ground water



• Consistent implementation of technical impracticability guidance (Consistent Implementation of



the FY1993 Guidance on Technical Impracticability of Ground Water Restoration at Superfund



Sites, OSWER Directive 9200.4-14, January 1995)



3) Lead policy
s
s

• Consistent implementation of OSWER lead policy and coordination with cross-regional



technical and management review groups



4) Presumptive remedies
c
c

• Appropriate use of presumptive remedies whenever possible
o
O

1 Consultations are still required for non-time-critical removal actions costing over $5 million (see



SACM Regional Decision Teams and Early Action and Long-Term Action Under SACM, OSWER



Directive 9203.1-051, December 1992).



C-7

-------
TABLE 2
1
2
3
HQ APPROVAL/CONCURRENCE ON REMOVAL ACTIONS
R
O
A
Levels of Management Review
1.	Regional Staff (S) and Management (M) (Region)
2.	Office of Emergency and Remedial Response Staff (S) and Management (M) (OERR)
3.	Assistant Administrator for the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (AA)
E
G
I
0
N
E
R
R
A
Removal Program Approval/Concurrence



The Superfund statute established certain limitations on the use of removal actions. Some of the
approval authority for exceeding these statutory limitations has been delegated to EPA Regional
offices, and some approval authority remains at Headquarters.



$2 million statutory limit exemptions:



•	Emergency Exemption requests exceeding $6 million
•	Consistency Exemption requests for non-NPL sites
•	All other exemptions
M

M
M
12-month statutory limit exemptions:



• All exemptions to the 12-month statutory limit
M


In addition, the process for obtaining Headquarters concurrence on nationally significant fund-lead
removal actions is described in Guidance on Non-NPL Removal Actions Involving Nationally
Significant or Precedent Setting Issues, OSWER Directive 9360.0-19, March 3, 1989. Subsequent
guidance has modified some of these consultation requirements (Response Actions at Sites with
Contamination Inside Buildings, OSWER Directive 9360.3-12, August 12, 1993).



1) Removal actions at sites within the United States or its territories involving contamination or
response actions that may affect other sovereign nations, including Indian Tribes.

M

2) Removal actions involving pesticide contamination arising from: a) improper storage of pesticide
products awaiting indemnification; b) lawful application of pesticides, including special local use
pesticides; or c) grain fumigation operations.

M

3) Removal actions at sites involving any form of dioxin when it is one of the principal contaminants
of concern.

M

4) Removal actions at sites involving releases from consumer products in consumer use (e.g., lead-
contaminated soil resulting from peeling lead-based paint on houses).

M

5) Removal actions involving asbestos when it is the principal contaminant of concern.

M

6) Removal actions involving substances or releases which may be subject to statutory exclusions or
limitations in CERCLA.

M

7) Response actions at sites with contamination inside buildings (e.g., indoor releases of mercury).

M

C-8

-------
TABLE 3
1
2
3
CROSS-REGIONAL
R
E
G
I
O
O
E
R
R
A
A
RESPONSE DECISIONS MANAGEMENT GROUPS

Levels of Management Review
1.	Regional Staff (S) and Management (M) (Region)
2.	Office of Emergency and Remedial Response Staff (S) and Management (M) (OERR)
3.	Assistant Administrator for the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (AA)
N


1) National Remedy Review Board (National Remedy Review Board Progress Report: Fiscal Year
1996, OSWER Directive 9220.0-24, January 1997; and National Remedy Review Board Review
Criteria for Federal Facility Superfund Sites, OSWER Directive 9220.0-25, draft).



Response selection decisions for all sites (except DOE Radioactive-waste and DOD BRAC sites):



• Proposed remedy cost estimate exceeds $30 million
M
M

• Proposed remedy cost estimate exceeds $10 million and is 50% greater in cost than that of the
least-costly, protective, ARAR-compliant alternative
M
M

Response selection decisions involving radioactive-waste at DOE sites:



• Proposed remedy cost estimate exceeds $75 million
M
M

• Proposed remedy cost estimate exceeds $25 million and is 50% greater in cost than that of the
least-costly, protective, ARAR-compliant alternative
M
M

2) Lead Sites Management Workgroup
(Per direction of Superfund Waste Management Division Directors' Lead Policy Forum on
February 6, 1997.)



• Proposed remedy involves national precedent setting issues
M
M

C-9

-------
TABLE 4
1
2
3
CROSS-REGIONAL TECHNICAL REVIEW GROUPS
R
E
G
I
O
N
o
E
R
R
A
A
Levels of Management Review
1.	Regional Staff (S) and Management (M) (Region)
2.	Office of Emergency and Remedial Response Staff (S) and Management (M) (OERR)
3.	Assistant Administrator for the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (AA)

1) Technical Review Workgroup (TRW) for Lead Sites (Administrative Reforms for Lead Risk
Assessment, OSWER Directive 9200.4-20, April 17, 1996)



• Send all completed lead risk assessments which used the IEUBK model to the TRW. A review
will focus on consistency with guidance.
S
S

• Identify for the TRW all IEUBK risk assessments that are either in planning or underway.
S
S

• Identify for the TRW any application of the IEUBK that is expected to be challenged or will set
a precedent in IEUBK application.
S
s

• Send any draft Regional guidance relating to lead to Headquarters for review prior to release.
S
s

• Any IEUBK risk assessment with outputs that are outside the range of 400 ppm to 1200 ppm
should be submitted for review.
s
s

• Any adult lead risk assessment that would suggest a preliminary remediation goal (PRG) output
outside the range of 500 ppm to 2000 ppm should be submitted for review.
s
s

2) Technical Review Workgroup for Dioxin Sites (Headquarters Consultation for Dioxin Sites,
OSWER Directive 9200.4-19, December 13, 1996)



• Submit for review pertinent information for all sites where remediation goals are to be
developed for dioxin in soil, regardless of whether dioxin itself drives the decision-making
process.
s
s

C-10

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
APPENDIX D:
RECORDS OF DECISION AND OTHER DECISION DOCUMENTS TO
EPA HEADQUARTERS
All Proposed Plans, RODs, ESDs, and ROD
Amendments should be sent to the Superfund Docu-
ment Center at EPA Headquarters within five working
days after they have been signed. Signed RODs are
abstracted for the ROD Annual Report and the ROD
Database. Documents should be sent to:
ROD Clearinghouse
Superfund Document Center
U.S. EPA Mail Code 5202G
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
FORMAT
In order to ensure consistency and to facilitate du-
plication and readability, please read the following check-
list and submit documents accordingly:
•	Provide one clear, legible copy of the docu-
ment (Proposed Plan, ROD, ESD, or ROD
Amendment).
•	Provide an electronic copy in the currently ap-
proved EPA word processing software.
•	Follow the formats described in this guidance
•	Landscape pages should be oriented so that
the top (long edge) of the landscape page is
placed on the left-hand side of the document.
•	Every page should be numbered.
•	Every page should have 1" margins on each
side of the page and at least V2" margins on
the top and bottom of each page.
•	All documents should be single-spaced.
•	For RODs and ROD Amendments, the signed
and dated signature page should always be
included. For ESDs, the publication or no-
tice date should be included.
ATTACHMENTS, CHARTS, TABLES,
MAPS, AND EXHIBITS
•	All columns and text should be displayed com-
pletely.
•	Computer printouts should be legible, espe-
cially cost estimate summary sheets. Dot-ma-
trix printouts do not copy well.
to the maximum extent practicable.
•	Submit complete documents (i.e., do not send
sections separately).
•	Submit clear copies (i.e., legible and ready to be
reproduced).
•	Print on white, 8 V2" x 11" paper with black
ink only (maps should be reproducible in black
and white).
•	Copies should be single-sided, unbound, and
without tabs (please do not send bound cop-
ies).
•	All tables, maps, and text should be on 8 72 x
11" paper. Do not reduce documents; instead,
have the documents reformatted.
ENFORCEMENT-
CONFIDENTIAL INSERTS
•	Enforcement-confidential pages should be la-
beled as such.
D-1

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
APPENDIX E:
SOURCES OF INFORMATION
The following is a list of additional documents that may be useful in preparing Superfund decision documents
or are pertinent to the remedial decision-making process.
Administrative Reforms for Lead Risk Assessment (EPA 540-F-97-015, OSWER 9200.4-20, April 17, 1996).
Answers to Comments Submitted After the ROD is Signed, October 11, 1995 (http://www.es.epa.gov/oeca/osre/
951011.html).
Application of the CERCLA Municipal Landfill Presumptive Remedy to Military Landfills (EPA 540-F-96-020, OSWER
9355.0-67FS,	December 1996).
CERCLA Compliance with Other Laws Manual, Part 1, Interim Final (EPA 540-G-89-006, OSWER 9234.1-01,
August 8, 1988).
CERCLA Compliance with Other Laws Manual, Part 2, Clean Air Act and Other Environmental Statutes and State Regula-
tions (EPA 540-G-89-009, OSWER 9234.1-02, August 1989).
Clarification to the 1994 Revised Interim Soil Lead Guidance for CERCLA Sites and RCRA Corrective Action Facilities (EPA
540-F-98-030, OSWER 9200.4-27P, August 27, 1998).
Close Out Procedures for National Priority List Sites (EPA 540-R-95-062, OSWER 9320.2-09, August 1995).
Community Relations During Enforcement Activities and Development of the Administrative Record (OSWER 9836.0-1A,
November 3, 1988).
Community Relations in Superfund: A Handbook (EPA 540-R-92-009, OSWER 9230.0-03C, January 1992).
Considerations in Ground-Water Remediation at Superfund Sites and RCRA Facilities, Update (OSWTiR 9283.1-06, May 27,
1992).
Consistent Implementation of the FY1993 Guidance on Technical Impracticability of Ground-Water Restoration at Superfund
Sites (EPA 540-F-95-001, OSWER 9200.4-14, January 19, 1995).
Consolidated Guide to Consultation Procedures for Superfund Response Decisions (EPA 540-F-97-009, OSWER Directive
9200.1-18FS,	May 14, 1997). Available as Appendix C of this guidance.
Early Action and Long-Term Action Under the Superfund Accelerated Cleanup Model (SACM) (OSWER 9203.1-051, Vol.
1, No. 2, December 1992).
Final Guidance on Administrative Records for Selecting CERCLA Response Actions (OSWER 9833.3A-1, December
1990).
Focus Areas for Headquarters OERR Supportfor Regional Decision Making (OSWER 9200.1-17, May 22, 1996).
Guidance for Conducting Remedial Investigations and Feasibility Studies under CERCLA, Interim Final (EPA 540-G-89-004,
OSWER 9355.3-01, October 1988).
Guidance for Data Useability in Risk Assessment, Parts A and B, Final (OSWER 9285.7-09A and B, April and May
1992).
E-1

-------
Appendix E: Sources of Information
Guidance for Evaluating the Technical Impracticability of Ground-Water Restoration (EPA 540-R-93-080, OSWER 9234.2-
25, October 1993).
Guidance Manualfor the Integrated Exposure Uptake Bio kinetic (IEUBK) Modelfor Lead in Children (EPA 540-R-93-081,
OSWER 9285.7-15-1, February 1994).
Guidance on Implementation of the Superfund Accelerated Cleanup Model (SACM) Under CERCLA and the NCP (OSWER
9203.1-03, July 7, 1992).
Guidance on Lead Determinations for CERCLA Fund-financed Responses (OSWER 9355.2-02, April 1992).
Guidance on Non-NPE Removal Actions Involving Nationally Significant or Precedent-Setting Issues (OSWER 9360.0-19,
March 1989).
Guidance on Oversight of Potentially Responsible Party Remedial Investigations and Feasibility Studies: Volumes 1 and 2, Final
(EPA 540-G-91-010a and b, OSWER 9835.1(c) and (d), July 1991).
^4 Guide to Principal Threat and Low Level Threat Wastes (OSWER 9380.3-06FS, November 1991).
^4 Guide to Selecting Superfund Remedial Actions (OSWER 9355.0-27FS, April 1990).
Headquarters Consultation forDioxin Sites (EPA 540-F-97-014, OSWER 9200.4-19, December 1996).
Implementing Presumptive Remedies: ^4 Notebook of Guidance and Resource Materials (EPA 540-R-97-029, OSWER
9378.0-11, October 1997).
Incorporating Citizen Concerns into Superfund Decision-Making (OSWER 9230.0-18, January 1991).
Institutional Controls: A Reference Manual, March 1998, Draft.
Interim Guidance on Addressing Immediate Threats at NPE Sites (OSWER 9200.2-03, January 1990).
Interim Final Guidance on Preparing a Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA) (OSWER 9375.0-01, May 1989).
Internet Home Page for EPA's Technical Review Workgroup for Lead (http://www.epa.gov/superfund/
programs/lead/index.htm).
Land Use in the CERCLA Remedy Selection Process (EPA 540-R-95-052, OSWER 9355.7-04, May 1995).
National Remedy Review Board Progress Report. Fiscal Year 1996 (EPA 540-R-97-001, OSWER 9220.0-24, January
1997).
National Remedy Review Board Progress Report. Fiscal Year 1997 (EPA 540-R-97-032, OSWER 9220.0-26, February
1998).
National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingeny Plan (The NCP) (OSWER 9200.2-14, January 1992).
Presumptive Remedies and NCP Compliance (Memorandum from James E. Costello, Chairperson CERCLA Adminis-
trative Records Workgroup, ORC, Region VI, and George B. Wyeth, Office of General Counsel, June 14,
1995).
Presumptive Remedies for Soils, Sediments, and Sludges at Wood Treater Sites (EPA 540-R-95-128, OSWER 9200.5-162,
December 1995).
Presumptive Remedies: Policies and Procedures (EPA 540-F-93-047, OSWER 9355.0-47FS, September 1993).
E-2

-------
A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents
Vresumptive Remedies: Site Characterisation and Technology Selection for CERCLA Sites with Volatile Organic Compounds in
Soils (EPA 540-F-93-048, OSWER 9355.0-48FS, September 1993).
Vresumptive Remedy for CERCLA Municipal Landfill Sites (EPA 540-F-93-035, OSWER 9355.0-49FS, September
1993).
Vresumptive Remedy for Sites with Metals in Soils (forthcoming).
Vresumptive Remedy: Supplemental Bulletin Multi-Vhase Extraction (MVE) Technology for VOCs in Soil and Ground Water
(EPA 540-F-97-004, OSWER 9355.0-68FS, April 1997).
Vresumptive Rxponse Strategy and Ex-Situ Treatment Technologies for Contaminated Ground Water at CERCLA Sites, Final
Guidance (EPA 540-R-96-023, OSWER 9283.1-12, October 1996).
VublishingEffective VublicNotices (OSWER 9378.OFS, April 1997).
Questions and Answers About the State Role in Remedy Selection at Non-Fund-Financed Enforcement Sites (OSWER 9831.9,
April 1991).
Remedial Action Costing Vrocedures Manual (EPA 600-8-87-049, October 1987).
Remedy Cost Estimating Vrocedures Manual: A Guide to Developing and Documenting Remedial Alternative Cost Estimates
During the Feasibility Study (EPA 540-R-98-045, OSWER 9355.0-10B-P, Draft).
Reponse Actions at Sites with Contamination Inside Buildings (OSWER 9360.3-12, August 12, 1993).
Restoration Advisory Board Implementation Guidelines (U.S. EPA and Department of Defense, September 27, 1994).
Revised Interim Soil Lead Guidance for CERCLA Sites and RCRA Corrective Action Facilities (EPA 540-F-94-043,
OSWER 9355.4-12, July 1994).
Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund. Volume I. Human Health Evaluation Manual (VartA), Interim Final (EPA 540-1-
89-002, December 1989).
Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund. Volume I. Human Health Evaluation Manual (Vart B, Development of Risk-Based
Vreliminary Remediation Goals), Interim Final (OSWER 9285.7-01B, December 1991). [Note: Soil Screening
Guidance provides improvements in inhalation and ground water exposure pathway discussions.]
Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund. Volume I. Human Health Evaluation Manual (Vart C, Risk Evaluation of Remedial
Alternatives), Interim Final (EPA 540-R-92-004, OSWER 9285.7-01C, December 1991).
Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund. Volume I. Human Health Evaluation Manual (Vart D, Standardised Vlanning,
Reporting and Review of Superfund Risk Assessments) Interim Final.\ (EPA 540-R-97-033, OSWE^R 9285.7-01D,
January 1998).
Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund. Volume II. Environmental Evaluation Manual, Interim Final (EPA 540-1-89-001,
March 1989).
Role of the Baseline Risk Assessment in Superfund Remedy Selection (OSWE^R 9355.0-30, April 1991).
The Role of CSGWVVs in EVA Remediation Vrograms (EPA 540-F-95-084, OSWER 9283.1-09, April 4, 1997).
Rules of Thumb for Superfund Remedy Selection (EPA 540-R-97-013, OSWER 9355.0-69, August 1997).
SACM Regional Decision Teams - Interim Guidance (OSWER 9203.1-051, Vol. 1, No. 5, December 1992).
E-3

-------
Appendix E: Sources of Information
Site-Specific Advisory Board Guidance (Office of Environmental Management, Department of Energy, October
1998).
Soil Screening Guidance: User's Guide (EPA 540-R-96-018, OSWER 9355.4-23, July 1996).
Structure and Components of Five-Year Reviews (OSWER 9355.7-02, May 1991).
Suggested ROD Language for Various Ground-Water Remediation Options (OSWER Directive 9283.1-03, October 10,
1990).
Supeifund Reforms: Updating Remedy Decisions (EPA 540-F-96-026, OSWER 9200.0-22, September 1996).
Superfund Responsiveness Summaries (Superfund Management Review - Recommendation Number 43E) (OSWER 9230.0-06,
June 1990).
SupplemetalFive-Year Review Guidance (EPA 540-F-94-044, OSWER 9355.7-02A, July 1994).
Supplemental Guidance to RAGS: Calculating the Concentration Term (OSWER 9285.7-081, Volume 1, Number 1, May
1992).
Use of Monitored Natural Attenuation at Superfund, RCRA Corrective Action, and Underground Storage Tank Sites (EPA
540-F-99-009, OSWER 9200.4-17P, April 1999).
User's Guide to the VOCs in Soils Presumptive Remedy (EPA 540-F-96-008, OSWER 9355.0-63FS, July 1996).
E-4

-------